Sd Ae FF Ot BOSSE T VO Seg pees OFF ies nam bud. aaktadnerahetetanedce 4 went Sheil Wt ad Ge cated ne yo at at mete yeee ee ee es shitnee bia tamstadee ie ttt ree see ; . fey) 4 : " 1 ? ‘ : por ses f oS he ke dune oe ger 4 f : Pe - ew ‘ f oo a . : Suhy ; Se Be ied ps seat t eee See ¥ 7 ‘ Ny: ; : : 5 ; . US Sehr nd St We Se he mane bare tf mete hiehioien ft HT ORR ed foe oo br heal baM edi rd ticiad one Ted et ef od Bord Lo higd elt oda ed se Ww tad aera peepee a Le he ee Oe a tedad sats es . ‘o¥ Beas pelt are SOYA iB oe th bya et k ood We ot re. roy antgewy ld) A an 2 ie Nted ” i ting mol a ae p ep eset s Ie phe potas iy De: i ed Eo np nhs Aen ete ies A hegre & Ais © ted bed, alton. eo w, Papeplt wictnmeh S08 AE ee eae te te Seah ae he tals pena ie ee - ne - + r ~ ee ers wank os ye: . , . -~* he ke ode ety - a . = rye ~ ~~ 2 ~++- ~ x - oe a ~ “ ms : Pony oon ‘ Se . * . be a a ~ 4 “ > Ph rertes * © © eee ee f . ee ate ak apt ie ile ad ns age teh gd eh RS Goa Pcp eee bck ee poe ee Pw ol y ¢ a ee en eel ees ee ee Ppt tye oo er ‘ a a te tO eb eee ee Set : * ~o ee a - ’ - oe ot - . © + ~ me nome 6 0 ital ow . SO MeAvictha ot, oor eelelnich ee be te Pe * e ~ = e tae _ ee Osa. ee erng 94. > A Pe apm r i a - ~ > : A ee me co hg eae ee Sed = Se & oS ee _ © ; net A 7 op pile tet abe 2 = 6 oth + -« - « 7 . - > . . ee ey _- ar ame ~ ' eile s n so J et nF a iS rs ‘ . ‘ ~ - Ot ween S. & Py oe we Py ie ~ or ra ; . are . - w+ eit = & a -- . x ~ A 2 SPY ey oF . . “ + > me tet ree -« ther de <eapmion, Be SP daeah tytn te . ; Pipes ce e - a a Ne en ae » mae eo lat - + ew ee a C0 gga 5 - ‘ “— a en » : “ - fe » Pt r hd - - > Se - . » ° a, ~-= . ° . * ~ o x 'y 2 2 6 7 gee Aad ee r « miss! < ° ; > “© Pn epee tees, : - - ts & MS * tet er < Keaecine ae r a _ i ee ih ee dot eee - hl 4 F — r ial h . Pde Bim te det yet oat . ~ a ~~ - j - ~ = } . “ > sa oe Ub 1S hate. De tne ge Re we ent ot m4 -pelin de Me : : > 4 i= aa baal .- da oe fe toa he per “4 nee cee 3 ‘ : eee: : vote 2 a ei en = - al J yan e a ~~ ot ee ; eee ot ‘ ‘ + hee = ier +: © em beeen, War) Keg ‘a The Congo Expedition of The American Museum of Natural Mstory INTRODUCTION By HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Vou. XXXIX, pp. xv-xxvii | New York, August 1, 1919 ‘hi one radiede a ce SH atodin eo i “he se evict phe aayscl by Pein etre 8 o4, + ee gees ae te = Po OGAERAY GEO i Be tae bi rinse cs OT Fas SWL6gn"" 7G Ms t= f j= wen ene Aba Abercorn Abu Mumbazi Aka R. t L. Abert -Baward L. Albert Nile Albertville Alima R. Aluta Amadi Ambaca Ambriz Rents Aruwimi R. Avakubi Babeyru Bafuka Bafwabaka Bafwaboli Bafwasende Bagboro Bahr el Ghebel Bali R. Bambili Banalia Banana Bangweolo L. Banzyville Baraka Baringa Barumbu Basali Basankusu Basoko Bena-Dibele Bengamisa Benguela Beni Boga Bokakata Bokatola Bokote Bokula Bokungu Bolengi Bolobo Boma Bombai Bombimba Bomili Bomokandi R. Bomu R. tile Bondo (Djabir) Brazzaville Bukama Bukoba Bumba Bumbuli Bushimai R. Busira R. Buta Bwado Cabinda Chambezi R. Chinchoxo Choga L. Coquilhatville Cuanza R. Dekese Difuma Dilemba Dilolo Dilolo L. Dima (Djabir) Djamba Dongo Doruma Dungu Dungu R. Duque de Braganca Duru Duru R. Eala Ekwayolo Elila R Elipa Elisabethville Entebbe Epulu R. Etshutshu Faradje Fini R. Fort de Possel Fort Ferreira Fort Portal Fort St. Porto Gaima Mt. Gali Gamangui Gangura penne fo) Golungo Alto Goma Gombari Gondokoro Huambo Ikelemba R. Ila Imese Ingende Inkisi R. Inongo Inzia R. Irebu Irumu Isangi Isiro Iteko Itimbiri R. Itoko Ituri R. Kabalo Kabamba L. Kabambare Kabele L. Kabinda Kabompo R. Kabonge Kafakumba Kafue R. Kagera R. Kalamba Kalembe-Lembe Kalonga Kama Kambove Kampala Kanda-Kanda Kasai R. Kasenga Kasindi Kasongo Kasuku R. Katako Kombe Katola Kayoyo Kiambi Kibali R. G 24° H 5 Va = THE CONGO EXPEDITION OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL History By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN This expedition was planned with the cordial codperation of the Belgian Government, and it seems appropriate to introduce the series of American Museum publications with a résumé of previous exploration and with a brief account of the large and important scientific work which has been accomplished under the auspices of the Belgian Government, as well as with a reference to the expeditions by explorers under other flags. RESUME OF PREVIOUS EXPLORATION AND PUBLICATION! | EARLIER PeRtop (1816-1890) The scientific exploration of the Congo Basin dates from Captain J. K. Tuekey’s ill-fated expedition to the mouth of the River Congo in 1816; most of the members of his party, including the botanist, Christian Smith, died of disease shortly after their arrival in Africa. The meagre results of this first attempt were chiefly botanical. During the next sixty years progress was very slow, although it was a period of active geographical exploration, with which the following names are identified: R. F. Burton (1862-1863); G. Schweinfurth (1870); J. Monteiro (1873); the German Loango Expedition (P. Gissfeldt, H. Soyaux, E. Pechuel-Loesche, Bastian, 1873-1876); Fr. Naumann (1874); V. Lovett Cameron (1874); Pogge (1875-1884); W. Junker (1876-1883); H. M. Stanley (1876-1888); M. Buchner (1878-1880); A. von Mechow and E. Teusz (1880); H. von Wissmann (1880-1884); R. Bohm and P. Reichard (1880-1884); Casati (1880-— 1889); H. Johnston (1882-1883); Emin Pasha (1883); H. Capello and R. Ivens (1884); R. Bittner (1884-1886); and Emin Pasha and Fr. Stuhlmann (1890-1891). Owing to the material difficulties encountered at that time, data of scientific value could be gathered only incidentally, so that in 1890 our knowledge of the Congo Basin, its inhabitants and natural productions was still slight. 'This résumé was prepared at the request of President Osborn by Dr. Joseph Bequaert, January 2, j 1919. XV Abe ercorn Abu Mumbazi Aka R. Akenge ert L.. Albert-Edward L. Al Nile Aruwimi R. Avakubi Babe} Bafuka Bafwabaka Bafwaboli Bafwasende Bagb Bahrel Ghebel Bali R Banana Bangweolo L. Banzyyille iene Bomokandi R, jomu Re Bondo (Djabir) piers ma Bukoba Bumba Bumbuli_ Bushimai R. Difoma Dilemba Dilolo Dilolo L. Dima (Djabir) Diamba Dongo Doruma Dungu Dongu R Duque de Braganca Eala Ekwayolo Biila i. Elipa Elisabethville Entebbe Fort de Possel Fort Ferreira Fort Portal Fort St. Porto Gaima Mt. Gali Gamangui Gangura Garamba 0 Golungo Alto Goma Gombari Gondokoro Huambo Tbembo Tbhoko Ikelemba R. Tla Imese Ingende Inkisi R. Tnongo Inaia R. Tturi R. Kabalo Kabamba L. Kabambare Kafue R. Kalembe-Lembo Kalonga Kama Kasuku R. Katako Kombe Kntala 0 Kiambi Kibali R. A 12% B we Cc 16" 28° J THE BELGIAN CONGO AREA OF EXPLORATION AND ITINERARY OF THE CONGO EXPEDITION THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURALHISTORY 1909-1915 Miles Kilometers oo 7 Itinerary "Shaded part ibdicates area shown oh main map. ANGE 3 \ "5 _m sto Region explored Fo Mawambi Lokilo, Katak) Kombe odja 7 Du Braganca / ue\de Malange Kibanga Kibombo Kigoma ikondja ikwit Kilo Kilwa Kinda Kindu Kinshasa Kiri Ki Ki Kisantu Kisengwa Kitobola Kivu L. Kole Kongolo Koto R. Krebedje Kuilu R, Kutu Kwamouth Kwango R. Kwangu R- Kwengo R. Kwilu-Djuma R. Lado Landana Lends R. Leopold II L. Leopoldville Lesse Libanza Libenge Libokwa Likati Likati R, Likimi Likuala R, Lindi R. Lingunda Lioko Lisaka Lisala Lisha Loange R. Loango Loangwa R. Lobay R. Lobito Lodja Lokandu Lokelenge Lokilo Lokolama Lokoro R. Lomami R. Lomela Lomela R, Luapula R. Lubefu Ludima Luebo Luebo R. Luele R. Lufira R. Luilaka R. Lukefu Lukenie R. Luki Lukolela Lukonzolwa Lukuga R, Lukula Lukulu R. Lulonga R. Tulua Lulua R, Luluabourg Lusambo Lusana Lushika R. Luvua R, Luvungi Madondo Mahagi Makala Makoua Malagarazi R. Malange Malela Malimba Mandungu Mangi Manyanga Maringa R. Masisi Matadi Mawambi Medje Meridi Micici Mingi Moanda Mobeka Moero L. Mokata Mokoange Moliro Molundu Moma Momboyo R. Mompono Monbongo Mondjuku Mondombe Monga Mongala R. Monkero Monveda Muasnza Mulungu Mundjumbuli Mushie Musofi Mutombo-Mukulu Nala Nepoko R. Nouvelle Anyers Novo Redondo Nya Lukemba Nyangwe Nzoro R. Opala Oshwe Oso R. Panga Pania-Mutombo Poko R. Ponthierville Popokabaka Pungo Andongo Pusu Pweto Rafni Redjaf Rikwa L. Romée Rubi RK. Ruisamba L. Ruki R. Rungu Rutshuru Rutshuru R- Ruwenzori Mt. Ruzizi R. Sakania Salonga R. Samba Sampwe San Salvador Sanga R. Sankuru-Lubilash R. Sankuru R. Semio Semliki R. Shabunds R iloango R. Shuka 4 Sili Simba Soueh R. St. Antonio St. Paul de Loanda Stanley Pool Stanleyville Surunga Tabora Panganvike L. Thysville Titule Toa | Tonji R. Tshela Tshicapa R. Tshitombe Tshofa Tshopo R. Tshuapa R. Tumba L. Ubangi R. Uele R. Uere Uere R. Uji A Ukaturaka Ulindi R. Upemba L. Uvira Vankerckhovenyille Victoria L. Victoria Nile Waka Walikale Wamasa Wamba R. Wazimba Wissmann Pool Yahila Yakoma Yakuluku Yokokara R. Yongama Yumbi Zambesi R. Zambi Zobia a i wh Ai ry: ‘ Avion rae a eae any Gee ee A . y = o me ae hi Sen 3 Pte ae: i Oe, ke een ° - i ae : w ‘het oa 5 a _s XVl . Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XX XIX Mopern Prriop (1890-1914) As far as Central Africa is concerned this period of twenty-five years was one of great scientific activity, in which so many explorers and scientists of various nationalities participated that it is practically impossible to enumerate them all. Therefore the following account deals with only the most important contributions. Although it has been the constant policy of the Congo Free State and of the Belgian Colonial Office to aid the scientific labors of all investigators, up to the present by far the greater part of the work has been accomplished by the Belgians. BreLoian.—Bia-Franqui Expedition (J. Cornet and P. Briart, 1890- 1893); Em. and Marc. Laurent (1893, 1895, 1903-1904); A. Dewévre (1895-1896); A. Cabra and Fr. Michel (1896-1903); Ch. Lemaire (1899-1900); Commission on Sleeping Sickness (J. Rodhain, C. Pons, F. Vanden Branden, and J. Bequaert, 1910-1912); L. Stappers (1911-1912); E. Hutereau and J. Van der Gucht (1911-1912); A. Pilette (1912- 1913); and J. Bequaert (1913-1915). Britiso.—J. E. Dutton and J. L. Todd (1903-1905); S. A. Neave (1904-1908); P. H. G. Powell-Cotton (1905-1906); Boyd Alexander and G. B. Gosling (1906); The Ruwenzori Expedition of the British Museum (R. B. Woosnam and A. G. F. Wollaston, 1906); S.and58. A. Neave (1907); E. Torday (1907-1909); C. Christy (1911-1914); and Rogers (19138-1914). FreNcH.—Du Bourg de Bozas and Dr. Brumpt (1902); A. Chevaher (1902-1903 and 1912); and E. Gromier (1911). GERMAN.—G. A. von Goetzen and W. von Pahoa (1894); R Schlechter (1899); L. Frobenius (1904-1906); S. Ledermann (1906— 1908); A. F. Duke of Mecklenburg, H. Schubotz and J. Mildbraed (1907-1908); H. Schubotz (1911); and T. Kassner (1908). AustTrian.—T. Thonner (1896 and 1909); and F. Grauer (1908). IraLtian.—Elena, Duchess of Aosta (1909). Swerpisu.—A. v. Rosen and R. E. Fries (1911-1912); E. Arrhenius (1913-1915). AMERICAN.—Th. Roosevelt (1910). Prior to the organization of the Congo Free State (1885), the Congo Basin was practically terra incognita from a scientific point of view. Only fragmentary data had been obtained by the earliest explorers, such as Tuckey, Schweinfurth, Pechuel Loesche, Cameron, Pogge, Capello, and Ivens. At about the time Stanley traced the course of the Congo River, King Leopold II conceived his far-sighted project of 1919] Osborn, The Congo Expedition XVI opening up to civilization the interior of the ‘Dark Continent’? and from the outset liberally encouraged scientific investigation. The Congo Section of the Brussels Exhibition of 1897 displayed the results of the work accomplished during the previous twenty years, and its collections formed the nucleus of the present Congo Museum at Tervueren, near Brussels, which therefore became the center of research in this field. By 1914 the principal scientific achievements had been published in quarto form in the famous series of the “Annales du Musée du Congo,” comprising by that time fifty-four parts, with about 4600 pages of text and 660 plates. Geology, zoology, botany, and ethnology are all well represented, and the excellence of most of the contributions, in both substance and illustration, is a fitting witness to the high standard set. In addition to these official reports, a literature of almost equal importance, although scattered in various journals, developed through the efforts of Belgian scientific societies and of the leaders in the coloniza- tion movement. Foremost among the Belgian contributors were G. Boulenger, J. Cornet, Ph. Dautzenberg, E. De Wildeman, L. Dollo, Th. Durand, J. Fraipont, Ch. Kerremans, Aug. Lameere, Em. Laurent, H. Schouteden, and C. Van Overbergh. ORGANIZATION OF THE CONGO EXPEDITION OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM For many years the late President Morris K. Jesup had entertained the hope that an expedition from the American Museum might be sent to the Congo. Early in 1907, preliminary plans had been discussed with the Secretary General of the Congo Free State, Charles Liebrechts, the negotiations being carried on through the Consul General of the Congo Free State in Baltimore, James Gustavus Whiteley, and the Belgian Consul in New York, Pierre Mali, who was a personal friend of President Jesup. In May 1907, the Director of the Museum, Hermon Carey Bumpus, went to Brussels to confer with the Belgian authorities. King Leopold II generously gave his patronage to the project and graciously presented to the American Museum an ethnological collection from the Congo which now forms an important part of the African exhibits of the Museum. The plan was taken up again by Henry Fairfield Osborn on assuming the Presidency of the American Museum, and late in the autumn of 1908, a Special Committee on the Congo Expedition was appointed, consisting of Messrs. John B. Trevor, Chairman, Hermon C. Bumpus, XVill Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XXXIX James Gustavus Whiteley, Robert W. Goelet, Herbert L. Bridgman and Frank M. Chapman. The organization of this committee, and corres- pondence carried on by President Osborn, M. Carton de Wiart, Director Bumpus and others, gave definite form and impetus to the negotiations, which finally secured the sanction of the Belgian Government to the Museum’s exploration of the Congo, and the project became a reality. The following official letters were exchanged between the Belgian Government and the Director of The American Museum of Natural History. Légation de Belgique, Washington, April 2, 1909. Dear Mr. Bumpus: In consequence of the conversation between yourself and Mr. Whiteley, when he had the pleasure of meeting you in New York last January, Mr. Whiteley hastened to write to His Excellency, the Minister of Colonies at Brussels, in order to secure the codperation of the Belgian Colonial Administration with the scientific expedition which the American Museum of Natural History proposes to send to the Belgian Congo. On my own part I also wrote to His Excellency, the Minister of Foreign Affairs at Brussels, asking him to reeommend the proposition which Mr. Whiteley had made to Mr. Renkin. His Excellency, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, in reply to my letter, requests me, in the name of his Colleague, the Minister of Colonies, to make to the American Mu- seum of Natural History the following proposition: The Colonial Administration, desiring to encourage the success of the contem- plated scientific expedition in the Congo, offers the American Museum the sum of 6,800 franes as a contribution to the expenses of transportation of the American mission in the territory of the Belgian Congo. The Museum will engage, on its part, to give the Musée du Congo, in Belgium, a participation in the scientific results of the Mission, by sending it specimens of differ- ent species of animals which it has not at present in its collection, or which are needed to complete its collections. The annexed list contains the names of the animals (mammals and ibaa which the Museum desires. His Excellency, the Minister of Colonies, will take pleasure in recommnendige: the American scientists to the good offices of the Colonial authorities, but it will, of course, _ be understood that the American Museum will have to pay the cost of the maintenance and of the transport of the members of the Mission, and will also provide for all their needs. I shal! be very much obliged, my dear Mr. Bumpus, if you will be kind enough to let me know whether the American Museum accepts this proposition, and in the meantime I beg you to accept the assurance of my high regard. (Signed) Baron Moncheur.! 1Baron Ludovic Moncheur was elected by the Trustees to an Honorary Fellowship in the Museum on Mag 10, 1909. 1919] Osborn, The Congo Expedition XIX New York City, April 8, 1909. To His Excellency Baron Moncheur, Légation de Belgique, Washington, D. C. Dear Sir: I am instructed by Henry Fairfield Osborn, President of the Board of Trustees of The American Museum of Natural History, to acknowledge the receipt of your most courteous favor of April second, conveying the information that through your kind intervention, and also through the instrumentality of the Honorable James Gustavus Whiteley, the attention of His Excellency the Minister of Colonies of the Kingdom of Belgium has been called to our desires concerning scientific work in the Belgian Colony of the Congo, and transmitting a most welcome series of propositions formu- lated by His Excellency the Minister of Foreign Affairs in the name of His Colleague the Minister of Colonies. President Osborn wishes especially that the Colonial Administration of the King- dom of Belgium should be informed that its desire to encourage the success of the con- templated scientific expedition is, in itself, the most important of those factors which will lead to this success. Moreover, he wishes me to say that the contribution of the Colonial Administration—generous, as unexpected—indicates an attitude towards scientific research which is most high-minded and which argues, for those having the affairs of the Colony of the Congo in charge, an administration of caution, of liberality and of wisdom. The American Museum of Natural History will consider it a privilege to be permitted to share the scientific results of this Expedition to the Congo with the M usée du Congo, in Belgium, and to do everything in its power to develop the collec- tions from the Congo, exhibited, and to be exhibited at Tervueren—indeed, the Trustees of the American Museum desire that they may do much more than is sug- gested by your formal list of desiderata. With the utmost gratitude for your most efficient services, and confident that the combined efforts of the Colonial Administration of the Kingdom of Belgium and The American Museum of Natural History will result in the general promotion of science and thus redound to the benefit of all people, I am, Very respectfully yours, (Signed) Hermon Carey Bumpus, Director. It will be observed in the foregoing correspondence that the Govern- ment of Belgium contributed the sum of 6,800 francs ($1,329.13) towards the first year’s expenses of field-work (estimated at $11,000) and that the Museum engaged to enrich the collections of the Belgian Colonial Museum at Tervueren. The instructions of the Belgian Govern- ment were carried out in a most courteous and obliging manner by the representatives of the Congo Colonial Administration throughout the duration of the expedition. XX Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XX XIX The expedition was at first financed to the extent of $10,000 through the individual contributions of several Trustees and other friends of the Museum, especially by Messrs. John B. Trevor, Charles Lanier, Cleveland H. Dodge, J. P. Morgan, Jr., William K. Vanderbilt, A. D. Juilliard, Robert W. Goelet, and William Rockefeller. Mr. Herbert Lang! was chosen leader of the expedition and Mr. James P. Chapin of Columbia College volunteered to go as Assistant. At the end of the first year Messrs. Lang and Chapin reported the results, which were far beyond the original expectations, and requested an ex- tension of time. The expedition ultimately extended over a period of six years, in the course of which very full field reports were made by Mr. Lang from time to time. The total expenditures of the expedition for field work amounted to a very much larger sum than was originally contemplated, namely, $58,000, which was raised as follows: Contribution by the Belgian Government, (6,800 francs) $1,329.13 Subscriptions from the Trustees and other friendsof the Museum 29,000.00 Appropriations from the Jesup Endowment Fund 27,670.87 It is interesting to recall that the late President Jesup was originally interested in the exploration of the Congo and that through his munifi- cent bequest to the Museum he became the benefactor who made pos- sible the continuation of this work. It is also through the Jesup Fund that the Museum is enabled to issue the series of publications projected. NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITION The Museum party left New York on May 8, 1909, for Antwerp, and, after receiving additional courtesies and assistance in Brussels, sailed for Boma, arriving there June 22, when the work of the expedition began, as told in the following narrative by Mr. Lang. ‘At President Osborn’s request the Expedition proceeded without delay to the most promising zoological regions, 1200 to 1500 miles in- land, a fact that contributed as much to the success as did the general organization and excellent equipment. There, in the northeastern Belgian Congo, it was hoped we could secure for the proposed African iMr. Herbert Lang became connected with the American Museum staff in August 1903, and until 1906 worked upon the faunistic exhibits and habitat groups of North American birds. In 1906 he represented the Museum on the Tjader Expedition to Africa, the expenses of which were chiefly borne by Mr. Samuel Thorne. In 1907-1908, he worked on the material collected by the Tjader Expedition and in preparation for the Congo Expedition. During the years 1909-1915 he was in charge of the Congo Expedition. Upon his return he was assigned to the preparation, arrangement and description of the Congo collections as Assistant in Mammalogy. On February 3, 1919, he was appointed Assis- tant Curator, Department of Mammalogy. 1919] Osborn, The Congo Expedition XXi Hall of the Museum the requisite material for habitat groups of the rare Okapi and square-lipped Rhinoceros before their extermination made this impossible On the journey up the Congo River from Leopoldville (July 12, 1909) occasional collecting familiarized us with the more com- mon faunal types. Arriving at Stanleyville August 3, necessary prepara- tions for the porterage and future disposition of loads were made. A month later, the Expedition, with a caravan of two hundred porters, started upon the overland journey through the Rain Forest to Avakubi, on the Ituri River, where, on September 30, we established our perma- nent base. During the next three months, spent in the vicinity of Avakubi, Ngayu, and Bafwabaka, the collections increased satisfactorily. Our greatest efforts, however, were devoted to training a staff of fifteen natives in various methods of collecting and adequately preserving the material gathered, a measure of utmost importance in regions where the destructive effects of the hot, moist climate had to be met. Such an arrangement later allowed us to give more time to a zoological survey, and on many side trips the preparation of collections could be accom- plished with greater facility. “From January to October 1910, with a base at Medje, we estab- lished at least forty camps in the uninhabited rain forest south of the Nepoko River. In October we could report that all necessary data and material for an Okapi group had been obtained. Water-color sketches, several hundred correlated photographs, accessories, including parts of trees, lianas, bushes, samples of soil, and leaf moulds, supplemented by a thorough study of the little-known life history, assured an ideal reproduc- tion of such a group. The general collections also were successfully increased, and reached a total of 1054 mammals, 1885 birds, 829 rep- tiles and batrachians, 39 fishes, 15,000 invertebrates, and an ethnographi- cal collection of over 700 specimens. “The Museum authorities generously appropriated funds for a continuation of the work in the savannah country of the Upper Uele, where we established base camps at Niangara, Dungu, Faradje, Aba, Vankerckhovenville, Yakuluku and Garamba, from January 1911- July 1913. The square-lipped Rhinoceros proved fairly numerous here and we were fortunate in obtaining for a habitat group a bull with a 42- inch horn and a female with one 36.25 inches long, records from this region and the largest complete specimens ever collected for exhibition. Short hunting trips were made from Garamba into the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, with the Sirdar’s kind permission, and quite unexpectedly Giant Eland, the largest known antelope, furnished equally splendid material XX - Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XX XIX for a similar group. The total results by February 1913 speak for themselves: 3227 mammals, 2244 reptiles and batrachians, 4488 birds, 1606 fishes, 40,000 invertebrates, and an ethnographical collection of 1900 items. “From then on, the problem of transportation became our chief concern. Over two hundred loads were stored in Medje, the same num- ber in Niangara, besides specimens for several hundred more in Avakubi. In Faradje alone over six hundred loads awaited removal to Stanleyville, the nearest shipping center, by a sixty-five days’ march, more than half of which led through dense forest; river transit was out of the question since native dugouts could not be used for objects affected by water. Restrictive measures connected with sleeping sickness had closed the Nile route and the precarious condition of communication in the north- eastern Uele made it necessary for the expedition to fashion from the raw material everything needed for packing purposes. Trees were cut, planks sawed, iron ore reduced, nails hammered, and ropes twisted, since the collections could be transferred with safety only when care- fully packed in boxes or other well-made parcels. Furthermore, the work was necessarily slow, as the natives recruited in this region would not - carry for more than six days, and in the forest only a couple of days, before returning to their respective villages, so that during five years’ field work over 38,000 porters were engaged by the Congo Expedition. Then, too, caravans exceeding one hundred porters would have met with difficulties, especially in obtaining provisions. “Under these circumstances Mr. Chapin chose to supervise the transportation of all collections to Stanleyville and we both left Faradje on February 19, 1913, he taking the direct road to Dungu, while I passed northward to Yakuluku and Bafuka, gathering during the next four months a valuable series of the rare Bongo as well as other material that increased the importance of our data on distribution. In the mean- time, two hundred loads had been removed from Niangara, where I joined Mr. Chapin for a week, and on the first of July we parted com- pany at Rungu for the next thirteen months, during which he directed the transfer of nearly 1200 loads to Stanleyville, meanwhile adding to the collections. I proceeded to Nala, Poko, and southward to Niapu, and secured many desiderata, chief among which were series of rare forest mammals. Certain gaps in the study of the Okapi were also filled in, and a calf, intended for the New York Zoological Society, was captured alive, but unfortunately succumbed later, owing to the lack of proper food. I forwarded the new collections together with those which had 1919] Osborn, The Congo Expedition XXill been stored at Medje for three years, and on July 25 I met Mr. Chapin again near Avakubi. After vacating our base there we left the Ituri district on September 9, passed down the Aruwimi to Banalia by native canoe, proceeded thence by land to Bengamisa, and descended the Lindi River to Stanleyville. We arrived at the last-named place on September 30, after an absence of five years in regions where steam whistles, tele- graphs, telephones, and motors were unknown, although Stanleyville, 1200 miles inland, was connected with Europe and the Cape by wireless, and under normal conditions steamers of 500 tons arrived every fort- night. We had traveled about 15,000 miles on foot without accident or sickness, although the unhealthy condition of the country caused the government to reduce the term for resident officials from three to two years. “Mr. Chapin left Stanleyville for America on December 10, 1914 with the first large shipment of collections, and, passing through Liver- pool and London, reached New York on March 31, 1915. I followed in May with the last of the fifty-four tons of material, but at Matadi marine transportation had been interrupted by the war, and not until late in August were all of the collections safely on their way to America. This delay gave an opportunity for a fruitful exploration of the Congo estuary, especially in the neighborhood of Zambi, Malela, Banana and St. Antonio. Leaving Banana for St. Paul de Loanda on September 14, I sailed for New York, via Lisbon, arriving November 12, 1915, after an absence of six years and a half. “Tt is interesting to note that by 1909, the first year of the Congo Expedition, the Congo Free State had become a Belgian Colony and King Albert I, at that time heir to the throne and interested in the aspirations and welfare of his people, made a tour of inspection through the Congo Basin. At Stanleyville, September 1909, the Museum’s expedition received important advice from various members of the royal advance party, headed by the Minister of Colonies, Jules Renkin. At Brussels, and throughout the Expeditions’ travels in Africa, invaluable information and other assistance were given by the following Belgian dignitaries and officials: Prince Albert de Ligne (Attaché); Felix Fuchs, L. Henry (Governors General); M. Malfeyt, A. Lantonnois, A. De Meulemeester, L. Moulaert (Vice-governors); Ed. Kervyn (Director General); H. Droogmans, Mau. Van Damme (Colonial Secretaries) ; G. Bertrand, Ch. Delhaise, Mau. Siffer, E. Verdick (Commissioners) ; Ch. Smets (Judge); Dr. Van Campenhout, Dr. E. Etienne, and Dr. J. Rodhain. XXIV Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XXXIX “Henry Lane Wilson, American Ambassador to Belgium, and the American Consuls General, William H. Handley and Harry A. McBride, courteously represented and furthered the interests of the Expedition at various times.”’ ITINERARY OF THE CONGO I}XPEDITION 1909 May 8 June 3 June 22 June 24-30 July 1-12 August 3-—September 4 September 12 September 24 September 30—December 7 December 10-26 December 27—January 10, 1910 January 13—October 15 October 18 October 23 October 26° October 28 November 1—January 20, 1911 1911 January 25-30 1911-1913 February 6, 1911—February 19, 1913 1910 1911 July 12-18 August 9-12 November 2-6 December 10-22 March 10-16 April 7-24 May 4-July 24 February 19 March 2-4 March 12-24 June 14 February 19 February 24—March 1 March 5 June 14-21 June 24—July 1 1912 1913 Leave New York Leave Antwerp Leave Boma Matadi Leopoldville Stanleyville Bafwaboli Bafwasende Avakubi Ngayu Bafwabaka Medje Pawa Isiro Nala Rungu Niangara and vicinity Dungu Northeastern Uele— base at Faradje Aba and vicinity Vankerckhovenville Yakuluku Aba and vicinity Garamba Vankerckhovenville Garamba Faradje Yakuluku Bafuka Niangara Faradje Dungu Niangara Niangara Rungu Chapin Chapin Lang Lang and Chapin Lang Lang and Chapin Lang and Chapin | (oa Chapin >Lang and Chapin 1919] 1914 1913 1914 1915 Osborn, The Congo Expedition July 6-10 July 15—August 29 September 1—October 31 November 2—February 20, 1914 February 27—July 22 July 1 July 5-15 July 25 July 27 July 31—January 2, 1914 April 19 April 21 July 25-August 1 August 3 August 5-September 9 September 10 September 12 September 22-25 September 28 September 30 December 10 December 20 December 24 December 29 March 14 March 31 May 10 May 18-22 May 22-31 June 9-16 June 17 June 17—July 2 Tlye2= 12, July 19-25 July 25—-August 1 August 6—September 14 September 15—October 1 October 10—November 2 November 12 SUMMARY OF THE COLLECTIONS Nala Poko Akenge Niapu Medje Rungu Pawa Bafwabaka Ngayu Avakubi Penge Epulu River Babeyru Ngayu Avakubi Bomili Panga Banalia Bengamisa Stanleyville Left Stanleyville Kinshasa Matadi Boma Liverpool New York Left Stanleyville Kinshasa Leopoldville Matadi Boma Zambi Malela Banana St. Antonio Banana St. Paul de Loanda Lisbon New York XXV ‘Chapin Lang and Chapin Chapin Lang The collections are chiefly zoological, representing nearly all branches of natural history of the region traversed. The following is XXVl Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XX XTX an estimate of the number of specimens which by the middle of November 1915 had reached the Museum safely, in spite of the unsettled conditions and difficulties of transportation due to the war. Mammalogy 5800 Ornithology 6200 Herpetology 4800 Ichthyology 6000 Invertebrates over 100,000 Paleontology was represented by only a few specimens referable to ichthyology. Anthropology—3800 specimens were added to the collection al- ready presented to the Museum by King Leopold II. The illustrative material includes about 300 drawings, in water- color and ink, by Mr. Chapin, and a superb collection of 9890 photo- graphs, the property of Mr. Lang, who has, however, placed them on permanent deposit in the Museum. The latter relate to the following subjects: Anthropology 5461 Mammalogy 2155 Ornithology 512 Herpetology 365 Ichthyology 182 Invertebrate Zoology 294 Botany 483 Miscellaneous 438 The value of this collection is greatly enhanced by the detailed diaries, note-books, observations and measurements taken in the field. The records afford invaluable data for all the zoological and ethno- logical studies to be published. PROJECT OF PUBLICATION The publications at present contemplated are planned in four series, as follows: 1. Scientific Papers published in Bulletin form of the American Museum, of which at present twelve volumes are projected, under the title ZooLoGy oF THE BELGIAN Conco. These papers will first be published in the Bulletin. They will then be issued in a special edition of 150 copies as separate volumes. 1919] Osborn, The Congo Expedition XXVI1 2. Memoirs of The American Museum of Natural History, of which the volume on the Okapi is in course of preparation. 3. Ethnological Albums, in which the principal anthropological results are to be brought together in three volumes. 4. Narrative of the Congo Expedition, in two volumes, by Herbert Lang and James Chapin. The division of the scientific material already assigned is as follows. Mammalogy.—J. A. Allen, N. Hollister, H. Lang, J. P. Chapin, Childs Frick. Anatomical Studies.—H. von W. Schulte, C. Sharp, J. Kingsley. Ornithology. —J. P. Chapin. Herpetology.— K. P. Schmidt, G. K. Noble. Ichthyology.—J. T. Nichols, L. Griscom, C. R. Eastman, L. Hussakof. Invertebrate Zoology. Vermes.—G. A. MacCallum. Mollusca.—H. A. Pilsbry, J. Bequaert. Crustacea.—M. J. Rathbun, H. A. Pilsbry, C. B. Wilson, W.G. Van Name. Myriapoda.—R. V. Chamberlin. Insects. Lepidoptera.—W. J. Holland. Coleoptera.—C. W. Leng, A. J. Mutchler. Orthoptera.—J. A. G. Rehn. Neuropteroids.—N. Banks, J. G. Needham. Diptera.—J. Bequaert, C. P. Alexander, J. 8. Hine. - Hymenoptera.—W. M. Wheeler, J. Bequaert, I. W. Bailey, Je ©. Bradley, (ks Ei: Lutz: PROJECT OF INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH In view of the international character of this exploration and of the generous cooperation of the Belgian Government, it is proposed to make the scientific results as well as the collections as effective as possible in the dissemination of knowledge regarding the natural history and re- sources of the Congo. Much of the zoological and botanical work will be of real value in relation to the future economic development of this great area of Africa. The American Museum will begin by selecting, according to agree- ment, a duplicate collection for the Congo Museum at Tervueren, near Brussels, Belgium. This collection will include not only certain of the more important mammals, birds, and reptiles which are still needed XXVill Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XX XIX at Tervueren but also, so far as possible, paratypes of the new species described in the series of volumes which will be collectively known as THE ZOOLOGY OF THE BELGIAN Conco. Thus the Congo Museum at Tervueren will be reinforced in the great work it has accomplished since 1897, the time of its establishment as a center of research in the zoology and ethnology of the Congo. The same principle will apply to the dup- lication of the American Museum photographs, observations, and records of various kinds which may not be published. In other words, the American Museum will endeavor, so far as practicable, in every branch of science in which this expedition has engaged, to extend its duplicates and documents for the benefit of its sister institution in Belgium and for the dissemination of knowledge through the opportunities which the Congo Museum at Tervueren offers to the European students and investigators. American Museum of Natural History. June 18, 1919. rads Lapa | i 5 oe » ee Care as Ae Se ‘ ; x % { . © wy ¢ ehh: ares BS (Ss Stay BA wera | al og 1 Wei ata + 7 ; A are ss PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY > Mermorrs Volume I. Zoology and Palxontology. - Volumes JI-VIII. Anthropology. ° Volume IX. Zoology and Palzontology. Volumes X-XIV. Anthropology. Volumes II, IV, V, VII, VIII, X-XIV, and an Ethnographical Album form Volumes I-X of the Memoirs of the Jesup North Pacific Expedition. Mermorrs—NeEw SERIES Volumes I and II. Zoology and Paleontology. Volume ITI, part 1. Entomology. BULLETIN Volumes I-X XIV, XXV, parts 1 and 2, and XXVI-XXXIX. ANTHROPOLOGICAL PAPERS Volumes I-XI, XII, parts 1-5; XIII; XIV, parts 1 and 2; XV, part 1; XVI, parts 1-3; XVII, parts 1-4; XVIII, parts 1-5; XIX, parts 1-3; XX, part 1; XXI, part 1; XXII, parts 1-3; XXIII, parts 1-2; XXIV, parts 1-2; XXV, “ay Es VA, one ule MoNnOGRAPHS A Review of the Primates. By D. G. Elliot. 3 volumes. Hitherto Unpublished Plates of Tertiary Mammals and Permian Vertebrates. | By E. D. Cope and W. D. Matthew. Tue AMERICAN Musrum JoURNAL Volumes I-XVIII. The Journal is a popular record of the progress of The American Museum of Natural History, issued monthly from October to May. HanpsBooxs. Numbers 1-7. @ Gui1pE Lreartets. Numbers 1-48. ANNUAL Reports. First (1869) to Fiftieth (1918). A more detailed list, with prices, of these publications may be had upon applica- tion to the Librarian of the Museum. 7 “Shrews Collected by the » Congo Expedition of the American _ Museum. B y N. Hotutster. BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM: OF NATURAL HISTORY, Vou. XXXV, Art. XXXV, pp. 663-680. _ Scipntiric REsuLts of THE Conco Exprpition. Mammatoey, No. 1. New York; October 21, 1916. (Continued frum 3d page of cover.) : Vou. XIII. ANTHROPOLOGY (not yet completed). rea *Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. TX. : ee ie Part I.— The Yukaghir and the Yukaghirized Tungus. ey Waldemar Jochelson.. Pp. 1-133, pll. i-vii; 1 map, 1910. Price, $3.40. Vou. XIV. ANTHROPOLOGY. D *Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. X. ‘ : Part I.— Kwakiutl Texts. Second Series. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 1-269, 1906. Price, $2.80. Part Il.— Haida Texts. By John R. Swanton. Pp. 271-802. 1908. Price, $5.40. MEMOIRS. New SeErR1Es, Vou. I. Part I.— Crania of Tyranosaurus and Allosaurus. By Henry Fairfield Osborn, pp. 1-30, pil. i-iv and text figures 1-27. 1912. Parr II.— Integument of the Iguanodent Dinosaur Trachodon. By Henry Fairfield Osborn._ Pp. 31-54, pll. v—x, and text figures 1-13. 1912. Parts I and II are issued under one f cover. , Price, $2.00. Part Wie Craniometry of the Equide. By Bey Fairfield Osborn. Pp. 55-100, text figures 1-17. 1912. Price, 75 cents. Part IV.— Orthogenetic and Other Variations in Muskoxen, with a Systematic Review of the Muskox Group, Recent and Extinct. By J. A. Allen. Pp. 103-226, pll. xi—xviii, text figures 1-45, 1913. Price, $2.50. Part V.— The California Gray Whale (Rhachianectes jake: Cope). By Roy C. Andrews. Pp. 229-287, pll. xix—xxvii, text figures 1-22. 1914. Price, $2.00. Part VI.— The Sei Whale (Balenoptera borealis Lesson). By Roy C. Andrews and H. von. W. Schulte. Pp. 289-502, pill. xxvii-lvii, 1916. (In press.) : és Z ETHNOGRAPHICAL- ALBUM. Jesup North Pacific Expedition. Ethnographical Album of the North Pacific Coasts of America and Asia. Part 1, pp. 1-5, pll. 1-28. August, 1900. Sold by subscription, price, $6.00. BULLETIN, The matter in the ‘Bulletin’ consists of about 24 to 36 articles per volume, which relate about equally to Geology, Paleontology, Mammalogy, Ornithology, Entomology, and (in former yolumes) Anthropology, except Vol. XI, which is restricted to a ‘Cata- _ Ais logue of the Types and Figured Specimens in the Paleontological Collection of the Geological Department,’ and Vols. XV, XVII, and XVIII, which relate wholly to Anthropology. Vol- ume XXIII and the later volumes contain no Gnupsopolveien matter, which is now issued separately as ‘Anthropological Papers.’ Volume I, 1881-86........ Out of print Volume XVIII, Part I, 1902 Price, $2.00 i TE, £88790). ss, Price, $4.75 ni % : II, 1904 1.50 % TAT SOO OT ieee ry 4.00 2 z SLED E905). 2 .50 La es a ee a She ade ine 4.00 z " fe KALE oa etree 2.00 m4 NLSOS iy Me ste sin “4.00 “ SEX 1903s hic ie « 6.00 i VEE SOA aise edayeae Z 4.00 - 5 ROO A oe aie steer i 5.00 cs Mahe 1805 ies <7 4.00 7 SEAT TOOS a ieee eats id 5.00 - f Wi EP ESO G SRR ice res ¥ 4.00 SN POORSNEE AS TOOG es cota esas % 6.00 ¢ Bx, 1o07. foc ee Cn Os 6) ek DER, TOO 7 itr at hers i 9.00 i EB OS translate aia ar viats ij 4.75 o> \ CREE VOOR <5 reco ene i 6.00 75 XE 1898 —1LO01e esc: s 3.00 "3 XXV, Part I, 1908. . 1.50 : DORE BOO er tines oh fc AL OO Sit RVG pl GOO FO neces . 6.00 eo PE DOOO eo cte ae aiatoe “ 4.00 “SOX, VOOR oak tones : 5.00 . RV POD sae oR ses Sih 1.00 FOR VELL, TOTO. sei te iar . 4.00 . I TOOTH A907, si ece ry 5.00 (RES BOTA Geer ee 3 4.50 f EVE ROOD Cr ee me 1 DOO Fi OR ees POUT ts. yas 5 4.00 ‘ XVII, Part 11,1902... “ 1.50 pape O. O48 eS Oe a AEE oye . 4.00 i 1 Cr take aires ah 75 veer. OG 8 Kd 2 Ee cea . 5.50 . é “ IV, 1905...Out of print STR XOTED, COTA hea 5 5.50 - @ . &¢ IV, 1905... .-Price, $ 75 ae. @.€) in RS Sh CE ee 5 5.50 Pao WER a tate tN ROU, eeepc r aia 1.25 : fess. ANTHROPOLOGICAL PAPERS. Vols. I-XVI, 1908-1916. AMERICAN MUSEUM. JOURNAL The ‘Journal’ is a popular record of the progress of the American Museum of Natural History, issued monthly, from October to May inclusive. Price, $1.50 a year. Yolumes I-X VI, 1900-1916. 7 *The Anatomy of the Common Squid. By Leonard pees ees Williams. Pp. 1-87, pll. i-ili, and 16 text figures. 1909. *Chinese Pottery of the Han Dynasty. By Berthold Laufer. Pp. 1-339, pl. i-lxxv, and 55 text figures. 1909. For sale at the Museum. *Published by E. J. Brill, Leiden, Holland. Not on sale at the Museum. American Agent, G. E. Stechert, 129 West 20th Street, New York City. 59.9,33 (67.5) Article XXXV.— SHREWS COLLECTED BY THE CONGO EXPE- DITION OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM! By N. HoOttuistTeEr. Puates VII-XI. The shrews collected by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin on the American Museum Congo Expedition number 177 specimens, of 15 species and 3 genera. Almost one half of the species are new. This is not alto- gether surprising when it is considered how few shrews have been described from the Congo as compared with other parts of Africa. It nevertheless seems remarkable that five of these new species should be members of the small group of “naked-tailed”’ Crocidura of which only about ten: forms were heretofore known. Five forms of Crocidura which have been recorded from the general region are not represented in this collection. These are Crocidura turba turba Dollman, C. t. tarella Dollman, C. poensis attila Doll- man, C. boydi Dollman, and C. nigrofusca Matschie. Races of C. hilde- gardee and C. fumosa, as well as representatives of several west coast species also might reasonably be expected. _ Owing to their damaged condition, immaturity, or other circumstances, five specimens in the collection are not determinable and are not listed in the present paper. Of the localities listed below, Garamba, Faradje, Niangara, and Nala are in the Uelle drainage. Medje, Gamangui, Bafwabaka, Babeyru, Negayu, and Avakubi are in the Ituri valley. Lubila is situated on a branch of the Tshopo, in the Stanley Falls district. 1. Crocidura nyanse kivu Osgood. Plate X, Fig. 1. 1910. Crocidura flavescens kivu Oscoop, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 5, p. 370. April. (Lake Kivu, Congo.) Three specimens, including one in alcohol, from Avakubi; one specimen from Gamangui; and sixteen, including one in alcohol and one odd skull, from Medje. Most of the skins in this series are in a pale, worn, and faded condition, ' Scientific Results of the Congo Expedition, Mammalogy, No. 1. 663 664 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV, but some are in fresh pelage and show the dark body coloration and dark brownish feet characteristic of the race. The palest, most faded, specimens have the feet light colored, like the coat of the body. ‘There is the variation in color usual in series of Crocidura nyanse nyanse and C. n. kijabe; some of the skins have dark colored bellies while others have not. This seems to be individual variation and not a seasonal condition of pelage; the variation is found in young as well as in adult examples. The collectors record three pairs of inguinal mamme. 2. Crocidura surure eller. 1910. Crocidura surure HELLER, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 56, No. 15, p. 2. December 23. (Rhino Camp, Lado.) One skin and skull from Faradje and an alcoholic specimen from Ga- _ramba agree in all essential details with the type series of this species from Rhino Camp, Lado Enclave. 3. Crocidura lutrella Heller. 1910. Crocidura lutrella HELLER, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 56, No. 15, p. 4. December 23. (Rhino Camp, Lado.) A single skin (without skull) from Faradje is evidently of this species. Compared with the type series from Lado Enclave, this specimen, which is in older pelage, has a more grayish, less buffy belly. 4. Crocidura turba nilotica eller. 1910. Crocidura nilotica HELLER, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 56, No. 15, p. 3. December 23. (Rhino Camp, Lado.) Three specimens, including two in alcohol, from Faradje are typical of this form. A single alcoholic specimen from Nala, from which the skull has been removed, is evidently of the same subspecies. It is browner than usual for nlotica, but is the only July specimen seen. 5. Crocidura caliginea sp. nov. (Plate VII, Bie. 1; VIM; Brest alge) Type, No. 48555, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult Q (teeth moder- ately worn and basal suture closed) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, July 8, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2451. 1916.] Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 665 A medium sized, very dark brown, dark bellied, small footed species, with thinly haired tail and with only a few long bristle hairs near base of tail. ‘Color — Entire head and body, above and below, dark brown, near to clove brown; the upperparts very slightly brighter or more brownish, less smoky, than the belly; but there is no distinct line of demarcation nor noticeable difference in the shade of color above and below. The slightly brighter appearance of the back is due to a faint speckling in the hair of cinnamon or deep buff. Fur short and close, the undercolor deep neutral gray. Hands and feet brown, the digits yellowish. Tail blackish brown, slightly paler at base below, appearing naked but sparingly clothed with very short hairs; a very few longer hairs near base. Skull and teeth Skull strongly built, with heavy maxillary processes. Brain- ease short, wider than long, with sharp, angular corners and straight sides. Teeth large; unicuspids from crown view very broad; third unicuspid distinctly larger than second, especially broader across crown; the teeth all crowded in the row and unicuspids overlapping. Upper last premolar (pm*) long as wide. The teeth thus differ conspicuously from the type usual to the naked-tailed species of the dolichura group and most resemble those of the forms in the turba group. Measurements of type.— Total length, 125; tail vertebrae, 54; hind foot, 12 (dry, without claws, 11.6); ear, 9. Skull: Condylo-incisive length, 21.3; condylo-basal © length, 20.6; greatest breadth, 9.5; maxillary breadth, 6.9; least interorbital breadth, 4.4; mandible, 11.8. Teeth: Entire upper row, 10; front of pm‘ to back of m?, 5.4; entire lower row, 9.3. The combination of dark color above and below, absence of long hairs on tail except at base, small hind foot, short braincase, and large, roundish unicuspid teeth, makes this species easy to recognize among the other shrews known from the region. The species evidently belongs in that group which includes poensis and batesi, and is not related closely to the other bare-tailed species from Medje. It is represented only by the type speci- men. 6. Crocidura jacksoni denti Dollman. Plate, Eis. .2. 1915. [Crocidura] jlacksoni] denti Dottman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 15, p. 516. May. (Between Mawambi and Avakubi, Congo.) Seventy-one specimens, including nine in alcohol, from localities as fol- lows: Avakubi, 6; Babeyru, 1 in alcohol; Bafwabaka, 1; Faradje, 5; Gamangui, 2; Medje, 51; Nala, 3 in alcohol; N langara, 2. There are specimens in this fine series collected in nearly all the months of the year. As a consequence there is great diversity in color, the skins in the dark, fresh coat and those in the reddish stages of extreme wear contrasting greatly. Several very young examples show all the range of variation exhibited by the adults; the first juvenile coat evidently fades 666 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV, very rapidly. Owing to the great diversity of color shown in this series, I have given these specimens special study in an endeavor to divide them into two or more species, but have failed in this effort and am forced to consider them all of one form. The skulls of the oldest males are naturally somewhat larger than those of younger males and females, but after all the range of variation is no greater than in several species of shrews from | British East Africa, represented in the National Museum by equally large series. | There is also some variation in the relative size of the second and third unicuspid teeth. This character certainly is not always a reliable one in species of Crocidura which have these teeth normally somewhat of the same size. Specimens from the Uelle drainage appear paler than the average skins: from the Ituri, but the pelages are not strictly comparable and the difference is slight. The collectors note three pairs of inguinal mamme. One female col- lected at Bafwabaka, December 29, contained two large embryos. 7. Crocidura bicolor Bocage. 1890. Crocidura bicolor Bocaas, Jorn. Sci. Acad. Lisboa, Ser. 2; Voli Eepsa2e: (Gambos, Angola.) A single very immature alcoholic specimen, with skull removed, from Avakubi. It apparently represents a form very much like C. 6b. woosnama Dollman from Lake Ngami; but it would be useless to attempt an exact subspecific determination. There is a faint stripe of brownish along the upper side of the otherwise whitish tail; the white bristle hairs are rather inconspicuous; hands and feet whitish. | 8. Crocidura oritis sp. nov. (Plate Villa Big 92- Vali Bigs 2.0 20a) Type, No. 48510, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult & (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Avakubi, Ituri River, Belgian Congo, July 6, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2530. Related to Crocidura maurisca Thomas, but averaging less blackish brown in color, the underparts less richly colored, and the feet less blackish. Size about as in maurisca, but hind foot larger and skull more robust, with heavier teeth. ‘Tail with long bristles only at base as in maurisca and allies. Color.— Type: Upperparts grayish brown, or dark hair brown, finely speckled 1916.] - Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 667 with lighter grayish; crown and face slightly darker, more blackish brown; underfur rather light slate gray. Hands and feet brownish buff, the feet darker along outer half from heel to toe. Tail uniformly dull blackish brown except near base below where there are a few lighter buffy hairs. Underparts mouse gray, uniformly colored from chin to tail except for an irregular wash of cinnamon buff. Side glands incon- spicuous, about the color of the surrounding hair. No definite line of demarcation between color of upperparts and of belly, the two shades blending over the sides of the body. Other specimens differ much in color from the type. A January skin from Medje matches the type most closely; an April skin is in very bleached pelage, with irregu- lar patches of rusty red on the upperparts. Two other skins from Medje, June and September, are quite dark, more as in a very uniformly colored series of maurisca — from the Victoria Nyanza region. These last two are, however, rather immature animals, with the basal suture still open. Skull and teeth.— Skull larger than in maurisca, about the size of that of the closely related C. littoralis Heller from Butiaba, but slightly more robust in build and with wider maxillary processes, rostrum, and palate. Teeth essentially as in littoralis and maurisca, the unicuspids oval from crown view, with wide cingula and small cusps; last upper premolar, in unworn condition, longer than wide. Measurements of type — Total length, 159; tail vertebrae, 65; hind foot, 18 (dry, without claws, 16.6). Skull: Greatest length, 23.4; condylo-incisive length, 23.3, condylo-basal length, 22.6; greatest breadth, 10.2; maxillary breadth, 7.1; mandible, 12.1; upper tooth row, entire, 10.4; front of pm‘ to back of m?, 5.3; lower tooth row, entire, 9.4. This new species is based on five specimens, four from Medje and one from Avakubi. It is closely related to maurisca and littoralis but may be separated from either by the lighter color, greater maxillary breadth, and more robust teeth. The three forms, maurisca, littoralis, and oritis, proba- bly form an intergrading chain of subspecies. They are readily distin- guished from Crocidura niobe Thomas by the larger hind foot and the narrower unicuspid teeth. 9. Crocidura latona sp. nov. (Plate VII, Fig. 3; VIII, Figs. 3, 3a.) Type, No. 48610, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult < (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, March 17, 1910, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 773. Related to Crocidura niobe Thomas, but much more brownish (not gray) in color, and with underparts scarcely lighter in color than back. Size about as in niobe. Tail thinly haired and with long bristles only at base. Fur of back short. Color.— Type: Upperparts rich, glossy bister, the nose darker; underfur nar- rowly brownish gray at base. Underparts only slightly lighter brown than the back and sides; lateral glands russet. Hands and feet buffy brown, very thinly haired 668 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV, with brown. Tail above and below blackish brown, very slightly lighter at base below. Skull and teeth.— Skull in size about as in Crocidura niobe, or slightly smaller; the general appearance much as in maurisca and littoralis, but decidedly smaller. Teeth distinctly of the maurisca and littoralis type (the unicuspids rather narrow with small cusps and large cingula) but second and third upper unicuspids wider and more inclined to be circular, asin niobe. Last upper premolar longer than wide. Measurements of type.— Total length, 135; tail vertebre, 59; hind foot, 14 (dry, without claws, 13.2); ear, 9. Skull: Condylo-incisive length, 19.8; condylo-basal length, 19.0; greatest breadth, 8.9; maxillary breadth, 6.1; mandible, 10.8; upper tooth row, entire, 8.7; front of pm*to back of m?, 4.7; lower tooth row, entire, 8.2. This species evidently is closely related to the Ruwenzori Crocidura niobe, but differs conspicuously from that species in its almost uniform dark brownish coloration, above and below. Besides the type there is a single skin, without skull, in the collection from Avakubi which is doubtless of the same form. It is an October specimen and is slightly more reddish brown than the type, with which it agrees in general dimensions. 10. Crocidura ludia sp. nov. (Riate Vil; Kies 4. xX Pigsu ules) Type, No. 48566, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult o (teeth slightly worn and basal suture not closed) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, May 16, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2366. A small species related to Crocidura muricauda Miller and C. dolichura Peters, but coloration brownish, not gray, above and below. ‘Tail shorter than in dolichura and skull smaller, with smaller teeth. Tail appearing naked but clothed with very short, inconspicuous hairs; a few longer bristles at extreme base. Color.— Upperparts bister or mummy brown, uniformly colored from nose to tail; underfur smoke gray. Underparts hair brown, not conspicuously separated from color of sides and back. Feet very thinly haired, buff, with brown streak along outer side. Tail blackish brown above, lighter on basal third below. Skull and teeth.— Skull like that of Crocidura muricauda but slightly larger, with ereater interorbital breadth, wider, flatter braincase, and more slender rostrum; palate wider and shorter. Teeth slightly smaller than in mwricauda or dolichura, but otherwise similar, with second and third unicuspids of about equal size or second rather smaller than third; unicuspids of the general mauwrisca type (oval in form, with small cusps and large cingula) though not so extreme as in maurisca or littoralis; last upper premolar longer than wide. Measurements of type — Total length, 120; tail vertebre, 60; hind foot, 14 (dry, without claws, 12.7); ear, 9. Skull: Condylo-incisive length, 18.2; condylo-basal length, 17.5; greatest breadth, 8.2; maxillary breadth, 5.4; least interorbital breadth, 4.0; mandible, 9.2; upper tooth row, entire, 7.8; front of pm* to back of m?, 4.0; lower tooth row, entire, 7.4. 1916.] Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 669 Three specimens of this new species of Crocidura are in the collection — two from Medje and one from Ngayu. The topotype skin from Medje, a female, measures: Total length, 116; tail vertebre, 53; hind foot, 12; ear, 9. The tail of the Ngayu skin is 57 millimeters in length. All agree almost precisely in coloration. The species apparently is close to C. dolichura but may be distinguished by its brown coloration and shorter tail. The Liberian shrew described by Miller in 1900 as Myosorex muricauda' proves to be a species of Crocidura. It was transferred by Thomas” in 1904 from Myosorex to the genus Sylvisorex. Consequently Dollman does not include it in his recent revision of the African shrews of the genus Cro- cidura.® 'The species is closely related to C. dolichura and should have been placed between that species and maurisca in Dollman’s synopsis. It is hard to understand how Thomas could have been misled by the excellent description and figures given by Miller. 11. Crocidura polia sp. nov. GPlate Wil bie. 6: EX, Bigs.- 25202) Type, No. 48559, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult & (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, July 1, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2442. A small, grayish brown, long-tailed shrew with the general proportions of C. dolichura Peters, but with the tail heavily covered with short hairs which increase in numbers and length at the tip to form a distinct white brush. A few scattered longer bristle-hairs on basal third of tail. Skull and teeth much as in dolichura, muricauda, and ludia. Pelage moderately full, the hairs at middle of back about 3.5 millimeters in length. Color.— Upperparts uniform grayish brown, or perhaps better described as pale fuscous with a faint sprinkling of silvery gray; sides and underparts distinctly lighter, more grayish, but not sharply marked from color of back; lateral glands drab. Hands and feet thinly coated with whitish hairs. Tail well coated with short hairs which increase in length and numbers on the terminal half and produce a distinct white pencil at tip; blackish brown above, neh lighter below, especially at extremity, and tipped with white. Skull and teeth The skull is remarkably like that of Crocidura ludia, just described above; is of about the same size and general shape, but has a slightly flatter braincase and less developed maxillary processes. It thus clearly shows the relationship with dolichura and muricauda. The teeth are essentially as in ludia 1 Proc. Washington Acad. Sciences, Vol. 2, p. 645, December, 1900. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, p. 199. 3 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 15, pp. 508-527, May, 1915, et seq. 670 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV, but the unicuspids are slightly less oval, more roundish, and pm‘ is slightly less lengthened, about as long as wide. Second and third unicuspids about of equal size but third overlaps second and appears larger from a view of the crown surface. Measurements of type.— Total length, 130; tail vertebra, 72; hind foot, 13; ear, 9. Skull: Condylo-incisive length, 18.2; condylo-basal length, 17.5; greatest breadth, 8.2; maxillary breadth, 5.2; least interorbital breadth, 3.8; mandible, 9.4; entire upper tooth row, 7.8; entire lower tooth row, 7.3. The type and only specimen of this new species differs from all the African forms of Crocidura with which I am familiar by its combination of small size; long, hairy, penicillate tail, with longer bristle-hairs confined to near base and few in number; and teeth of the dolichura group type. 12. Crocidura congobelgica sp. nov. (Plate Vil io. 6:5 DX) o Pigs. 3:.300) Type, No. 48512, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult @ (teeth little worn) collected at Lubila, near Bafwasende, Belgian Congo, September 20, 1909, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 122. A small, unicolored, dark brown shrew with long, black, naked tail. General external appearance much as in Crocidura latona, but skull widely different, more as in Crocidura lutrella, with large maxillary processes and rounded unicuspid teeth, the second and third of about equal size. Tail nearly naked except for scattered short, close-lying hairs and a very few longer bristles at base. Color.— Entire head and body, above and below, rich, glossy bister; the lower sides and belly only very slightly lighter colored than the back. The upperparts are very finely streaked with cinnamon buff. Underfur, above and below, pale smoke gray. Whiskers long, mixed black and white. Hands and feet very thinly clothed ‘vith brown hairs, darker along outer sides. Tail dull brownish black except near extreme base below where it is slightly lighter. | Skull and teeth— The skull differs from those of other members of the naked- tailed group in its comparatively great maxillary width. From above it greatly resembles skulls of the otherwise very different C. lutrella Heller of Lado. The first upper unicuspid is relatively larger, oval in crown pattern, with well developed cin- gulum; second and third unicuspids about equal in size, the third squarely posterior to, and somewhat overlapping, the second. In unworn condition these show the small cusps and large cingula characteristic of the group. The last upper premolar differs from that of other members of the group in its lack of conspicuous posterior emargination, the median space betWeen it and the first molar being very small; the length of this tooth is about equal to its breadth, instead of much greater as usual in the group. From the skull of C. latona (which species this one most resembles in color and external characters) the skull of C. congobelgica may be separated readily by its larger size, much wider palate, stronger maxillary processes, and considerably larger teeth. | Measurements of type, followed by dimensions of an older adult female from Medje: Total length, 133, —; tail vertebree, 59, —; hind foot, 14, 13. Skulls (the 1916.] Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 671 - occiput of the type skull is damaged): Condylo-incisive length, —, 20.7; condylo- basal length, —, 20.0; greatest breadth, —, 9.1; maxillary breadth, 7.0, 6.9; least interorbital breadth, 4.3, 4.2; palatal length, 8.9, 8.8; mandible, 10.7, 11.2; entire upper tooth row, 9.1, 9.3; front of pm‘ to back of m?, 5.0, 5.0; entire lower tooth row, 8.4, 8.8. There are only two specimens of Crocidura congobelgica in the collection, the type from Lubila and a specimen from Medje. Owing to the fact that these skins so closely resemble skins of C. latona, above described, it was with some hesitation that I decided to recognize by name two distinct species. Skulls of the two animals are so very different that no other course seems open. Though both obviously belong to the same group of bare-tailed species, the skull of the old adult male /atona is much smaller than a younger female skull of congobelgica, and the other characters, as given above, point to certain specific difference between the two forms. The peculiar colora- tion is found, so far as I am aware, only in this group of species, and the long, black, almost hairless tail further instantly separates the two species from other shrews of the same general size. . 13. Sylvisorex gemmeus irene Thomas. 1915. Sylvisorer gemmeus irene THoMaS, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 16, p. 151. August. (Kaganbah, Uganda.) Eighteen specimens, including four young in alcohol, from Medje, and one specimen from Faradje. Compared with skins of typical gemmeus from Lado, these specimens average considerably more brownish, less gray in color; but the forms are certainly very closely related and the skulls seem indistinguishable: The type locality of this subspecies is in southern Uganda, but Mr. Thomas has already recorded specimens from the Uelle and Ituri valleys! The specimen listed above from Faradje is like those from Medje and shows no approach in color to the Lado form. The collectors note three pairs of mamme for this shrew. They found two large embryos in a female collected at Medje, January 18; and two medium sized embryos in a female from the same place on January 20. 1 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 16, pp. 151 and 471, August and December, 1915. 672 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXXV, MEASUREMENTS OF SPECIMENS. OF Sylvisorex gemmeus irene FROM MeEpJE. | : as er almese le Re | es = |8| | 8 5 = S = = S|3|s essen rae A eer allere he Museum Shomer ihe'S Bole 2 is a = 6415 2) exer ages Dig etctesr alae pl foe et = me > g Seige of Number i i 5 ecco ce 7S & g x og tem h o || & ne & (eo Bo] ee lee SA Soniits | # z a e a |B £ ce § Ss S Sue acl a | Oo 48584 | ot /153/85| 16 | 9| 18.1 | 17-415.3817.7/9.3179178 moderately | worn A8590,) (| 136)\73)|" 150-9) 17.8") 17.3 115.5) 7-82) Obi 7 Saleen 48591 | o? | 155 | 83 | 15-| 9) 17.8 | 17.1) 5.4 1°78) 920 | 756 eee 48598 | o' | 147/81] 15 | 8) 17.5 | 16.8 | 5.3 | 7.6 | 8.9 | 7.4 | 6.8 | little worn 48599 | o& |148/73; 14/10) — — | 5.5 | — | 9.2 | 7.4 '| 6.7 | moderately 25600 3) 1146) 821 15.) 9) 9) 58 | 8.0 Orb eZ On mame 48585 | 9 | 1387/73/15 | 9/ 17.3 | 16.6/ 5.4] 7.4] 8.8/7.4]6.8 ; 48586 | 9 |142/80/ 14; 9} — | — |5.6| — | — | 7.8169 ‘ 48589 | 2 438/74) 15.) 8| 17.3 | 16.5 | 5.4) 7.5) 88 72¢ ao i 48595 | 9 |141|76/ 14] 8/ 17.8] 17.38] 5.4] 7.5 | 9.0] 7.7 16.9 ¢ A48596.\99 4 140) 75) 15)| 9) 17.3 | 16.7 | 5:44) %e74|\-839)| ee eee é 48507 | @ 9) 151/83] 14 | 8) 17.5) 16.8) 5.7 | 7.8 | 8.6 °7 so Geom 14. Sylvisorex oriundus sp. nov. (Plate VII, Big. 7; IX, Figs. 4; 40>" Xi) Grey i) Type, No. 48554, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult @ (teeth little worn) collected at Medje, Nava River, Belgian Congo, May 20, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2368. A large, short tailed, short furred, dark bellied species related to Sylvisorex morio (Gray), but larger, with much larger hind foot. Color— Upperparts from nose to tip of tail dark olive brown, or, in certain lights, dark sepia; the underfur deep neutral gray. Lower sides and underparts slightly paler, dark grayish brown, very slightly lighter on throat. Tail slightly darker than body above, lighter brown on basal two-thirds below. Hands and feet light buffy brown, the ankles blackish. Skull and teeth.— Skull larger than in S. morio, with longer tooth row. Compared with the figure of the dentition of the type specimen of S. morio,! the second upper unicuspid tooth is relatively much smaller; the front face of the large cusp of pm is much less sloping, the heel of this tooth smaller, and the anterior cusp, though little worn, is not more than half the height of the last unicuspid. The whole dentition is, 1 Dobson, Monog. Insect., pl. 25, fig. 2. 1916.| Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 673 except for the small size of the anterior cusp on pm’, and the presence of two conspicu- ous notches on the anterior mandibular tooth, exceedingly like that of the much smaller S. johnstoni (Dobson) as figured on plate 28 of the Monograph of the Insectivora. Measurements of type-— Total length, 134; tail vertebrze, 62; hind foot, 18; ear, 8. The hind foot in the dry skin, without claws, measures 16. Skull and teeth: Condylo-incisive length, 20.5; condylo-basal length, 19.9; maxillary breadth, 5.9; least interorbital breadth, 4:2; mandible, 11.1; entire upper tooth row, 8.9; front of pm‘ to back of m?, 4.4; entire lower tooth row, 8.4. The skull is badly damaged in the braincase, but has been repaired so that the measurements as given are virtually exact. There is only a single specimen of this large Sylvisorex in the collection. From the other species found at Medje, Sylvisorex gemmeus irene, it is readily distinguished by its large size, short tail, and dark colored belly. Thomas has recorded Sylvisorex morio from Medje ! on the basis of a single immature specimen. The species represented may be the one here described. 15. Scutisorex congicus Thomas. Plate XI, Fig. 2. 1915. Scutisorex congicus THomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 16, p. 470, December. (Medje, Congo.) Thirty-seven specimens from Medje and one from Bafwabaka. This genus heretofore was known only from two examples, the type specimens of Scutisorex somereni and S. congicus, both described by Thomas since 1910. ‘The Medje specimens are topotypes, the species congicus hav- ing been named from a specimen collected at that place by Dr. Cuthbert Christy in April, 1914. There is considerable variation in color shown by the specimens in this series. On some skins there is very little rusty coloration while in others the entire body is suffused with buff and reddish brown. There is no very great variation in size among fully adult examples, as shown by the accom- panying table of measurements. The lambdoid crests frequently project beyond the level of the condyles as described of S. somerent. ‘The characters given by Thomas in separating this form from the Uganda species thus prove to be mostly individual differences. The two forms are doubtless very closely allied, but no specimen in the present series 1s quite so large as the type of somerent. This series contains specimens of all ages from very young, showing the 1 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. 16, p. 471, December, 1915. 674 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. - [Vol. XXXV, milk dentition, to old adults. The collectors record the mammez as two pairs of inguinal; and the stomach contents of one adult male as several caterpillars. In making up the following table there were measured only specimens fully adult, the skulls with the basal sutures tightly closed. MEASUREMENTS OF ADULT SPECIMENS OF Scutisorex congicus FROM MEDJE. | | 2 g Perse se z « w =| ro) > | & - 2 io Ae ee Ve me LS vig eee e [aL eb ee = B18 | 2 | Seal 2 oes Museum | & rs i - 3s EPeO Niel A138 3| 8 OH les 2 See ® Ss SS Me ee > les) & Seige 8 Number eye Peles ileal kore Maan wlan aslo deen lies Bay pO eee leis c= } a s | = xie | s 5 ° ® ees a as ie ie, rb) x os & Q, = 5 ES se} = coos. eet SB | o 5 a EI 8 | = & jee avs OI Ser g = | 2a) 7 | fa 48453 | 3 | 218 | 84 | 23 | 15 28.9 |30.3|.2 O18 916.7 | 16:7 | 83.4) G03 ies 48455 | o | 234 | 95 | 23 | 16 | 31.2 |32.4)12 § |¢.9'7.0/17.6/14.1 16.9 | 132 A8458 | 3 | 237 | 85 | 23 | 13/313 |32.1|14.0|9.2|6.9 | 1720 | 135) Gesa ees ABAGZ | | 231. | 98 |) 23°) 15 |30.8 | 31.6] 13.2|9.1 16:7 | 17.3) Tose meme ase 48464 | of | 217 | 94 | 22 | 15 ;30.8/31.7/13,.9/9.4/6.9| 17.6) 13.8 | 7.0) 13:6 ASAGS |p) 2108 | 85)| 25, | 14 |30.1|31.6 | 13.9 9.1/6.8 | 17.3 | 1336) Geo ize 48473 | | 236 |.96 | 20°) 15 )31.1 | 32.7 | 14.319.7 | 6.9 | 1727 | 1A a ret lees 48474 | og | 238 | 92 | 24 | 15 131.3 |32.8/14.2 |9.7/6.8)17.9|14.3 | 7.1) 1a 4 48487 | # | 220 | 88 | 21 | 15 |29.9 131.1 /13.7)9.4|7.1|16.7|13.3 | 6.6) 12-6 48488 | & | 232 | 90 | 23 | 17 |30.8 [32.1 | 14.2|9.6|6.9|17.3 | 13.7 | 7.0) iam ABA51 | 9 | 218 | 76 | 27 | 15 }29.5\ 31.2 113.2 | 9.38 614 |7 >) Tage eee lea 48471 | 9 | 206} 83 | 22 | 14 | 29.7/30:9 | 13.4 19.3 16.6 | 172 | 13.3) 7a eae 48480 | 9 | 205 | 81 | 23 | 12 |29.3|30.9113.4/9.1/6.2)16.7) 13.7 (6.8) 12N6 48489 | @ | 226 | 92 | 24 | 12 |31.0)32.3|13.7|9.2 |6.7 17-6) Toes anes sera 48486 | 2 | 243 | 95 | 23 | 16 | 31.9 |33.2 |18.7 /9.7]7.2 |18.3)14.5| 7.1) 13.5 48503 | 9 | — |— | —}) — |30.6 131.9) 14.119.5|6.5) 17.8 | TA Oi aces eae | 1916.} Fig. cee el ees Cee Hollister, Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition. 675 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. -Piate VII. (Natural size.) Crocidura caliginea. Type. 48555. Crocidura oritis. Type. 48510. Crocidura latona. Type. 48610. Crocidura ludia. Type. 48566. Crocidura polia. Type. 48559. Crocidura congobelgica. Type. 48512. Sylvisorex ortundus. Type. 48554. Puate VIII. (Five times natural size.) Figs. 1, la. Crocidura caliginea. Type. 48555. 2, 2a. Crocidura oritis. Type. 48510. 3, 3a. Crocidura latona. Type. 48610. Figs. 1 Fig. 1. bo Fig 1: Puate IX. (Five times natural size.) la. Crocidura ludia. Type. 48566. a. Crocidura polia. Type. 48559. 2 3a. Crocidura congobelgica. Type. 48512. 4 a. Sylvisorex ortundus. Type. 58554. PuaTs X. Crocidura nyanse kivu Osgood. (About 2 natural size.) c ad., No. 48501. Medje, June 13, 1914. Photo by Herbert Lang. Crocidura jacksoni denti Dollman. (Slightly reduced.) @ ad., No. 48520. Medje, May 28, 1914. Photo by Herbert Lang. Puate XI. Sylvisorex oriundus Hollister. Type. (Almost natural size.) @ ad., No. 48554. Medje, May 20, 1914. Photo by Herbert Lang. Scutisorex congicus Thomas. (About } natural size.) < ad., No. 48475. Medje, May 30, 1914. Photo by Herbert Lang. Ae, ” a ‘SNpUNTIO XeTOSTATAG "2 ,, CLONE ee fas: “"BOIS[OQOSU09 Oa ‘STILIO ee “eljod BINPINOIg, °G “SIT ‘eOUISITRO BINPIOOIQ, “T “SIT L 9 iS] v g G ( 676 —— \ \ \] j a) ‘HOON CW ‘V Niaring TIA StVIq “AXXX “TOA ButitetTin A. M. N. H. Vor. XXXV, Peate VIII. Fig. 1. Crocidura caliginea. Fig. 2. % oritis. ’ Fig. 3. 3 latona. 677 ButtetTin A. M. N. H. Vout. XXXV, Puate IX. Fig. 1. Crocidura ludia Fig. 3. Crocidura congobelgica. rhe . polia. ‘4, Sylvisorex oriundus. “3 Buwwtetin A. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Crocidura nyanse kivu Osgood. Crocidura jacksoni denti Dollman. 679 © we Vou. XXXV, Puate X. Butitetin A. M. N. H. Fig. 1. Sylvisorex oriundus Hollister. Fig. 2. Scutisorex congicus Thomas. 680 melt age eit a yee Sen >, *4 Minin w TaN (Continued from 4th page Pe cover. .) - ‘ ' Parr III.— Traditions of the Quinault Indians. By Livingston Farrand, assisted by W. ; S. Kahnweiler. Pp. 77-132. January, 1902. Price, $1.00. ; Part IV.— Shell-Heaps of the Lower Fraser River. By Harlan I. Smith. Pp. 133-192, <—-_ pil. vi-vii, and 60 text figures. March, 1903. Price, $1 00. *Part V.— The Lillooet Indians. By James Teit. Pp. 193-300, pli. viii and ix, 40 text -' = figures. 1906. Price, $1:80. - *Part VI.— Archeolog gy of the Gulf of Georgia and Puget Sound. By Harlan I. Smith. Pp 301-442, pll. x—xii, and 98 text figures. 1907. Price, $3.00. *Part VII.— The Shuswap. By James Teit. Pp. 443-789, pli. xiii-xiv, and 82 text figures. 1909. -Price, $6.00. . Vou. V. ANTHROPOLOGY. . Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. III. Part I.— Kwakiutl Texts. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 1-270. January, 1902. -Price, $3.00. : Part II.— Kwakiutl Texts. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 271-402. December, 1902. Price, $1.50. ¥ *Part III.— Kwakiutl Texts. By Franz Boas and George Hunt. Pp. 403-532. 1905. Price, $1.40. Vou. VI, ANTHROPOLOeY. Hyde Expedition. The Night Chant, a Navaho Ceremony. By Washington Matthews. Pp. i-xvi, 1-332, pll. i-viii*(5 colored), and 19 text figures. May, 1902. Price, $5.00. Vou. VII. ANTHROPOLOGY (not yet. completed). Jesup North Pacific, Expedition, Vol. FV. ys I.— The Decorative Art of the Amur Tribes. By Berthold Laufer. Pp. 1-79, pll. i-xxxiii, and 24 text figures. December, 1901. Price, $3.00. 3 Vou. VIII. ANTHROPOLOGY. * Jesup North Pacific Hxpedition, Vol. V. Part I.— The Haida of Queen Charlotte Islands. By John R. Swanton. Pp. 1-300, pli. i-xxvi, 4 maps, and 31 text figures. Price, $8.00. : Part II.— The Kwakiutl ef Vancouver Island. By Franz Boas. Pp. 301-522, pll. xxvii- lii, and 142 text figures. 1909. Price, $10.00. Vout. IX.. Zootocy anp PaLawzonro.oey. Part I.— The Osteology of Camposaurus Cope. By Barnum Brown. Pp. 1-26, pill. i-v, December, 1905. Price, $2.00. Part II.— The Phytosauria, with Hspecial Reference to Mystriosuchus and. Rhytiodon. By J. H. McGregor. Pp. 27-101, pill. vi-xi,.and 26 text figures. February, 1906. Price, $2.00. : Part IIJ.— Studies on the Arthrodira. By Louis Hussakof. May, 1906. Pp. 103-154, pil. xii and xiii, and 25 text cuts. Price, $3.00. -Part I[V.— The Conard Fissure, A Pleistocene Bone Deposit in “Northern Arkansas, with Description of two New Genera and twenty New Species of Mammals. By Barnum ‘Brown. Pp. 155-208, pll. xiv—xxv, and 3 text-figures. 1907. Price, $2.50. Part V.— Studies on Fossil Fishes (Sharks, Chimeroids, and Arthrodires). By Bashford Dean. Pp. 209-287, pll. xxvi—xli, and 65 text figures. February, 1909. Price, $3.50. - Part VI.— The Carnivora and Insectivora of the Bridge Basin, Middle Eocene. By W. D. Matthew. Pp. 289-567, pll. xlii—lii, and 118 text figures. August, 1909. Price, $5.00. ; Vou. X, ANTHROPOLOGY. *Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VI. Part I.— Religion and Myths of the Koryak. By W. Jochelson. Pp. 1-382, pll. i—xiii, 1 map, and 58 text figures. 1905. Price, $10.00. Part Ii.— Material Culture and Social Organization of the Koryak. By W. Jochelson. Pp. 383-811, pll. xiv—xl, and 194 text figures. 1908. Price, $12.00. Vou. XI. ANTHROPOLOGY. *Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VII. Parr I.— The Chuckchee: Material Culture. _By W. Bogoras. Pp. 1-276, pll. i-xxxi, 1 map, and 199 text figures. 1904. Price, $8.00. I Part IJ.— The Chuckchee: Religion. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 277-536, pll. xxxii-xxxiv, and 101 text figures. 1907. Price, $4.00. Part III.— The Chuckchee: Social Organization. By W. Bogoras. Pp. 537-733 pl. Xxxv, and 1 text figure. 1909. Price, $3.00. J Vou. XII. Anruroponocy (not yet completed). *Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. VIII. Paes I.— Chuckchee Mythology. By Waldemar Bogoras. Pp. 1-197, 1910. Price, $1.25. (Continued on 2d page of cover.) { r ' “AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, The publications of the American Museum of I Tatural History consist of ie Bulletin,” ‘Bulletin.’ Also an eae Album,’ and the “Americafl Museum iio } ” ~ ns MEMOIRS. Kach Part of the ‘Memoirs’ forms a SEDSE ate and complete monograph, usually ii f numerous Slates ; Vou. I, Zoodtogy anp PaLmoONnTOLOGY. Part I.— Republication of Deseripuns of Lower Carboniferous Crinoidea Gem the Hall’ i a Collection now in the American Museum of Natural History, with Illustrations of the — Original Type Specimens not heretofore Figured.. By R. Z. Whitfield. Pp. ae. pill. . itil, and 14 text figures. September 15, 1893. Price, $2.00. Survey of Wisconsin, by J ames Hall, with Illustrations from the Original Type Speci- mens not heretoicre Figured. By R. P. Whitfield. Pp. 39-74, pll. iv—xii. August” 10, 1895. Price, $2.00. 164, pll. xiia—xx, and 49 text figures. April 22, 1898. Price,. $4.20. , pil. xxi--xxiii, and 15 text figures. October 25, 1899. Part V.— A Skeleton of Diplodocus. By Henry Fairfield Osborn... Pp. ‘189-214, pli. pea xxiv—xxviii, and 15 text. figures. October 25, 1899. Price of Parts. IV and V, issued’ under one cover, $2.00. ‘in octavo, of which one volume, consisting of 400 to 800 pages and 25 to. 60 plates, with — 3 numerous text figures, is published annually; the ‘Memoirs,’ in*.quarto, published in parts ees at irregular intervals; and ‘Anthropological Papers,’ uniform in size and style es the Ni ‘ ’ Fart E1..---Republication of Descriptions of Fossils from the Hall Collectidn i in ihe American de: Museum of Natural History, from the report of Progress for 1861 of the Geological — Parr IiIl.— The Extinct Rhinoceroses. By Henry, Fairfield Osborn... Part I. Ppl 75 Part VI.— Monograph of the Sesiidze of America, North of Mexico. By William Beuten- miilier. Pp. 215-352, pl. xxix-xxxvi, and 24.text figures. March, 1901. _ Price, $5.00. — Part VII.— Fossil Mammais of the Tertiary of Northeastern Colorado. By W. D. Matthew. J pe 353-448, pll. xxxvii—-xxxix, and 34 text figures. Price, $2.00. Part VIit.~ The Reptilian Subclasses Diapsida and Synapsida and-the Early Hite Oli: the Diaptesauria. ‘ By- ‘Henry Fairfield Osborn. Pop. 449-507, pl. x1, and 28 text ae ures. November, 1903. _ Price, $2.00. : é Vou I. nnesubanoey: ei < y Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. £. Part I.— Facial Paintings of the Indians of Northern British Columbia. By Franz Boas. AN Pp. 1234, pll. i-iv. June 16,1898. Price, $2.00. > pil. vii-xii- November, 1898. Price, $2.00. Parr Ill.— The Archxology of Lytton. British Columbia. By Harlan I. Smith. Pp 129-161, pl. xili, and 117 text figures. May, 1899. \ Price, $2.00. dca Part IV. -—— The Thompson Indians of British Columbia. By James Teit. Edited by Franz Boas: -Pp. 163-392, pll. xiv—-xx, and 198 text figures. April, 1900. Price, $5.00. Part IE.— The. Mythology of the Bella Coola Indians. By Franz Boas. Pp. 95-107; “PUBLICATIONS | che a a j eae tS ee ee on s \ - Part IV.— 4A—“‘ompiete Mosasaur Skeleton. By Henry Fairfield Osborn. ie 165- 188, es Shas . 7 Part V.— Basketry Designs of the Salish Indians. By Livingston Farrand. “Pp. oer bs a 399, pll. xxi-xxiii, and 15 text figures. April, 1900. Price,,75 cts. ‘ Part VI.— Archeology of the Thompson River Region. By Harlan I. Smith. Ev, 401- =e 442, pll. xxiv—xxvi, and 51 text figures. June, 1900. ‘Price, $2.00. ° 4 Vou. Tif. ANTHROPOLOGY. Part I,— Symbolism of the, Huichol Indians. By Carl Lumhoitz. Pp. 1-228, pli. any and 291 text figures. May, 1900. Price, $5.00. Part If,— The Basketry of the Tlingit. By George T. Emmons. Pp. 229-977, pil. V-xviii, and 72 text figures, July, 1903. Price, $2.00. (Out of print.) Part III.— Decorative Art of the Huichol Indians. By Carl Lumholtz. Ee 279-327, pll. xix—xxili, and 117 text figures. November, 1904. Price, $1.5€. ‘Part [V.— The Chilkat Blanket. By George T. Emmons. With Notes on the Blanket _ Designs, by Franz Boas. November, 1907. Price, $2.00. ST] Vou. 1V. ANTHROPOLOGY. Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Vol. Ii. N Part I.— Traditions of the Chilcotin Indians. By Livingston Farranc. Pp. 1-54, June, 1900. Price, $1.50. ‘4 . é Part II.— VUairns of British Columbia and Washington. By Harlan T. Smith and Gerard : a Fowke. Pp. 55-75, pll. i-v. . January, 1901. Price,.$1.00. (Continued on Sd page of cover.) * a Fok Note on the Lumbar Vertebra of, Soiltsenes ‘Thomas Byt H. ‘von: 2 W Ae ae | oa NOvTarES AND eee a ee “The American - Mace of ‘Natural lstory Be a Frank E. Los, Eprror Se 4 The ‘clog are ‘the ‘more recent papers on Miaumaier: AND : OrnimoLoay. Orders should be addressed, bi The American York City ie gts Rig. Rae - Manmatocy Pade Raety C cpecaes Sear sate - ‘The Skeletal uiwiens af Benticn Thomas. By J. A. lens with Field : S 4 “e : Notes by H. Lang, 1917, Bulletin, XXXVU, Art. 28, pp. 769-784, Pig ee LKXXIX=xcu, 8 text figures. - ‘ Schulte, 1917, Bulletin, XXXVH; Art. 29, pp. 785-792. _ nee 3 The External Characters, Skeletal Muscles, and Perigord Ne erves of See - Kogia breviceps (Biainville). By H. von W. Schulte and M. de Forest: jane Smith, 1918, Bulletin, XX XVIII, Art. 2, pp. 7-72, 21 text figures. ~~ 60c. Memoranda Upon the Anatomy of the Respiratory Tract, Foregut, ald ee wu - Thoracic Viscera of a Fetal Kogia breviceps. By John D- ‘Kernan, ares z 2 ae iss and H. von W. Schulte, 1918, Bulletin, XXXVIH, Art. 8, PP. 231-267, Sra ae 16 text figures. oe The Skull of Ziphius eee aye John D. Keman, 1918, Bulletin, Bi -XXXVII, Art. 11, pp. 349-394, Pls. xx-xxxtm, The Indigenous Land Mammals of Porto Rico, Living and neice. By por, : H. E. Anthony, 1918, Memoirs, N. 8, i, part 2, PP. 331-435, Pls. Lv— ie ee ae Sec Ce LXXIV, 55: text figures.< 2 = $5.00 Severtzow’s Classification of the: Felide. By re A ‘Allen, 1919, Bulletin, Peas . XLT, Art: 6; pp; 335-8405" Me i Notes on the Synonymy and N omenclature of he Smaiicr Spotted Chis oe ee Tropical America. By J. A: Allen, 1919, Baron, XLI, Art. of Bee Bel es aes : 419, 31 text figures. : 1 2S ~~ Mammals Collected in Hastern Cuba i in 1917, with Deiapions of 10 Ne ew. ane rig Species. By H. E. Anthony, 1919, — Xi, Art. 20, Pp. 625— poe Ges 643, Pls. xXxXV-XXEVIL. > ; “ite, iE ‘New Mammals from Jamaica. By H.-E. Aeticae 1920, Bulletin, XL, tee SR Art. 12, pp. 469-475, Pl. xxxm, 4 text figures. = soi << toe Description of a. New. Species of Serow from Yiin-nan - Proce China. EP EGare a By Roy Chapman Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 6, pp. 1-8. = 10e. De A Remarkable Case of External Hind Limbs in a Humpback Whale. By Ne Sab ee | Roy Chapman Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 9, pp. 1-6. 7 or LOO, eee New Mammals from British Culand and Colombia. By H. E, Anthony, ye ore 1921, Novitates, No. 19, pp. 1-7. ex Vion Preliminary Report on Ecuadorean Mammals. No. 4s By H. EE. D. Anthony, Se ee 1921, Novitates, No: 20, pp. 1-6. Wdle ohne Preliminary Report on Ecuadorean Mammals, No. 2: By HEE. ‘Anthony, mae ach Aree 1922, Novitates, No. 32, pp. 1-7. | Se 5 edie ce a BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY VOLUME XLVII, 1922-1925 NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES 1922-1925 Pan reeres yew ty. s Le oe B,C Se ete eas F Se ee ne ul ; ily hee F | . y Us & rie wie! -- - , . . \ a “ Se ot } as THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY SEVENTY-SEVENTH STREET AND CENTRAL PARK WEST New York City BOARD OF TRUSTEES (As of February 28, 1925) PRESIDENT HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN First VicE-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT GEORGE F. BAKER | J. P. MORGAN | TREASURER SECRETARY GEORGE F. BAKER, Jr. PERCY R. PYNE EX-OFFICIO THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS ELECTIVE -FREDERICK F. BREWSTER ADRIAN ISELIN FREDERICK TRUBEE DAVISON WALTER B. JAMES: CLEVELAND EARL DODGE ROSWELL MILLER CLEVELAND H. DODGE OGDEN MILLS WALTER DOUGLAS A. PERRY OSBORN CHILDS FRICK GEORGE D. PRATT MADISON GRANT | THEODORE ROOSEVELT WILLIAM AVERELL HARRIMAN LEONARD C. SANFORD CLARENCE L. HAY JOHN B. TREVOR ARCHER M. HUNTINGTON FELIX M. WARBURG ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS (As of February 28, 1925) oe Honorary DIRECTOR AcTING DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE SECRETARY FREDERIC A. LUCAS GEORGE H. SHERWOOD ’ ASSISTANT TREASURER THE UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK lil SCIENTIFIC STAFF (As of February 28, 1925) Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D., Honorary Director Grorce H. SHerwoop, A.M., Acting Director and Executive Secretary Rosert C. Murpny, Sc.D., Assistant Director (in Scientific Correspondence, Exhibition, and Labeling) JAMES L. Cuark, Assistant Director (in Full Charge of Preparation) I. DIVISION OF MINERALOGY, GEOLOGY, AND GEOGRAPHY W. D. Martuew, F.R.S., Curator-in-Chief GEOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY ——__—_ ——_—__—__, Curator CuestierR A. Reeps, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology (In Charge) Epwarp J. Foy ss, B.S., Assistant MINERALOGY HERBERT P. WHITLOCK, C.E., Curator GrorceE F. Kunz, Ph.D., Research Associate, Gems VERTEBRATE PALAONTOLOGY W. D. MatruEw, Ph.D., Curator-in-Chief HENRY FarrFIELD Ossporn, LL.D., Sc.D., Honorary Curator WALTER GRANGER, Associate Curator of Fossil Mammals Barnum Brown, A.B., Associate Curator of Fossil Reptiles Cuartis C. Mook, Ph.D., Associate Curator WitiiaM K. Grecory, Ph.D., Associate in Paleontology Cuitps Frick, B.S., Research Associate in Paleontology II. DIVISION OF ZOOLOGY AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY FrANK Micuuer Cuapman, N.A.S., Curator-in-Chief LOWER INVERTEBRATES Roy W. Miner, Ph.D., Curator WILLARD G. Van Nang, Ph.D., Assistant Curator Frank J. Mysrs, Research Associate in Rotifera Horace W. StunKarD, Ph.D., Research Associate in Parasitology A. L. TREADWELL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Annulata ENTOMOLOGY Frank E. Lurz, Ph.D., Curator A. J. Mutcutsr, Assistant Curator of Coleoptera Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant in Lepidoptera Cuar.es W. Lene, B.S., Research Associate in Coleoptera HeEerBeErt F. Scuwarz, A.M., Research Associate in Hymenoptera Wituiam M. WHEELER, Ph.D., Research Associate in Social Insects 1V ICHTHYOLOGY BasHFoRD DgEAn, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Joun T. Nicnots, A.B., Associate Curator of Recent Fishes E. W. Gupecer, Ph.D., Associate in Ichthyology Cuar_Les H. TownsEnp, Se.D., Research Associate HERPETOLOGY G. K. Noss, Ph.D., Curator ORNITHOLOGY Frank M. Cuapman, Sc.D., Curator-in-Chief W. DeW. Miter, Associate Curator Rosert CusHMAN Murpnuy, Sc.D., Associate Curator of Marine Birds JaMEs P. Cuapin, Ph.D., Assistant Curator, Birds of the Eastern Hemisphere LupLow Griscom, A.M., Assistant Curator JonaTHAN Dwicut, M.D., Research Associate in North American Ornithology Mrs. Eusiz M. B. Naumpere, Research Assistant MAMMALOGY H. E. Antuony, A.M., Associate Curator of Mammals of the Western Hemisphere HERBERT Lang, Assistant Curator of African Mammals Cart E. AKELEY, Associate in Mammalogy COMPARATIVE AND Human ANATOMY WiuiaM-K. Grecory, Ph.D., Curator S. H. Cuuss, Assistant Curator H. C. Raven, Assistant Curator J. Howarp McGrecor, Ph.D., Research Associate in Human Anatomy Duprey J. Morton, M.D., Research Associate III. DIVISION OF ANTHROPOLOGY CLARK WIssLER, Ph.D., Curator-in-Chief ANTHROPOLOGY CuLarkK WisstEr, Ph.D., Curator-in-Chief Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator in Ethnology N. C. Neuson, M. L., Associate Curator of Archeology CuHaAr ES W. Mean, Assistant Curator of Peruvian Archeology Louis R. Suniivan, Ph.D., Assistant Curator of Physical Anthropology J. ALDEN Mason, Ph.D., Assistant Curator of Mexican Archeology CuarRENCE L. Hay, A.M., Research Associate in Mexican and Central American Archeology Mito Hetiman, D.D.S., Research Associate in Physical Anthropology Scientific Staff Vv vi Scientific Staff COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY Raupx W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator CoMPARATIVE ANATOMY WiiuiaM K. Grecory, Ph.D., Curator IV. DIVISION OF ASIATIC EXPLORATION AND RESEARCH Roy C. AnprEews, A.M., Curator-in-Chief WALTER GRANGER, Associate Curator in Paleontology FREDERICK K. Morris, A.M., Associate Curator in Geology and Geography CHARLES P. Berxkry, Ph.D., [Columbia University], Research Associate in Geology AmapbeEvus W. Grasau, 8.D., [Geological Survey of China], Research Associate CuirForp H. Pops, Assistant in Zoology V. DIVISION OF EDUCATION, BOOKS, PUBLICATION, AND PRINTING Grorce H. SHerwoop, A.M., Curator-in-Chief LIBRARY AND PUBLICATIONS Raupu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator-in-Chief Ipa Ricuarpson Hoop, A.B., Assistant Librarian Pusiic EDUCATION GrorGE H. SHERwoop, A.M., Curator-in-Chief G. CiypE FisHer, Ph.D., Curator of Visual Instruction GRACE FISHER Ramsgy, Assistant Curator PusLic HEALTH. CHARLES-EDWaRD Amory WINSLOW, D.P.H., Honorary Curator Mary Greia, Assistant ASTRONOMY G. CLyp& Fisuer, Ph.D., in Charge CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLVII a EE SASL. 2 RA Sopa cr a ent Aen wean Ae IE et IPI ARES No ee Oe ae aia ela ageldcbiayicheun, mew See = ie ete aION OF OCPATALCS.... 30... <0... 0 ec ee cee een els ne mR cee TACT Soh ale bane aiehcue Sen Os hace Art. I.—The American Museum Congo Expedition Collection of Insectivora. By A. Alien. (Plates I-IV, 1-text-figure.).. 0. . 0. eae ee tas IIl.—Sciuride, Anomaluridez, and Idiuridze Collected by The American Museum Congo Expedition. By J. A. Allen. (Plate V.).......... I1J.—Carnivora Collected by The American Museum Congo Expedition. By J. A. Allen. (Plates VI-LX XVIII, sixty-seven text figures, one CLIT Le a OR Ba ae er ON GUE Lr TS 1V.—Primates Collected by The American Museum Congo Expedition. By J. A. Allen. (Plates LX XIX-CLXVII, three text-figures, one TLE [0s ince oe ale BaP nue hare oe ns a ae Age oc FA ec 39 73 283 501 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF SEPARATES The edition of separates is 300 copies, of which about 100 are mailed on the date of issue, and the others placed on sale in the Library. Art. I, July 20, 1922. «II, October 27, 1922. “III, April 11, 1924. “* IV, February 6, 1925. Vill LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES Doctor Joel Asaph Allen. Frontispiece. I.—Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi, showing two color phases. II.—Crocidura jacksoni denti; and Sylvisorex oriundus, type. III. —Scutisorex congicus. IV.—Crocidura nyanse kivu. V.—Idiurus langi, new species; in color. VI.—Thos anthus soudanicus: adult male and female. VII.—Thos anthus soudanicus and Mellivora capensis cottont. VIII.—Lutra maculicollis: adult female and young male. IX.—Micraonyzx cinerea and Aonyx capensis: stuffed skins. X.—Aonyx capensis: adult and young males. XI.—Habitat of Lutra maculicollis and Aonyx capensis along the Bima River. XII-XIII.—Civettictis civetia orientalis: adult male; melanistic and normal coloring in the young; ventral view of genitalia, musk pouch, and anus. XIV-XV.—Genetta pardina fieldiana and Genetta servalina: adult male and female; side view of heads. XVI.—Genetta victoriex: adult male. XVII.—Genetta victoriz and Poiana richardsoni ochracea: side view of heads. XVIII.—Osbornictis piscivora: type, adult male, in color. XIX.—Habitat of Osbornictis piscivora, new species, along one of the larger forest brooks-at the height of the rainy season. XX.—Poiana richardsoni ochracea and Nandinia binotata. XXI.—Nandinia binotata: adult and young males. XXII.—Her pestes ichneumon funestus: two views of head. XXIII.—Her pestes ichneumon funestus and Galerella ochracea ochracea, XXIV.—AHelogale hirtula robusta, new subspecies; and Mungos gothneh. XXV.—Crossarchus alexandri: views of adult male and head. XXVI.—Ichneumia leucura ibeana: views of subadult male and head. XXVII. Xenogale microdon, new species: views of adult male and head. XXVIII.—Atilax robustus; and Atilax macrodon, new species. XXIX.—Habitat of Atilax along shore of the Bima River. XXX-XXXI.—Bdeogale nigripes: adult male; subadult female; side views of heads. XXXII.—Crocuta crocuta fortis, new subspecies: adult female and young male. XXXII-XXXIV.—Crocuta crocuta fortis, new subspecies: type skull, palatal view; palatal view of two adult skulls, showing varying position of second upper premolar. XXXV.—Crocuta crocuta fortis, new subspecies, and C. c. germinans: comparative views of right auditory bulla. XXXVI.—Crocuta crocuta fortis, new subspecies, and C. c. germinans: comparative views of braincase. XXXVII-XXXVIII.—Leo leo azandicus, new subspecies: type; adult male; adult female. XXXIX-XL.—Leo leo azandicus, new subspecies: type skull, lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of mandible. XLI.—Panthera pardus chui; and Panthera pardus iturensis, new subspecies. 1x x Illustrations XLII-XLUI.—Panthera pardus suahelica: flat skins. XLIV-LIV.—Panthera pardus chui: flat skins, showing individual variation in mark- ings in adult males, females, and young. LYV-LXIV.—Panthera pardus tturensis, new subspecies: flat skins, showing individual variation in markings in adult males, females, and young. LXV-LXVI.—Leptailurus serval faradjius, new subspecies: type, showing general body proportions, and two views of head. LXVII-LXVIII.—Leptailurus serval faradjius, new subspecies: flat skins, showing individual variation in markings. LXIX-LXX.—Leptailurus serval faradjius, new subspecies: type skull; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of mandible. LXXI.—Leptailurus serval kempi: flat skin. LXXII-LXXIII.—Leptailurus ogilbyi pantasticta: flat skins, showing individual variation in markings in adult females. LXXIV.—Leptailurus serval faradjius, new subspecies; and Profelis aurata cottoni. LXXV.—Profelis aurata cottoni: adult female; two views of head. LX XVI.—Felis ocreata rubida: half-grown male and adult female. LXXVII-LXXVIII.—Felis ocreata rubida: flat skins, showing individual variation in markings. LXXIX-LXXX.—Perodicticus potto faustus: adult male, showing habitual positions when climbing or resting in trees, and awkward manner of progressing on the ground; young male, clinging to a native’s hand as it clings to its mother’s back. LXXXI.—Galagoides demidoffit medius: adult female, showing general body propor- tions and two views of head; young male. LXXXII.—Papio doguera heuglini: adult male, side and front views of head. LXXXIII.—Papio doguera tessellatus: young male, showing characteristics of baboons—the lengthened head, peculiar form of ears, large ischial callosities, and habitual upward bend of the tail at its base; and Lasiopyga pygerythra griseisticta feeding on guava. LXXXIV-LXXXV.—Cercocebus agilis: adult male; young female; three views of head of adult male. LXXXVI-LXXXVII.—Cercocebus albigena ituricus: adult male; young male; three views of head of adult female. LXXXVIII.—Cercocebus aterrimus: three views of head of subadult male. LXXXIX.—Cercocebus aterrimus, subadult male; and Rhinostigma hamlyni, sub- adult female. XC.—Rhinostigma hamlyni: three views of head of subadult female. XCI-XCII.—Lasiopyga brazze uelensis: adult male; young male; three views of heads of adult males. XCIII.—Lasiopyga Vhesti Vhesti: three views of head of adult male. XCIV.—Lasiopyga Vhesti Vhesti, adult male; and Lasiopyga leucampyx stuhlmanni, adult male. XCV.—Lasiopyga leucampyx stuhlmanni: three views of head of adult female. XCVI.—Lasiopyga denti: three views of head of adult male. XCVITI.—Lasiopyga denti, adult male; and Lasiopyga ascanius cirrhorhinus. XCVITI.—Lasiopyga ascanius cirrhorhinus: three views of head. XCIX.—Lasiopyga cephus: adult male; two views of head. I llustrations xl C.—Lasiopyga pygerythra griseisticta: adult male; three views of head. ClI.—Erythrocebus patas pyrronotus: adult male; two views of head. CII-CIII.—Colobus langi, new species: type skull; lateral, dorsal, palatal, front, and occipital views; crown and lateral views of mandible. CIV.—Colobus powelli powelli: adult female; three views of head. CV.—Colobus powelli powelli, adult female; and Colobus powelli brunneus, adult male, showing anal region. . CVI.—Colobus powelli brunneus: three views of heads of adult male and female. CVII-CVIII.—Colobus abyssinicus ituricus: adult male; young male; two views of head of adult male. CIX. Colobus angolensis cottona and Colobus abyssinicus ituricus: three-quarter view of heads. CX-CXI.—Colobus angolensis cottonz: adult female; two views of head; general body proportions of adult female; young female. CXII-CXXI.—Colobus powelli powelli: adult male and female skulls; comparative left lateral, dorsal, palatal, front, and occipital views; comparative left lateral and crown views of mandible. . CXXITI-CXX XI.—Colobus powelli brunneus: adult male and female skulls; compara- tive left lateral, dorsal, palatal, front, and occipital views; comparative left lateral and crown views of mandible. CXXXII-CXLI.—Colobus abyssimicus ituricus: adult male and female skulls; com- parative left lateral, dorsal, palatal, front, and occipital views; comparative left lateral and crown views of mandible. CXLI-CLI.—Colobus angolensis cottoni: adult male and female skulls; comparative left lateral, dorsal, palatal, front, and occipital views; comparative left lateral and crown views of mandible. CLII-CLXV.—Pan schweinfurthii: general body proportions of adult female and young male; front, side, and three-quarter views of heads of adult, subadult, and young males and females. CLXVI.—Hands and feet of Colobus angolensis cottoni and Pan schweinfurthii. CLXVII.—Nest of Pan schweinfurthii. Text FIGURES PAGE Development of dentition in Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi................ 34 Lutra maculicollis: skull of adult male; lateral and palatal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition...................... 86 Lutra maculicollis: dorsal view of skull of adult male...................... 87 Luira maculicollis: skull of juvenile male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition.......... 89 Rhinarium of Lutra maculicoliis and Aonyx capensis...........0 00.0000 eee 91 Palmar surface of left fore foot and plantar surface of left hind foot of Lutra maculicollis, Aonyx capensis, and Micraonyx cinerea.................. 93 Micraonyx cinerea: skull of adult female; lateral and palatal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition.............. 96 Micraonyx cinerea: dorsal view of skull of adult female................... 97 Aonyx capensis: skull of adult female; lateral and palatal views............ 102 xXil Illustrations Aonyx capensis: skull of adult female; dorsal view; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition........................ Aonyx capensis: skull of juvenile male; lateral and palatal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lowerdentition.................... Aonyx capensis: dorsal view of skull of Juvenile male....................4.. Civettictis civetta orientalis: skull of young adult male; lateral and palatal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition. . Civettictis civetta orientalis: skull of senile male; lateral and palatal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition.......... Civettictis civetta orientalis: comparative dorsal views of skulls of young adult male and senile male. iso... ore a ee Civeitictis civetta orientalis: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left; hind fo0te52 0.5.0.0. BEE ee et Pa Genetta pardina fieldiana: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of lefithind: f00b.0) we i a oe Diagrams of palmar surface of left fore foot and plantar surface of left hind foot as found in genets... apne ROO Genetta servalina: sane view oF penal if adult cael, showiners supernumerary molar *(m?) on each side of Upper jaw.)... 5.3.22... ee Genetia servalina: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left hind Rhinarium of Genetta pardina fieldiana, Genetta servalina, and Poiana richard- SOME OCMMOCEO 6. ooo oes ob cae ee One Ped ha en oe ee Osbornictis piscivora, new species: type skull; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views Genetta victoriz: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views........ Comparative views of Osbornictis piscivora, new species, and Genetta victoriz: lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition; left half of dentition im occlusion; rhinarium...:.....:...5.2-.05 2. Osbornictis piscivora, new species; and Genetta victoriz: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left hind foot...-:.. 2... 072 seen Comparative views of right caleaneum and of dorsal surface of right astragalus of Osbornictis piscivora, new species, and Genetta victori#.............+-. Anterior view of distal portion of right humerus and external view of right radius and ulna of Osbornictis piscivora, new species, and Genetia victoriz. . External view of right scapula of Osbornictis piscivora, new species, Genetta victoriz, and Nandinia binotata.. 00) econ. noe one ee ee eee Osbornictis piscivora, new species, and Genetta victoriz: left lateral view of axis; left lateral view of first three dorsal vertebre..............---.-0-eeee- Osbornictis piscivora, new species, and Genetta victoriz: left lateral view of pelvic region with the last lumbar, the sacral, and the first caudal vertebrz in place Poiana richardsoni ochracea: skull of subadult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition. . Poiana richardsoni ochracea: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of eft hind Toot... sce Whe on a ls TH eH Nandinia binotata: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views...... Nandini binotata: adult male; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower: dentition... 2.5 tuiend ad Fah. Sods EO ee 103 104 105 110 111 Illustrations Nandinia binotata: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left hind SBD a2 sw hod nese CHASE, Mathes anges Bite sh noel RR en anni) Dea SMa mn Pe eee eee ey Calogale nyula: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition................ Calogale nyula: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left hind foot; a SU MRSIDEIIOURNG eA se twa Riga Sa N oar Sod wlophe Pye fein Paatls Mya ohle Sie a, SHRINE NRL SONNE Her pestes ichneumon parvidens: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal ae ak Pe A WOT GR Maclay Ponte ice) 2, EH 244 ell 2 yoke Sich -« md Sea (aes SOAS ws F Herpesies ichneumon parvidens: adult male; lateral view of left mandible; Geammmview of left lower. dentition.) ois. scetuiswarceds eo.ceveeeis Herpestes ichneumon funestus: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface RIM AM NERIELENS BEOQ eee cop 8 Sete deca) Soda ga RP cabs “assess, WA tad eS Ske MN a Rhinarium of Herpestes ichneumon paryidens, Crossarchus alexandri, Galerella ochracea ochracea, Helogale hirtula robusta, Mungos gothneh.............. Galerella ochracea ochracea: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition. .. . Galerella ochracea ochracea: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface ME MEROBLOIAG TERE yrs ie es ee LE SiS) Jes PIP ee al ve Re Helogale hirtula robusta, new subspecies: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition........ RM Riera ts ent ot St Re, ME) ae. hey ahi Helogale hirtula robusta, new subspecies: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar SULEELDE D2b SIRS, LONI VOTO) eR na a ee rr 2 ae Mungos gothneh: skull of adult female; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views...... Mungos gothneh: adult female; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower eentition ME yr WAL SSI Sich adi (shard v AoaCeromtinne ors RUNS EERE Crossarchus alexandri: skull of adult male; aoe palatal, and dorsal views. . Crossarchus alexandri: adult male; lateral view of left mandible; crown view DE LEP) DUST GIS S10) A era De ee arn eer nin Crossarchus alexandri: Palaiar: si surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left mM I tan el eis eis a 4, wk aces eC RRS ace eee Ichneumia leucura ibeana: skull of adult male; lateral, palatal, and dorsal Ichneumia leucura ibeana: adult male; lateral view of left mandible; crown Rea OMACILy ORV CL CETIUIGIOM <<. 5 <'s)<-s ays eosrci's w avecs + 3° 4.0 «os eyes Alte ee operons Ichneumia leucura ibeana: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of Rese INN LOMO Uy Pe TSP AB UUNIA | 28 co). cow 5 6 cl eid dlieks 0 alae « oca dlu Bo Oe oleremie ieee e Xenogale microdon, new species: type skull; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views. . Xenogale microdon, new species: type, adult male; lateral view of left mandible; Gawmavmicwgor ters lower dentition. ....... 6060s boas oe cet dean e sees Xenogale microdon, new species: palmar surface of left forefoot; plantar surface ‘Of LES na] V0 hsen see eco g ces Gas ae eee eared Onis Gay ooh nce. Rhinarium of Xenogale microdon, new species, and Atilax macrodon, new species Atilax macrodon, new species: type skull; lateral, palatal, and dorsal views. . . Atilax macrodon, new species: type, adult male; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left lower dentition; lingual view of first lower molar..... xiii 152 159. 162 172 173 174 178 180 181 184 185 187 188 189 190 191 192 196 197 198 200 201 203 204 206 XIV Illustrations Atilax macrodon, new species: palmar surface of left fore foot; Pa surface a of left hind net yebhe o ya 0d bee atd oP Me tle Wks BO Me oe ee ee 209 Bdeogale nigripes: skull of adult female; lateral, palatal, said ice views..... 210 Bdeogale nigripes: adult female; lateral view of left mandible; crown view of left: lower dentition: .. 02... 0.02 is. CO ee 211 Bdeogale-nigripes: palmar surface of left fore foot; plantar surface of left hind foot; rhinarium... 00.000 eee ee ee eee 212 Allenopithecus nigroviridis: skull of adult male; lateral and palatal views...... 420 Allenopithecus nigroviridis: mandible of adult male; right lateral view; pos- terior view of right ascending ramus.....2. <<: 22). 92S. ee 421 Allenopithecus nigroviridis: dentition of adult male; crown view.............. 421 Maps PAGE Map of the Congo and Lake Region of Africa, showing localities where carni- vores were collected by the Congo Expedition, as well as others mentioned in the present. Paper's oi. 6 cs Ga de css sw ew ees ee 80 Map of the Congo and Lake Region of Africa, showing principal localities where primates were collected by the Congo Expedition, as well as others men- tioned inthe present. paper ::...:)..s6..:05.5..308 )40s 498 LIST OF NEW TAXONOMIC NAMES IN THIS VOLUME GENERA eens Sens; lo replace Le pionye .. 626 66a od ee ld ae eas i ks Meena SM NOTIN Ante ain coed, <1. ss ar hs ir sta doe wis hago Vie Dw be Ge BE OEE By Se. 5 SOR EVE ih aes ee RT ae eR Conopubecus Allen. To replace Hamadryas..... 2.0.0.0... 2 cece eb eee es SNORE OCS MR AINE Sees NE ote ahh oy ne lars orci nee hse segs ANE rake Haseinuasa teamel RP MMIC Stee NLC 2500 ccs ys, Soho ae Sn be gh A Ae Ns he eee il (APP Ode LIS GAIUS TR ORS a aR a a aia owe Crocidura caliginea Hollister... .. PPR aA Cpe Aa Ones Pe eae Sg BRN os a nner Te Crocidura oritis Hollister........ Se eres Aaa kts ae ARE x Bt eRe NS LUNES LO, PDDUICCs 1 (CO) US i eA a Guacnagecangoucigica. Hollister..: 2.2.2.0)... 0. ek co ee oe oe ory: Mrmr Pens FIOMIStCR 2) 22 ee OS ea Se ed Picvascrmmus rujoprachium medjranus Allen... 2.2... eee es nemesaunsrijopracnium ruoricatus Allen... 200.2... 60sec. eke eee ele. menus anerynrus niapyu Aen. 2.0.0.0 .000 5 ce ke we ee ee ees tire maamenrops veccropi chap Allen... 0... 060. ee ee eb ee eee ee: ae Aras RRA EG me LU CUM op AEN ys CO TKS, ye ha es ee I a Oe ee eda OTP UO TM Canteen, ocr ln Sos ore Sia, Seats: aon oo BE SI eS eS LEGO FLOSS ORIEN CE A ea ee te eg AOU MME LOU USEC AMNCTY 320.66 50 oie ely oe vow ne wie 6 Ae ee ete es BLS Re a RUPICROM ODP AULO MIE ee eset A Rech b's Kansas Se oe MOS Chemo an we minor macrodon Allen... . 0... . RMA AD UM NOTE SMe KTG OC aue 5 Ce teed NIETO O ECON USS AVICTI . ol ce tesco vee tu kok doa sca py bed ahaa Uae slo aes LE BO DETALLES A Se oat cect en eee ase MNS nae RP Hea We OER Ce ea LED LHD 00), ASCII eS RN Te eo a a ace RR Set Ne eT a MPS TCR MALO US: UTCMSIS NMOM 2.033. 4s0. ee obs lee oe CF ae ee weds tes ee nes MEV SESCHUGL FONAGIUUS ANEW. 2s oo. hal Sete ols oes Pb hese ces DDILELP IS CADIS, DAN IST aaa 2h aN Soe ESS artis! XV" ERRATA Page 233, line 16 from top, for Leol. azandicus read Leo l. azandicus, 66 264, line 2 of table, for dturiensis read iturensis. 287, line 1 from top, for 1625 read 1925. 328, footnote, lines 1 and 2, for synonym read homonym. 359, line 23 from bottom, for LX VII read XLVII. 477, line 14 from bottom, for Fsihego read Fsthego. 477, line 12 from bottom, for Matsche read Matschie. 481, line 19 from top, for Fsihego tturicus read Fsihego ituriensis. XV1 + sa 40 YHomaM ant oT VddUdTA HIAGA THOU noitibbs at .odw ,tergolodtiaio bas sergolsmosm tasoimd betibs bas bstosttb etssy owd-ytudt 10t rodeos as esttub aid ot IsistsU to museuM oasoremA sdT to ettiomeM bas aitellud ods .batsoibsb ai e1sqsq evomudieog aid to smulov aidt .yiotetH as curator s volume | thi SS an ONT aa BE ie iN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NaTURAL HISTORY Vo_ume XLVI], 1922 59.9,33 (67.5) Article I—THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION | COLLECTION OF INSECTIVORA! By THE LATE J. A. ALLEN? Puates I To IV, ann 1 Text FIGURE CONTENTS PAGE “CL OTLEVSSELETL DML. 5s cue og ee a rene ae REPS Dh 2 List of Localities, with Names of the Species and Subspecies, and Number Gyopeemmens taken at each Locality....0.5) a.c2.5 2.00). Fes ee ee 3 New Species and Subspecies, with their Type Localities................. 4 General Summary........ ISS oe SE, BOS ODE ENE Dg RE a NRE 8 YI AEP 4 ie AME TR le 2 oe coe cc Nh on lay ee gh Grd DH NS, Shyer Bb ape SLL MAN Ht Stee eA MiMCMUBT CRC OTROS (MS oi neta a eek to AT ne Rika t Gi Bois usta ova eels 4 aaa ee a ee ae ote Se eee he ig oie heh es wea taes ney A iuaiee 8 Status of Erinaceus albiventris and E. prunert Wagner................-.. 8 LEE TSS TESTED Loa a laa RR, RS ORES CE 1% Aa MEMG TUS. NEW SPCClOS io 2 i28 ak) J bo geo da Gh oS Peer ee OM ae we 13 Meet RMN ETCH: SWCCIES & 26 2a Bi <5, 5s duce, Gus) sheesh RS Sinha oleh Ha ee ww Bus eae 15 SaaS UII en SS Oh. tans ake tadueh 4 aces GUERIN wa vaeghen aoe ane 17 TERI E RUE TE EETISCO UCU Ue aN ace cece? os Sec hie wa sooo Gee ee ea eo ar OU wuarelane« 17 UPD DLO? GOP ITED SRI aS ae Ge estes nga nae ane ats a Rn eda 18 “NTE SUEY UNTARELMTI Os CMe RNS BAS eae GA PD Ve eee PE rhe PLE RRL or 18 AOR OC UOMO gc on oN Bare 0s 8 babs vais» nae Bane Leena 18 CIRREGLIRIRE, CLING OT OR N re Oo oe aa ER a EEN aT MST URES Cnt 18 WO ECTOMEMFOCISONT GETUL. 6c ale e's ein ge oe bn ne be BO ys ob) ges cea eee aaah 18 IC TON TMC Oe AOL es Ns Sse isaha A cake. 6) ie gon Sie ah en ee eh aes 18 LAPEER), CITIES, TRE SENG Sak Tee fee Pe mR Bele EM POTEAU) bre ev apmiee Se Tae ato: ELLE WAS, WEOTET Oe oN RS ee EE AL PO RI ee 19 CDN TERE NTT CAS ie a EDS a a | 2 ee Ett Mi By ced Pee N ae ROM IO NM ET sR oo Seay gare; © al & au eneyend yesh ot LAR Soke aie 19 BIEL MI OMCTTICOOUCL GLC Me ot ee re 2, a OSE ees eT VAS a 19 = poe Results of The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition. Mammalogy, Oo. * his paper was in press at the time of Dr. Allen’s death but the final proofs were not seen by him.’ —EpITor. 1 re, Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Sylvisorex gemmeus wrene. 60. eee Sylvisorex Orwunadus. F... occ oA i ne Ue ee eee 20 Scutisorex congicus. 6.5.05 6. oO A a ne ee eee 20 Macroscelididae, .. 0... 62 cle Bee os ee ee ee 20 hynchocyon stuhlmann stuhlmannt.... 06.0... <0... 0 Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi...........-.. 2.2.5 02. Dentition: of Rhynchocyon. 3.....00.5.6.5 0.0. Sos 1 eee 31 Nastlo fuscipes: on os ge ln kes oe eee eee 37 INTRODUCTION The collection of Insectivores obtained by the American Museum Congo Expedition! numbers about 377 specimens, of which 51 represent the Potamogalidz, 140 the Macroscelidide, 9 the Erinaceide, and 177 the Soricide. In the preparation of this paper the author has had the efficient codperation of Mr. Herbert Lang, the leader of the American Museum Congo Expedition. The colored plate (Plate I), illustrating individual variation in coloration in Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi, is by Charles R. Knight. The text illustrations are from excellent pen drawings by Mrs. Ziska. In working up the material here recorded valuable assistance has been obtained through material loaned for comparison by the authorities of the United States National Museum, through the kindness of Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., Curator of Mammals, and from the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University, through the kindness of Director Samuel Henshaw and Dr. Glover M. Allen, Curator of Mam- mals. The Soricide of the Congo Expedition were placed for determination in the hands of Mr. N. Hollister, Assistant Curator of Mammals at the United States National Museum, in 1916, he having then been for sometime engaged in a critical study of the African Soricinz in the Na- tional Museum. His report on the shrews of the Congo Expedition was published in October 1916.’ 1Supplemental Note on Hipposideros lang? Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XVII, pp. 434—- 438, text figs. 4-6. September 29, 1917). Since the publication of the paper on the Congo Expedition Collection of Bats, I have had an opportunity to compare, through the kindness of Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., Curator of Mammalsin the United States National Museum, three skins and four skulls identified as Hipposideros cyclops (Tem- minck), from Efulen, Cameroon. While these specimens are not from the type region of cyclops (Boutry River, Gold Coast), it is interesting to note that they are uniformly and strikingly different in coloration from the series on which langi was based, indicating at least considerable plasticity in the cyclops group. Inlangi the whole head is yellowish brown, in strong contrast with the upperparts of the body, whilein the Efulen specimens it is uniform in color with the back and the upperparts are also much darker than in langi. The measurements, both external and cranial, indicate slightly larger size for the Efulen form. Whilelang?, as stated in the original designation, is a member of the cyclops group, itshould evidently be recognized asa well-marked geographic race, under thedesignation Hipposideros cyclops langi, and the Efulen specimens as H. cyclops micaceus (de Winton; type locality “Como River, 75 miles from Gaboon’’), with the description of which the Efulen specimens agree and with which the ldangi series does not agree. Whether or not micaceus is referable in a strict sense to true cyclops I have not the means at present for determining. 2‘Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition of the American Museum.’ By N. Hollister. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, pp. 663-680, Pls. vii—x1. October 21, 1916. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 3 List oF LOCALITIES, WITH NAMES OF THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES, AND NUMBER OF SPECIMENS TakEN AT Eacu LOCALITY No. of Localities Species and Subspecies Specimens Totals Akenge Rhynchocyon stuhlmannii claudi 5 _Avakubi Potamogale velox _ Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni stuhlmanni Crocidura nyanse kivu a S jacksoni denti bicolor oritis latona Babeyru Crocidura jacksoni denti Bafwabaka Potamogale velox x Crocidura jacksoni denti Scutisorex congicus ce (a3 ‘as ce its ce NOR RR KR KR kK OwWNrF ao igs Budongo Forest Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni stuhlmanni Faradje Potamogale velox = Nasilio fuscipes Atelerix faradjius as = ce langu Crocidura surure ne i lutrella turba nilotica jacksonz dentr Sylvisorex gemmeus irene Gamangui Potamogale velox a Crocidura nyansxe kivu Bris a jacksoni denti Garamba Nasilio fuscipes Atelerix langi Crocidura surure Lubila Crocidura congobelgica Medje Potamogale velox 30 3 Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudr 20 Crocidura nyansxe kivu oe sd caliginea yacksoni dente oritis latona ludia polia congobelgica Sylvisorex gemmeus irene = = oriundus Scutisorex congicus i) LS) RS) = ce (as cc ce 42 (a9 iss) SH eee ORE eH oOWwWee o — Or = I) (0) IRS) SES i I ee) IN 188 4 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII No. of Localities Species and Subspecies Specimens Totals Nala Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi 1 Crocidura turba nilotica 1 - as jacksoni dent 3 a Ngayu Crocidura ludia 1 1 Niangara Potamogale velox 3 os Nastlho fuscipes 8 i Crocidura jacksoni dentt 2 13 Niapu Potamogale velox 13 Hy FRhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi 79 92 Penge Rhynchocyon stuhlmannii stuhlmanni 2 2 New SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES, WITH THEIR TypE LOCALITIES 1. Atelerix faradjius J. A. Allen. Faradje. 2. ‘“langi J. A. Allen. Faradje. 3. Crocidura caliginea Hollister. Medje. 4. ss oritis Hollister... Avakubi. dD: i latona Hollister... Medje. 6. ludia Hollister.1 Medje. ie a polia Hollister.1 Medje. 8. i congobelgica Hollister.! Lubila. 9. Sylvisorex oriundus Hollister. Medje. GENERAL SUMMARY Species and Families Genera Subspecies Specimens Localities Potamogalide 1 1 5l rf Erinaceidz 1 2 9 2 Soricide 3 15 177 11 Macroscelididze 2 3 140 10 7 21 377 POTAMOGALIDZ Potamogale velox Du Chaillu Cynogale velox Du CuatLuv, 1860, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII (1859-61), November, pp. 361-363. Ogowe River, French Equatorial Africa. (Potamogale tentatively proposed on p. 363 in place of Cynogale.) Mystomys veloz GRay, 1861, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) VIII, July, p. 61. Mythomys veloc Gray, 1861, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 275. Believed to bea rodent. Potamogale velox Du CuHaituu, 1874, ‘A Journey to Ashangoland,’ p. 118. Further notes on the species, in defending himself against erroneous and unkind criticism. 1Described 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXYV. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 5 Potamogale velor ALLMAN, 1866, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI (1869), pp. 1-16, Pl. 1 (animal), Pl. 1 (skeleton), text figs. 1-9 (hair, head, ear, feet, anal glands, and sexual organs). A spirit specimen (dentition not complete, lacking the last molar) from Old Calabar. | Potamogale allmani JENTINK, 1895, Notes Leyden Mus., XVI, p. 234.. Based on Allman’s (as above) detailed account and figures of an immature specimen from Old Calabar, having only 36 teeth. Potamogale allmani GranpvIpIER, 1904, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, X, p. 51. Two immature specimens, each with only 36 teeth, provisionally referred to Jentink’s ““espéce incertaine,”’ ‘si son existence réelle était démontrée.”” Of 9 specimens in the Paris Museum (3 of them without skulls) 6 were yellowish beneath and each of the skulls, so far as available, had 40 teeth. These were referred to P. velox. Potamogale velox argens THoMAs, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 470. Two specimens: Medje and Poko, Belgian Congo. Represented by 51 specimens (with skulls and 7 skeletons), collected as follows: Medje, 30 (19 males, 11 females): January 24, 25, March 2-31, April 10-17, May 9 and 13, August 31, and September 10, 1910; February 27, April 16, June 4, and July 18, 1914. Bafwabaka, 1: January 9, 1910. Gamangui, 1: February 20, 1910. Niangara, 3: November 11-29, 1910; and June 20, 19138. Faradje, 2: February 21 and May 22, 1911. Avakubi, 1: December 9, 1913. Niapu, 13 (10 males, 3 females): November 26—December 31, 1913. The males number 36, the females 15. The number of fully adult specimens (of which measurements are given below) is 20 (16 males, 4 females). More than one half are immature, varying from those in which the third molar, or both the second and third molars, are unde- veloped (number of teeth 32 or 36) to those with mature dentition (40 teeth). In respect to seasonal distribution, one or more specimens were taken in each month of the year except October, but the greater part at two quite distinct seasons of the year—December and March (November 26—December 31, 13 specimens; March 2-31, 16 specimens). This would seem to afford opportunity for the study of the influence of season upon the coloration and character of the pelage, but unfortunately, this is not the case, since only the Niapu series (taken in December) and a few others were made up from fresh specimens while the greater part (including nearly all of the large series from Medje) were not made up till they were received at the Museum several years later, when it was found that the fatty matter left on the skins had stained the white under- parts. 6 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Collectors’ measurements of 7 adult males and 3 adult females from Medyje: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebree Hind Foot Ear g 575 (555-610) 310 (298-325) 267 (250-290) 43.0 (41-46) 21.5 (21-28) g 603 (600-610) 323 (310-339) 284 (280-290) 41.7 (41-438) 21.5 (21-22) Skull, same specimens, condyloincisive length: <7, 63.8 (61.1-65.9) ; ©, 64 (63.6-64.3). Collectors’ measurements of 5 adult males and 1 adult female from Niapu: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear o 586 (542-610) 329 (297-347) 260 (245-273) 45 (43-48) 22 (22-22) Q@ 585 330 ABE 4] 21 Skull, same specimens, condyloincisive length: 7; 65.5 (63.8-66.5) ; OF Gare: , Collectors’ measurements of 4 adult males from other localities (Baf- wabaka 1, Gamangui 1, Niangara 2): Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear 565 (550-583) 294 (279-3812) 268 (260-272) 48.5 (43-44) 21.3 (20-22) Skull, same specimens, condyloincisive length: 64.8 (62.7—-66.7). The above statistics indicate that there is no distinctive sexual difference in size. The smallest skulls in each series are, as a rule, the youngest, or skulls with full mature dentition but in which the teeth are wholly unworn and the cranial sutures still distinct. There is no skull young enough to show the milk dentition. In several skulls in which the first molars are fully developed, the condyloincisive length is 50-51 mm.; in those in which the second molars are fully up but the third molar is still enclosed in the gum it ranges from 53-55 mm.; during the develop- ment of the third molar the skull length increases to about 60-61. 5. Potamogale velox argens was based on two specimens, one from Medje and one from Poko. As no type locality was definitely indicated, Medje, the first locality mentioned in the description, is here designated as the type locality. Hence the present series of 31 specimens from Medje are topotypes. Poko and Niapu are both near Medje. The Niapu series of 13 specimens is in fine condition, the underparts being unstained, and agrees in a general way with the brief description of argens; it shows, however, that the white area of the underside varies in extension upward on the sides and that the development of brown-tipped hairs along its upper border is also a variable feature. The fore limbs are sometimes ‘‘almost wholly in the whitish area’’ and sometimes wholly brown above in specimens from the same locality and collected on the same day, show- 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora é ing this alleged distinction to be subject to a wide range of individuality. Specimens taken at approximately the same date vary greatly in the condition of the pelage in respect to wear, but, on the whole, December specimens, taken near the close of the dry season, appear more worn than those taken in March—May, the rainy period. But doubtless the season of moult varies in different individuals and, like the birth of the young, may extend over a considerable part of the year. Only two forms of Potamogale, in addition to the original P. velox Du Chaillu, appear to have been distinguished. These are P. allmani Jentink (1895), based on Allman’s detailed description (loc. cit.) of a specimen preserved in spirits from Old Calabar, published some twenty- six years before. The second, P. velox argens Thomas, was added in - December 1915, on the basis of two specimens from the Upper Congo. The large series of specimens collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition demonstrates that the characters relied upon for the discrim- ination of these two forms are without value and, for this reason, are subjected to comment. As shown in the collectors’ field notes on this species the genus Potamogale has a wide geographic range, and hence might be expected to have developed local phases. It is not the purpose of these remarks to discredit such a reasonable probability but merely to show that the evidence presented for the two forms above cited is far from adequate. Unfortunately, little material is available for direct comparison with that from the Upper Congo region, but the latter emphatically shows the trivial nature of the distinctions offered by their describers for the recog- ‘nition of allmani and argens. Reference has already been made (p. 5) to the stained condition of the underparts due to treatment of the skins before they were made up. Apropos of this, and in response to my inquiries, the collectors have informed me that ‘‘all living or freshly killed specimens they saw had pure white, lustrous fur on the under side, if not soiled by the reddish clay of these regions”; and they add that “some of their own skins from the same places, when unpacked, were yellowish, due to a difference in the method of preservation.”’ They also state that they ‘‘noticed that in many old, flat skins or por- tions of them from the same localities, which they saw in the possession of Europeans and natives, the originally white area was always yellowish or brown.”’ It is also well known that in museum specimens the white underside of mammals long stored are apt to turn yellowish from fatty matter retained in the skin, or from other causes, and therefore are un- satisfactory as standards of comparison with freshly collected material. 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIT While Potamogale is a rather common animal in its native haunts, it is one of the rarest in collections and, when present, is doubtless not safely comparable with freshly killed specimens. Potamogale allmani was proposed on the basis of two (in part hypo- thetical) distinctions: (1) the presence of 36 teeth (owing to the im- maturity of the specimen) instead of 40; (2) the ‘‘brownish yellow” instead of white underparts, due to discoloration by the preservative. P. velox argens was described from two apparently normal specimens in which the white of the underparts reached “‘higher up on the sides”’ of the body and on to the under surface of the basal portion of the tail than in P. velox, which features a large amount of topotype material shows to be inconstant and merely individual. Consequently allmani and argens . cannot be considered as entitled to recognition.’ It is hardly necessary to add that many forms, species as well as subspecies, have a similarly unsatisfactory basis, as they rest on slight differences shown by single specimens, or on characters of trivial import- ance. Their confirmation, it is obvious, rests on a comparison of ade- quate series of topotype material with similar series of their near allies; and the author who would discard them without such resources would take great risks, notwithstanding his strong conviction that the forms in question are merely names. ERINACEIDE ; Status oF Hrinaceus albiventris AND E. prunert WAGNER The Erinaceide are represented in the Lang-Chapin Congo Col- lection by nine specimens (skins with skulls), all from Faradje except a third-grown female from Garamba, a nearby locality. They comprise three adult females and six young, from one-third to one-half grown, and unquestionably represent two distinct. species, differing in important cranial characters and in external features. Both belong to the section of the family in which the hind feet are four-toed. Owing, however, to the unsatisfactory original descriptions of the first-named members of this group, and to lack of proper material for direct comparison with the Lang-Chapin specimens, their determination has been difficult. Thanks to the authorities of the Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy at Harvard University and of the United States National Museum at Washington, I have in hand 14 additional specimens of the group with 4-toed hind 1In respect to the status of P. allmant, cf. Leche, who in 1907 Pegler XX, Heft 49, pp. 6 and 129, footnote 1) regarded it as only ‘‘ein jugendliches Individuum”’ of P. velox. 2S8ee above (p. 5) the citation of Grandidier’s paper on the Paris Museum series of Potamogale 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 9 feet, making 23 in all, representing five easily recognizable forms. While their relationships inter se are obvious, the names properly applicable to the two forms from Faradje have raised a serious question of nomen- clature. One of them should apparently be referred to EH. albiventris Wagner, as that name has of late been employed, but which of them should be so recognized is indeterminable. This raises the further and more fundamental question of the availability of this name, considered with relation to its origin and history. As is well known, Wagner, in 1841, described as new two species of Erinaceus (albiventris and pruneri) on consecutive pages of the same work,! for neither of which was given a definite type locality. Hrinaceus albiventris, the first in sequence of the two species, was based on a single specimen obtained from a dealer, who stated that it was found in a, col- lection from India (‘‘befand er sich unter einer Sendung indischer Thiere’’), Wagner himself saying: ‘‘ Die Heimath kann ich nicht genau bestimmen.”’ The original description of the species was inadequate, merely indicating that it had, like many other species of Erinaceus now known, white underparts, parti-colored spines, and other features of no distinctive significance. In later references? to the species he stated that the hind feet have only four toes. This fixed the ‘‘Heimath” as Africa, inasmuch as no species of this genus having 4-toed hind feet are known to occur elsewhere. Fortunately, the type remained available for examina- tion by later investigators, confirming its African origin. Erinaceus albwentris Wagner thus became a “blanket name”’ for all the African . species of Erinaceus with 4-toed hind feet. Various forms of the group later became segregated, one after another, under distinctive names as species, and the name albiventris, by some authors, was POR Cet (appar- ently rather informally) to a Sudan form.? Erinaceus prunert Wagner, synchronous in publication with his E. albwentris, was based on specimens received from Dr. Franz Pruner, from a locality not definitely stated in the original description, nor in Wagener’s later references to the species,* where he gives its distribution as ““Sennaar, nach Sundevall auch am Senegal.”’ It is to be noted that he synonymized (in 1842 and 1855) E. heterodactylus Sundevall, based on specimens from the Bahr el Abiad (White Nile), Sennaar, with his ZL. ~ St 11841, ‘Schreber’s Siugthiere,’ Suppl., II, pp. 22 and 23. seer Wiegmann’s Archiy fiir Naturg., 1X, 2 Bd., p. 27; 1855, ‘Schreber’s Siugthiere,’ Suppl., V, p.5 3Thomas and Wroughton, in describing their Erinaceus spiculus, from near Lake Chad, in 1907 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) Nie p. 371), made comparison with ‘‘the Soudanese BUCS z and further state: ‘‘ The nearest neighbors of spiculus are albiventris, Wagner, from the Scucan and Adansoni, Rochebrune, from Senegal.’’ 41855, ‘Schreber’s Saugthiere,’ Supp!., V, p 587. 10 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History [Vol. XLVII pruneri, a course followed by apparently nearly all subsequent authors. But not by all, since von Heuglin! in 1867 gave a list of the species of Erinaceus occurring in ‘‘ Nordost Afrika” in which he included: ‘ Erina- ceus prunert Wagner. Aus dem Sennaar.’”’ And Fitzinger? recognized it as not only distinct from albzventris but as the type and only species of his genus Peroéchinus. In the original description of prunerz it is stated merely that the specimens on which it was founded came in a collection of mammals sent by Dr. Pruner from ‘ Kairo.”’ It is known, however, that Dr. Pruner visited the Upper Nile region and there collected speci- mens of hedgehogs that were sent to Wagner,? among them those on which prunerz was originally based. It may be noted further that Sundevall, about the same time (see below, p. 12), described his Erinaceus heterodactylus,* a species having 4-toed hind feet, based on specimens collected by Dr. Hedenborg in “Sennaar,”’ and that this species has always been synonymized with £. prunert by subsequent writers, both forms coming from ‘“‘Sennaar.”’ As both have been referred by most authors to E. albiventris, it may be that this fact has had an influence in the recognition of Sudan as the type region of albiventris (or, more definitely, Kordofan, in the case of prunert). To follow further the history of EF. albiventris, from a geographic point of view, Fitzinger, in 1867,° gave its Vaterland as “‘nicht mit Sicherheit bekannt, wahrscheinlich aber Ost-Indien,” and that of pruneri as Kordofan. Dobson, in 1882,° gave the range of albiventris as “Northern Tropical Africa (Senegambia, Sennaar),’’ and Anderson in 1895,’ as extending from ‘‘Senegambia across Central Africa, south- wards to Uganda and northwards to Somaliland.”’ In 1902,’ he stated: “The specimen upon which Wagner founded this species [Hrinaceus albiventris| came, in all probability, from Senegambia,’? and adds: “The Nile Valley and East African specimens . . . may be more 1‘Beitr. zur Fauna der Siuget. N. O. Afrika,’ p. 22. 21867, Sitzungsb. math. nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. Wace LVI, p. 126. 3Cf. Anderson’s ‘Mammals of Egypt,’ 1902, p. 162. 41841, Sven. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, (1842,) p. 227. 5Sitzungsb. math. nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LVI, p. 856. 6* Monograph of the Insectivora,’ p. 11. 7Proc. Zod]. Soe. London, 1895, p. 420. Andersonincluded under Erinaceus albiventris E. prunert Waener, E. heterodactylus Sundevall, HE. adansoni Rochebrune. He added: ‘This species [albiventris] has been obtained at the following localities: Senegal; Saint Louis; Cape Verd; Joal; MacCarthy’s Island, River Gambia [collectively =range of EH. adansoni]; Accra, Fantee; Porto Seguro, Togo; Gaboon; Kitui, Ukamba [type locality of E. hindei Thomas, 1907]; Tabora; Kasé; Kilima Njaro; Wakilomi, District of Maka; Central Somaliland; Sennaar [E. heterodactylus]; Kordofan [E. pruneri]; and region of Upper Nile.’ 8‘ Mammals of Egypt,’ p. 164. *This statement, daabtless was based on his personal examination of the ty pe in the Munich Mu- seum, as he statesin another connection (1895, Proc. Zo6]. Soc. London, p. 414): ‘‘I may mention that I have examined all the Hedgehogs preserved in the Museums of Paris, Frankfort on the Main, Munich, Berlin, and London, and . . . some of the specimens described by Fitzinger in the Vienna Museum.” 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectiora 11 definitely registered as Erinaceus albiventris subsp. prunert.” Again he says, later on the same page, referring to albzventris: ‘‘This species is found to the south of Khartum,” and ‘“‘ranges into Somaliland and as far south as Kilima-nyaro.”’ Within this regicn, since 1902, two forms (E#. hindet Thomas and E. albiventris sotike Heller) in addition to pruneri have been recognized,! and two more are added in the present paper, both from Faradje, northeastern Belgian Congo. As stated above (p. 9, footnote), Thomas and Wroughton in 1907, in describing their Erinaceus spiculus, referred to Sudanese specimens as typical of E. albiventris. In view of the complications of the case, it seems to me preferable to place Erinaceus albiventris permanently in the list of unidentifiable species, it having no type locality and being speci- fically unidentifiable from the original description, although the type appears to have been preserved in the Munich Museum.” Senegal (or Senegambia) and Sudan (or Sennaar), the rival suggested type regions, are far apart, with EL. adansoni representing the former and EF. prunerz the latter as well established species. Under this ruling the two forms from Faradje are described as new. | - ATELERIX POMEL Since the foregoing was prepared for the press a paper by Oldfield Thomas, on ‘The Generic Divisions of the Hedgehogs’ (1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) I, February, pp. 1938-196) has appeared, respecting which a few notes are here appended. The old genus Erinaceus is divided by Thomas into five genera, which, with their designated genotypes, are as follows: - 1. Erinaceus Linné, 1758. Genotype, E. europxus Linné. 2. Athechinus, new genus. Genotype, LE. algirus Duvernoy and Lereboullet. 3. Atelerix Pomel, 1848. Genotype, E. albiventris Wagner. 4. Hemiechinus Fitzinger, 1866. Genotype, E. platyotis Sundevall. 5. Parechinus Trouessart, 1879. Genotype, HE. micropus Blyth. Although each of these groups is represented in Africa, only Atelerix and Athechinus come geographically within the scope of the present paper. Atelerzx was proposed by Pomel (1848) as a subgenus of Erinaceus, with the statement ‘‘4 dactylus”’ as the entire diagnosis. No species was referred to it, and no geographic range was indicated for the 1Since this was written Thomas has added a third from Kilimanjaro as Atelerix kilimanus (1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) I, March, p.232. 2As stated above (p. 10, footnote), the type was probably critically studied by Anderson prior to 1895, together with the type of prunert, leading to his assignment of the type locality of albiventris to Senegambia, and to his later recognition of pruneri as an eastern subspecies of albiventris. 12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History i[Vol. XLVII group. Neither is it indicated whether ‘4 dactylus”’ refers to the hind feet or to the fore feet, or to all the feet. It happens, however, that only one species of hedgehog had at that time been characterized as 4-dactylus in the original description of the species. This was Erinaceus hetero- dactylus Sundevall (1841, Sven. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, p. 227), which is characterized as, among other distinctions, ‘‘Pedibus posticis 4 dactylis,’”’ which is doubtless the original source of Pomel’s ‘4 dactylus.”’ At about the same date (1841) Wagner described Erinaceus albiventris and H. prunerz on consecutive pages of the same work, without specify- ing this character for either species. The first of these (EZ. albiventris) I consider specifically unidentifiable, for reasons already given in the present paper. This is the species now designated by Thomas as the type of Ateleriz. Wagner, two years later, in his ‘Bericht tiber die Naturgeschichte der Siugthiere wahrend des Jahres 1842’ (1843, Arch. fir Naturg., Bd. 2, p. 27), claimed priority for his prunerz over hetero- dactylus Sundevall, to which he referred the latter as a synonym. He says he received a separate of Sundevall’s paper from the editor of the Archiv, and that the volume in which it was printed was issued later, but, as he fails to state when Sundevall’s paper was received, or what date it bore, we are left in doubt as to which paper has priority of publication, the date of his own publication being ‘15. Mai 1841.” In his comment on Sundevall’s paper he says that “‘ LE. heterodactylus Sund. mit meinem E. Pruneri identisch ist; auch der hintere Daumen geht diesem wie jenem ganz ab.”’ He says further that he had assumed the absence of the hallux in E. pruneri and E. albiventris to be the result of an injury and for that reason did not mention it; but, inasmuch as Sundevall had found the same suppression in his EF. heterodactylus, he now considered it an important character for his EH. prunert and H#. albiventris, to be included in the diagnosis. It is accordingly so included in his later revision of the hedgehogs (1855, ‘Schreber’s Saugt.,’ V, p. 587). The question of what name the genotype of Atelerzz should bear is thus somewhat complicated, depending upon priority of publication of the names 'E. heterodactylus Sundevall, under which the expression ‘4 dactylus”’ (the sole diagnosis of Atelerix) was first employed for a hedge- hog, and which was first recognized as a character of EH. pruneri some two years later. In any case, by the consensus of authorities both names refer to the same species. Furthermore, Peroéchinus Fitzinger (1866), without diagnosis, included only HE. prunerz (with E. heterodactylus Sundevall as synonym), which is, therefore, the genotype of Peroéchinus. As Peroéchinus is a substitute name for, or at all events a pure synonym 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 13 of, Atelerix, it thus determines under the peculiar conditions of the case the genotype of the latter as E. pruneri. (Cf. ‘Internat. Code Zool. Nomen.,’ Art. 30, II, f.) In Thomas’s synopsis of the hedgehogs, the sole distinctive character of Atelerix is: ‘‘Hallux absent;”’ and, so far as I can find, this is the only distinction between Ateleriz and his new genus 4thechinus, defined as: “Coronal parting broad, conspicuous. Posterior palatal shelf broad. Third incisor two-rooted.”’ The last two characters, in comparison with Erinaceus (as restricted by Thomas), are both present in Ateleriz; the first is of less importance, depending upon the stress to be laid upon the words “‘broad, conspicuous,” since in Atelerix there is a distinct coronal parting, although less developed than in Erinaceus europxus and its near allies. As shown below (p. 17), the absence of the hallux is not constant, and therefore not an important character, since in different individuals of the same litter of young it may be present or absent, although absent as a rule in a number of forms of the prunerz (heterodactylus ?)-adansoni group, which is distributed over a wide geographical area. I agree with Thomas that both Atelerix and Athechinus are separable from Erinaceus, sensu stricto, but collectively rather than as two generic groups, for which the rule of priority demands the earlier name, Ateleriz. The forms referred to Atelerix by Thomas are: 1. albiventris =Erinaceus albiventris Wagner, 1841. 2. adansoni =F. adansoni Rochebrune, 1882. 3. hinder =F. hindet Thomas, 1910. 4. spiculus _=E. spiculus Thomas and Wroughton, 1907. 5. spinifex = Atelerix spinifex Thomas, March, 1918. 6. kilimanus =A. kilimanus Thomas, March, 1918. To which may be added: 7. hinder sotike =E. sotike Heller, 1910. 8. faradjius =A. faradjius (described below). 9. langi =A. langi (described below). And pruneri=Erinaceus pruneri Wagner, 1841 (=?E. heterodactylus Sundevall, 1841), in place of ““albiventris’’ as No. 1 of the above list, and also as type of Ateleriz in place of albiventris. Atelerix faradjius, new species Type, No. 51006, 9 ad., Faradje, northeastern Belgian Congo, July 7, 1911; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. American Museum Congo Expedition. Orig. No. 1660. Topotype ( 9 very old), No. 51007. Represented by two adult females from Faradje, of the so-called “albiventris’’ type. 14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History (Vol. XLVII General coloration of the upperparts strongly yellowish white superficially, the broad light tips of the spines being of this color and nearly concealing the dark sub- terminal zone. Head in front of eyes, including sides of nose, dull tawny-brown; also ears and feet the same in general effect; a broad frontal band, cheeks, sides of neck, sides of shoulders and forearms, thighs and hind legs, rump and whole under- parts uniform dull yellowish white (possibly white slightly stained yellowish); upper surface of fore feet slightly clothed with yellowish-white hairs, hind feet more heavily clothed with longer yellowish-white hairs, through which the pale tawny color of the skin determines the general effect; tail similar in coloration to the feet. Spines broadly tipped (for about 4-5 mm.) with yellowish white (without darker tips); subapical band (about 5 mm.) dark tawny-brown, passing proximally into dull yel- lowish white on the basal half. Longest head spines about 17 mm. in length, body spines about 15 mm. Collectors’ measurements: total length (type), 249 mm.; head and body, 230; tail, 19; hind foot, 29; ear, 30. Topotype (very old female with greatly worn teeth) : total length, 205; head and body, 180; tail, 25; hind foot, 26; ear, 30. Skull measurements: condyloincisive length, (type) 45.1, (topotype) 43.6; length of nasals, 16.5, 15; palatal length (to front of premaxille) 25.4, 24.7; zygo- matic breadth, 27.7, 26.3; interorbital breadth, 11.8, 11.5; breadth of braincase, 19.5, 19.9; postglenoid breadth, 22, 20; mastoid breadth, 15.5, 16.5; palatal breadth (outside to outside of m!), 17.6, 16.8; breadth of rostrum at base of front incisor, 6, 5.4; breadth of palate at ridge behind m®, 9.7, 8.5; tip to tip of alisphenoid processes, 11.2, 11.3; tip to tip of pterygoids, 6.1, 6.7; length of mesopterygoid fossa, 10.7, 10.2; breadth between pterygoids, 2.8, 2.7; length of upper toothrow (i!—m*), 21.5, 21.5; upper molars, 8.1, 8.1; lower toothrow (to tip of i’), 9.7, 8.2; lower molars, 9.9, 9.8; length of mandible (front of symphysis to posterior border of condyle), 34.5, 34.2; depth, angle to coronoid, 17.7, 16.7. The skull is large and heavy; the nasals are long and narrow, the premaxillze greatly extended posteriorly, meeting the frontals and excluding contact of the maxil- le with the nasals; zygomatic arches narrow as in A. pruneri; mesopterygoid fossa very broad, the pterygoids and alisphenoids heavily developed and widespreading as in A. hindei (the reverse of what is seen in A. pruneri'!); dentition heavy, as in A. langi and A. hindet. The pattern of coloration is as in A. prunerz, differing from that of langi and hindez in having the space below the eye white instead of black~ ish. The spines are as in pruneri—short and fine instead of long and coarse, and those of the frontal border not conspicuously lengthened as in the hinder group. The general coloration of both spine-tips and hair is more yellowish and less clear white than in prunerz; the nose and basal color of the feet and ears is tawny instead of blackish as in prunerz and in hindei. This however may be subject to considerable variation through seasonal and other conditions. 1The specimen of A. pruneri here employed in comparison is No. 14446, Mus. Comp. Zo6l., a young adult male (teeth unworn), collected at Fazogli, Blue Nile, by Dr. G. M. Allen and recorded by him (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l, LVITI, p. 342, July, 1914) as Hrinaceus albiventris pruneri. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivorc 1d Atelerix langi, new species Type, No. 51000, 9 ad., Faradje, northeastern Belgian Congo, March 22, 1911; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. American Museum Congo Expedition. Orig. No. 1544. Represented by 7 specimens, the type, an old female, and her litter of five young (3 males and 2 females), about one-third grown, taken March 22, 1911, at Faradje, and another third-grown young collected at Garamba, May 1, 1912. A dark-colored species, allied to Erinaceus hindei Thomas of British East Africa. Typre.—Upperparts dark brown, the spines over the greater part of the back uniform blackish brown from base nearly to tip, the extreme tips tending to lighter brown or even whitish; front of head, flanks and posterior margin of back lighter than the mid-dorsal area, the spines distinctly whitish-tipped, especially on the lower back where all are conspicuously whitish terminally. Ventral surface white, the white area extending along sides of body, shoulders and forearms, and joining the broad white frontal band between the eyes and base of the ears. A narrow line of dusky brown borders the white band in front, broadening laterally to include the cheeks below the eye and extending forward to the naked portion of the face, which, with the chin, is also dark brown. Upper surface of fore and hind feet dark brown, but much lighter than the cheeks. Ears and tail dull brown, the former nearly naked. Younc.—The five third-grown young differ uniformly from the adult type specimen in the dark markings of the face being more intensely black, in vivid contrast with the clear white frontal band. The upper surface of the feet is also deep blackish brown, as is also the tip of the inconspicuous tail. The spines of the dorsal area are all conspicuously and uniformly tipped with white, through which the blackish brown proximal portion of the spines is more or less visible. The young specimens have a tendency to a narrow blackish median area on the posterior part of the ventral surface, in some of them strongly developed. They agree strictly with the mother in the color pattern, but have the black on face and feet more intense and more sharply defined, and the white or whitish tips to the spines longer. The slightly younger specimen from Garamba is indistinguishable from the Faradje specimens in coloration and details of structure. Collectors’ measurements of the type: total length, 195 mm.; head and body, 175; tail, 20; hind foot, 28; ear, 21. Skull: condyloincisive length, 43.3; length of nasals, 15.4; palatal length (to front of premaxillz), 24.3; zygomatic breadth, 29.4; interorbital constriction, 11.7; breadth of braincase, 18.3; postglenoid breadth, 21.7; mastoid breadth, 14.7; palatal breadth (outside to outside of m!), 17.9; breadth of rostrum at 1!, 6.6; breadth of palate at ridge behind m®, 8.2; tip to tip of alisphenoid processes, 9.2; tip to tip of pterygoids, 5.4; length of mesopterygoid fossa, 10.5; breadth of fossa between pterygoids, 3; length of upper toothrow (i'—m’), 21.3; upper molars, 9; lower tooth- row (tip of i;-m3), 20.2; lower molars, 10.2; length of mandible (front of symphysis to posterior border of condyle), 33.5; angle to condyle, 17.5. In pattern of coloration A. langi agrees with A. hindez, in both the dark color of the face extending over the cheeks, which are white in faradjius and pruneri; indeed, the series of young specimens of langi are almost indistinguishable in external features from a corresponding 16 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII series of young sotike (a slightly differential form of hindez). The dorsal coloration in both is superficially dark brown in general effect but the single adult of Jang: is much darker than any of the four adults of hindez available for comparison,! while the white tipping of the spines is con- spicuous and uniform in hindez and nearly absent in langi. The spines in lang: are blackish brown from tip to base, lacking the light median band present in the hindez group. The interaural spines in both are much longer than those of the body, forming a decidedly lengthened frontal crest, absent in the prunerz (‘“albiventris’’) group. _ The type skull agrees in general dimensions with those given for the type of hindez, but differs from it in the nasals being much longer; the short nasal border of the premaxille, with a naso-maxillary junction as long or longer than the nasal contact with the premaxille—dquite the reverse of the conditions in hindez, in which the premaxille are “slanted backwards, touching the tips of the frontal processes and shutting off the maxille from the nasals.’”’ The postpalatal region is also much nar- rower, the pterygoid and alisphenoid processes weaker and much less everted, thus giving to this region a quite different aspect. All of the 6 young skulls (of which the type is the mother of 5 of them) agree with the type skull in the short naso-premaxillary suture and the long naso- maxillary suture, and the narrow postpalatal region and weak develop- ment of its processes.” Of 12 skulls of the hzndez group (5 of hindez and 7 of sotike [E. albi- ventris sotike Heller], the latter all from the Guaso Nyiro River) all but one have the nasal border of the premaxille extended posteriorly (‘slanted backwards’’), and in all but two they nearly or quite reach the frontal processes, the maxille not reaching the nasals or barely touching them for usually less than a millimetre. The skull of the type of hindez (a female) appears to have been ex- ceptionally large (‘‘greatest length 44; zygomatic breadth 30 mm.”), none of the four adult male skulls before me exceeding a total length of 43 mm., with an average of 42.1, and a maximum zygomatic breadth of 27.6, with an average of 26.7, although the teeth are worn and one (total skull length 41.7) is very old. The author’s suggestion that when 1The specimens of hindei available for comparison are: Nos. 16096 Mus. Comp. Zoél., subadult 0, Upper Ura River; 16097 Mus. Comp. Zo6l.; ad. @ (skin only); No. 161699 Nat. Mus., ad. o’, Kapiti Plains; Nos. 164022 and 164023 Nat. Mus., both ad. 9, Ulucania Hills; No. 182652 Nat. Mus., very old &@ (teeth greatly worn), Lololokwi. All the localities are in British East Africa, not far from the type locality of hindei (Kitui, about 75 miles southeast of Mt. Kenia). The Mus. Comp. Zo6l. speci- mens (both ex Wulsin Coll.) are labeled Erinaceus hindei; the Nat. Mus. specimens, Hrinaceus albi- ventris hindet. ‘ 2In respect to this latter feature comparison is made with skulls of hindei from the type region of *he species. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora iw males are available for examination they would prove to be larger than the type is thus not confirmed by the present material. The hind feet in the type of A. lang: show no vestige of a hallux. The slight taxonomic significance of its presence or absence in this genus is well indicated by the series of 6 young specimens of which the type of langi is the mother of 5. Of the 6 young ones 3 have a vestigial hallux and the other 3 are without it. It is also much more developed in one of the three in which it is present than in the other two. It is also present in one of the 3 young sotzke specimens (No. 181441 Nat. Mus.), and absent in the other two and in 12 adults of the hindez-sotike series. SORICIDZA As stated above (p. 2), the shrews of the Congo Expedition were early assigned to Mr. Hollister, of the United States National Museum, for determination, and his report on them was published in this Bulletin in October, 1916.1! The following statement in respect to the extent and character of the collection is made in the introduction to his paper: The shrews collected by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin on the American Museum Congo Expedition number 183 specimens, of 15 species and 3 genera. Almost one half of the species are new. This is not altogether surprising when it is considered how few shrews have been described from the Congo as compared with other parts of Africa. It nevertheless seems remarkable that five of these new species should be members of the small group of “naked-tailed”’ Crocidura of which only about ten forms were heretofore known. Five forms of Crocidura which have been recorded from the general region are not represented in this collection. These are Crocidura turba turba Dollman, C. t. tarella Dollman, C. poensis attila Dollman, C. boydi Dollman, and C. nigrofusca Matschie. Races of C. hildegardex and C. fumosa, as well as representatives of several west coast species also might reasonably be expected. In order to complete the record of the Congo collection of insecti- vores, the shrews obtained are here listed, as determined by Mr. Hol- lister. Crocidura nyanse kivu Osgood Plate IV Crocidura nyanse kivu HOLvisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 663, Pl. x, fig. 1 (animal). Crocidura nyanse kivu ALLEN, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XVII, pp. 769-774, figs. 1 and 2 (skull), figs. 5-8 (skeleton), Pl. xc1r (animal, from photo- graph). Skull, skeleton, and external appearance, in comparison with Scutisorex congicus. Specimens, 20: Avakubi, 3 (1 alcoholic); Gamangui, 1; Medje, 16. 1‘Shrews Collected by the Congo Expedition of the American Museum.’ By N. Hollister, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, pp. 663-680, Pls. vii—x1. October 21, 1916. 18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Crocidura surure Heller Crocidura surure HouuistER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 664. Specimens, 2: Faradje, 1 (skin and skull); Garamba, 1 (alcoholic). Crocidura lutrella Heller Crocidura lutrella HoLutstErR, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 664. Specimens, 1: Faradje (skin only). Crocidura turba nilotica Heller Crocidura turba nilotica HOLusTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV. p. 664. ye = =Crocidura turba nilotica ALLEN, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XVII, p. 784, Pls. Lxxx1x and xc (skiagraphs of skeleton, in comparison with skeleton of Scutisorex congicus). Specimens, 4: Faradje, 3 (2 Ac: Nala, 1 (alcoholic). Crocidura caliginea Hollister Crocidura caliginea HouutstER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 664, Pl. vu, fig. 1 and Pl. vim, figs. 1, 1a (skull). “Type, No. 48555, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult 2 (teeth moderately worn and basal suture closed) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, July 8, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2451.” Crocidura jacksoni denti Dollman Plate II, Figure 1 Crocidura jacksoni denti HouLuisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., MXXKV, 10, OO, Telos nes 2 Specimens, 71: Avakubi, 6; Babeyru, 1 (alcoholic); Bafwabaka, 1; Faradje, 5; Gamangui, 2; Medje, 51; Nala, 3 (alcoholic); Niangara, 2. Crocidura bicolor Bocage Crocidura bicolor HouuisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 666. Specimens, 1: Avakubi (alcoholic). Crocidura oritis Hollister Crocidura oritis HOLLISTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 666, Pl. vu, fig. 2 and Pl. vim, figs. 2, 2a (skull). “Type, No. 48510, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult <7 (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Avakubi, Ituri River, Belgian Congo, July 6, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2530.” 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 19 This species is based on five specimens, four from Medje and one (the type) from Avakubi. Crocidura latona Hollister Crocidura latona HouuistTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 667, Pl. vu, fig. 3 and PI. vit, figs. 3, 3a (skull). “Type, No. 48610, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult 7 (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Medje, Bel- gian Congo, March 17, 1910, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Ones iNo- 773.” _ Besides the type there is a single skin without skull, from Avakubi. Crocidura ludia Hollister Crocidura ludia HouuisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 668, Pl. vu, fig. 4 and PI. rx, figs. 1, 1a (skull). “Type, No. 48566, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult o (teeth slightly worn and basal suture not closed) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, May 16, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2366.” There are three specimens of this species in the collection, two from Medje (one the type) and.one from Ngayu. Crocidura polia Hollister Crocidura polia HouuistTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 669, Pl. vii, fig. 5 and PI. 1x, figs. 2, 2a (skull). “Type, No. 48559, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult o (basal suture closed; teeth moderately worn) collected at Medje, Belgian Congo, July 1, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James E Chapin. Orig. No. 2442.” Crocidura congobelgica Hollister Crocidura congobelgica HouuisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 670, Pl. vm, fig. 6 and PI. rx, figs. 3, 3a (skull). “Type, No. 48512, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult o (teeth little worn) collected at Lubila, near Bafwasende, Belgian Congo, September 20, 1909, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orie No. 122.”’ There are only two specimens of this species in the collection, the type from Lubila and a specimen from Medje. Sylvisorex gemmeus irene Thomas Sylvisorexr gemmeus trene HOLuIstER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 671. Table of measurements of 12 specimens. Specimens, 19: Medje, 18 (including 4 young in alcohol); Faradje, 1. 20 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Sylvisorex oriundus Hollister Plate II, Figure 2 Sylvisorex ortundus HOLuisTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XV, p. 672, Pl. vu, fig. 7 and PI. 1x, figs. 4, 4a; Pl. x1, fig. 1 (animal). “Type, No. 48554, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., skin and skull of adult 9 (teeth little worn) collected at Medje, Nava River, Belgian Congo, May 20, 1914, by Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 2368.” Scutisorex congicus Thomas Plate III Scutisorex congicus HOLLISTER, 1916, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXV, p. 673, Pl. x1, fig. 2 (animal). Table of measurements of 15 specimens. Scutisorex congicus ALLEN, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XVII, pp. 769-784, figs. 1-8, Pls. Lxxxrx-xcu. Skull and skeleton (Pl. xct, animal). Scuti- sorex raised to the rank of a subfamily Scutisoricine. Scutisorex (congicus) ScHULTE, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XVII, November 26, pp. 785-792. Thelumbar vertebre of Scutisorez. Specimens, 44: Bafwabaka, 2 (skin and 1 complete skeleton); Medje, 42, including 1 in alcohol and 5 more or less complete skeletons. The highly specialized vertebral column of Scutzsorex has been made the subject of two special papers already published in this Bulletin (loc. cit., supra), one of them, by the author of the present paper, on the remarkable specialization of the vertebral column—unique, or without a known counterpart, in mammals—with numerous illustrations; the other, by Dr. H. von W. Schulte, on the lumbar vertebre from the mor- phogenetic viewpoint. In order to emphasize the taxonomic importance of this surprising specialization the genus Scutisorex was raised to sub- family rank under the name ScuTisoriciInm. To the first of these papers Mr. Lang contributed several pages of field notes. MACROSCELIDIDE Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni stuhlmanni Matschie Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni MatscuHin, 1893, Sitzber. Gesells. naturf. Freunde Berlin, pp. 66-68. Andundi, Semliki River, two specimens, adult and young. Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni nudicaudata LYDEKKER, 1906, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, April 1907, p. 995. Mawambi district, Ituri Forest, Belgian Congo. One specimen. Represented by 5 specimens: Penge, 2 (1 skin and skull; 1 alco- holic), April 21, 1914; Avakubi, 2, November 13, 1913, and May 22, 1914. All are females, of which 2 are adult and 1 with the milk denti- tion. Also a foetus in alcohol. The Museum Collection contains also an unsexed specimen of this form from the Budongo Forests, east of Lake Albert; February 1911. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectiwora 21 The collectors’ measurements of the two adults are: total length, 515 mm. (Penge), and 501 (Avakubi); head and body, 268, 259; tail, 247, 242; hind foot, 84, 84; ear, 30, 30. Skulls: total length, 69.5 (Penge), —(Avakubi); condyloincisive length, 62.3, 65; zygomatic breadth, 36, 35. They thus agree in measurements with average specimens of R. s. claudz from localities farther west, as recorded below (Tables 1-4, pp. 23-26). This fact has, however, little significance since the range in size of adults of R.s. claudi covers all forms of the genus Rhynchocyon of which measurements have been published. In coloration they closely resemble extremely dark examples of claudz, from which they are not satisfactorily distinguishable. Placed at the end of the dark series of claudz, they completely merge with it. It seems preferable, however, to recognize them as a darker geographical race of the same specific group. Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni nudicaudata Lydekker, however, based on a single specimen from the Mawambi district of the Ituri Forest, seems scarcely entitled to serious consideration. The description indicates that the type was not unlike the dark phase of the R. stuhlmanni group, with which the author was at the time wholly unacquainted except through the description of stuhlmanni. The “generally dark color and wholly white tail’’ are not distinctive in view of the variations shown, and described below, in the claudi series; nor are there any geographical reasons that would seem to require its recognition, the type locality of nudicaudata being less than fifty miles southeast frog Penge, in the same environment as the latter, and represented in the present collection by specimens of stuhlmanni, while the type of stuhlmannii came from a locality equally near that of nudicaudata. The characters of naked ears and tail, dwelt upon as important distinctions, have no real significance, as such conditions are not infrequent in the claudi series; while a white tail, at least in dry skins, is a prevailing condition. The hairs of the tail are also so minute that they are often apparent only on very close in- spection, giving the impression of a naked tail, especially in comparison with examples of the czrnez group, with which the author compared his specimen. Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi Thomas and Wroughton Plate I; Text Figure 1 Rhynchocyon claudi THomas AND WrouGuHTON, 1908, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XIX, May, p. 370. ‘‘Beritio, Welle River.”’ Rhynchocyon claudi Tuomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, November, p. 470. Medje, 1 specimen; Poko, 12 specimens. | 22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Represented by 105 specimens, of which 99 are skins with skulls; 6 foetal and young specimens in alcohol, and several skeletons, collected as follows: Medje, 20: May and August-October 1910; November 8, 1913; March 17-20, 1914. Nala, 1 (alcoholic): July 1913. Akenge, 5: September 29-October 19, 1913. Niapu, 79: November 8—December 26, 1913. The 99 specimens represented by skins and skulls consist of 56 males and 43 females, of which 76 are adult and 23 more or less immature. The latter range in age from one specimen in which the milk teeth had not pierced the gum to those with the deciduous dentition fully developed (a series of 11 specimens), and the other 12 specimens fully illustrate the transition from the deciduous to the permanent teeth. It has hence seemed desirable to utilize this abundant material for the illustration of the tooth development of this interesting genus of insectivores. (Text figure 1, stages 1 to 8.) | | The large series of adults from Niapu (43 males, 25 females) affords the basis for a study of sex, age, and individual variation. In the fol- lowing tables (Tables 1-3, pp. 23-25) the external measurements, carefully taken by the collectors before skinning, have been combined with three measurements of the skull (total length, condyloincisive length, and zygomatic breadth). Table 1 gives the measurements of the males, Table 2, of the females, and Table 3 is a summary of Tables 1 and 2. In these tables the specimens are arranged in four categories, according to age as indicated by the amount of wear shown by the teeth, the purpose being to determine the influence of age upon the general size of the animal after the permanent dentition has been fully acquired. Table 4 is designed to show the correlation of growth with the tooth develop- ment. Of the 18 specimens included in this table, 5 are from Medje and 13 from Niapu, those from Medje being indicated by an asterisk. Sexual Variation There is no appreciable difference in size or coloration due to sex. The average total length (tip of nose to end of tail) in 43 adult males is 515 mm., in 25 adult females, 516 mm. The average total length of the skull for the same specimens is, males 68.1, females 68.5; condyloincisive length, males 62.3, females 63.5; zygomatic breadth, males 36.3, females 36.2. TasLe 1.—EXTERNAL AND CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF 43 ADULT MALEs oF Rhyn- chocyon s. claudi, FROM N1APu, BELGIAN Conco External Measurements Cranial Measurements Head é Condylo- | Condi- Cat. No. aire and Tail RE | Ear ae ee Pee tion of Body Length Teeth 49442 500 265 235- |- 84 29 64.8 64.1 33.5 Unworn 49443 509 269 240 84° 31 67.0 61.6 36.2 ee 49444 505 265 240 86 ol 67.3 62.1 35.7 a 49445 | 556 291 265 89 | 34 67.3 63.5 36.3 x 49446 | 480 260 220 Sly | Si. hh 6526)) +6077 S5 ai fg 49447 482 250 232 83 32 67.2 60.9 36.4 2, 49448 531 286 245 86 | 33 66.1 61.4 34.8 a 49456 540 277 263 85 31 GS pi ObTo 36.5 oe 49458 900 303 202, 87 al == at 30.6 zs 49459 521 281 240 88 30 68.3 62.9 30.3 - 49461 504 206 Zaz, 90 31 Of 1 63.6 37.5 Ze 49473 6912 275 Zan 83 31 66.6 62.5 35.0 o 49474 458 260 Sas 83 3l 62.2 61.4 36.9 49475 469 244 225 82 31 66.9 60.8 34.3 i 49477 522 PA 249 88 31 66.7 60.7 34.4 oe 49478 510 278 232 87 jl 67.7 62.0 35.0 iS 49489 465 242 223 83 30 66.1 6E.2 33.6 ro 49492 496 259 237 86 31 67 .3 61.5 30.2 oN 49495 512 270 242 87 30 68.5 62.5 35.6 zs 49497 2 |) O74 248 86 30 68.5 62.9 36.8 + 49506 502 259 243 87 31 68.5 63.3 36.0 of 49509 518 274 244 84 30 66.8 61.6 aors - 49512 502 267 235 87 30 69.2 62.0 36.6 o 49515 514 275 239 85 31 68 .4 63.1 36.1 " 49527 | 516 262 254 86 29 66.3 G2E2 36.3 - 49449 Tw Dak 246 84 ol 69.0 61.9 36.4 | Shghtly worn 49450 535 290 245 88 31 70.8 63.6 37.4 . 49462 527 275 252 90 31 68.3 62.4 36.9 en 49466 508 268 240 88 31 67.9 63.2 — re 49471 532 279 253 86 33 67.9 62.4 36.5 7 49496 5004 269 235 84 30 68.3 61.5 35.6 - 49451 5I2.-| 266 246 83 33 10.5 63.3 36.2 Much worn 49452 535 287 248 89 31 66.7 63.6 38.0 es 49463 537 273 264 86 32 67.1 63.1 ote er 49482 510 267 243 84 32 68.4 62.1 36.3 Fa 49455 | 485 261 224 89 32 | —— | 63.0 38.1 | Greatly worn 49470 520 291 229 87 32 67.7 63.1 37.9 . 49476 Syed 273 249 88 ol 69.2 62.7 37.2 i 49481 515 270 245 85 29 69.4 62.6 36.5 x 40491 505 270 235 83 29 67 .9 61.6 36.3 ef 49516 500 262 238 82 ‘30 65.6 60.1 36.5 * 49524 530 274 | 256 91 32 69.2 65.0 37.5 ~ 24 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII TABLE 2.—EXTERNAL AND CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF 25 ApULT FEMALES OF Rhynchocyon s. claudi From Niapvu, BELGIAN Conco External Measurements Cranial Measurements Head | : Occipito-| Condylo- Condi- Cat. No. oe and : Tail ae Kar | ee | ee Ra i Body | Length | Length Teeth 49460 | 532 281 251 85 3l 68.4 63.6 36.7 |Unworn 49464 | 530 272 258 86 jl 67 .6 62.3 34.5 i 49479 | 529 271 258 85 32 67.6 61.8 34.3 - 49480 | 516 279 | 237 88 dl 69.5 | 63.0 36.0 % 49485 | 525 266 259 84 30 67.9 | "6323 )aeeet ‘ 49486 | 522 276 246 89 | 29 66.9 | 62.1 — :f 49487 | 523 274 249 87 32 68 .0 63.5 36.5 “ 49488 | 514 276 238 85 30 68.4 | 63.7 30.4 “ 49490 | 535 283 252 84 29 66.1. | 62.2 36.6 49500 | 522 277 245 85 30 68.8) =| 76226 36.1 - 49504 | 517 262 259 85 dl 68.8 | 63.6 34.2 S 49507 | 5dl1l 270 241 | 86 dl 6755) | Oh 33.6 Reset 49511 530 217 253 87 30 70.6 | 6353) heaoma bs 49526 | 513 Die, 241 86 3h. | 68ai he Oama 35.6 ee 49502 | 512 201 241 86 dl 67.6 62.5 35.8 (Slightly | worn 49508 | 492 255 237 81 ol 66.4 61.3 | aor . 49453 | 517 277 =| ~=240 85 dl 68.5 63.1 | 36.5 | Much | | | worn 49469 | 528 29a NWN e2ao 87 dl 70.6 64.0 36.7 ne 49483 | 539 294 | 245 86 dl 69.6 , 63.6 | S583 ci 49494 | 511 266 | 245 87 dl 69.2) 63.1 owt vi 49501 | 540.) 292 | 248 |. 87 | 3L | 68.0.) 635 “| aasne 49503 | 520 278 | 242 85 32 71.1 | 64.8 37.4 |Greatly | | | | | worn 40454) | 5327") 285 | 247 | 86 | Sl 69.00 63! aoe aaeoes : 49472 | 505 272 | 233 83 32 68.8 | G61.8= esuen i 49525 | A99: 9 273) 12226 | 88 33 69.1 64.0 36.2 re 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 25 TABLE 3.—SUMMARY OF MEASUREMENTS OF 43 MALES AND 25 FEMALES GIVEN IN TABLES 1 AND 2 External Measurements Cranial Measurements au | Sexand | | Head | Total Condylo- Gece Condition No.of | Total | ana | Tail Hind | Ear | teneth incisive Bin a of Teeth Spec. | Length | Body | Foot Ste sadiength Unworn|Avg. | 0°25 | 508.0 | 269.7 | 240.5 | 85.4 | 30.8 | 67.2 6 SeeeiMane | ot25 |.458 | 242 (| 220 81 29 64.8 | 60.7 | 33.5 5 SeeeiMiax th Gt25 | 556 | 303. | 265 || 90.) 84 | 69.2) | 64.1) 37. Slightly | | worn |Avg. | 3 6 | 519.3 | 274.0 | 245.3 | 86.1 | 31.6 | 68.9 | 62.5 | 36.5 Seine ct 6 | 504 | 266° | 235) |'83 (| 80) | 67.8 61.5 | 35.6 Bee Mee oN 15385 «| 200.) 253 | 90. | 38u 170-8: |, 6386 13704 Much | | | | | worn |Avg. | o 4 | 523.5 | 273.2 | 250.2 | 85.5 | 32.0 | 68.2 | 63.0 | 36.9 pee tie) c? 4) 510 266 | 243 1°83 =| 31 1 66-7 | 62.16 136.2 Pee Mex | ot 4 | 535. | 287 | 264 89 33 70.5 | 63.6 | 38.0 Greatly | | | worn |Avg. | 7 | 511.0 | 271.6 | 239.4 | 86.3 | 30.7 | 68.2 | 62.6 | 37.1 Seen st 7 | 430 | 261 | 224 | 82° | 29 165.6 | 60:1 | 36:3 Seiler) ot 7 | 485. | 201. | 256 «|.91 -| 32 1-69.42) 65.0.1 38.1 Unworn|Avg. | 914 | 522.8 | 278.6 | 248.6 | 85.9 | 30.6 | 68.1 | 64.2 | 35.5 ein: | O14 | 511 22 e28n ty | S4e 29 66.1) s6128) | San pee Mase O14) 535 || 283 -| 259, | 89 + | 82° 170.6 63.7 | 36.7 Slightly | | | | | | | worm jAve, | © 2) 502.0) 268.0 | 239.0 |-88.5 | 31.0 | 67.0 | 61_9 | 35.6 Se Min. | -Ox2 | 492 255 1) 223% 81 66.4 | 61.3 | 35.8 fe Max. | 0 2 | 512 2h DATS 86 | Si 67.6 | 62.5 | 35.4 Much | | | | | iss) —_ worn |Avg. | 9 5 | 525.8 | 281.7 | 242.5 | 86.2 | 31.2} 69.5 | 63.5 | 36.7 ee Mit O75 | ott 266° 235185 | | Sh | 6820 6881 P3573 em iar 540) (204 | 248 | 87 1 32) oA 64-00 8704 Greatly | | | | | | | worn |Avg. | 9 4 | 512.0 | 276.7 | 235.3 | 84.0 | 32.0 | 69.0 | 63.4 | 36.2 SeeiMan | o 46) 409 “279° | 996 «| 8B | 81 168.8 | 61.8 | 35.7 PemaMax. |) G.4.| 532) ) (285. |\247 ~ | 86 “| 38>] 69.1 | 64.8 | 36-8 IG ‘alpayAl WOT BSOY} Jo JaquINU onZoje7ze9 9y} 07 poxygoid st (4) Yst19e4se UW; “S105 -sooopeid YIU Ie} Y}eoUsq Uses ouruvo puv ,d ‘dn Any ,d Gd “or A | | Gee 9°¢9 ¢' 89 O€ G8 SEZ 912 big P | 88h6r ‘poAtosoid [[1}S8 o1e@ SouTUBo Y]TUL ‘TOAOMOY “YOTYAM UL PRPGF “ON SB ouVg | 2° FE G09 P99 6 G8 GEEZ 192 P6P Y | Sor6er ‘s10ssooopeid Y[LUM Iq} Jopun wees oq uvo -d pure “dd pue ‘dn paryj-ou0 ,ur “ur + yjeo} WI | «PF VE «| 209 | 8 S9 | OF | 98 | Ave | 892 | SIS 6 | P8P6F | "UdaS 9q | S ueo ;ut pue dn AT[ny pur + i090} ANN | © EE i) JES) Z 99 O€ a 1¥G 19 GOS fe) SOS6P | ¢. Gn eee {6 re 1°09 & 99 Tg 18 82 PLE GOS YY | LOF6F g \6 #8 8 19 6 19 6G 98 LVG GGG GOS e SOV6P | =. dn yey 1d pure jwi-+-yj00} TT | «9 ze | Gzg | 929 | Of | 28 | OF | ere | SBP | 5 | S6rEr} : VE T 09 oe 0€ G8 SVG LVG CGY fo) 66767 | S 6 Té co A G G9 86 G8 AG TES LGV ve S6r6P g “ATWO 4499} APA | 4S TE i WS 1 <9 86 O8 866 GVG OLV fe) OIS6r | ¥ G 66 6 9S v 09 86 08 GGG SEG SOV fe) TIS6r | & L 66 © (G4 y) 25 96 18 00c &GG SGP oe ETS6P HOMO? IS OU ee 8 8S LG 68 SIG LEGG OY fe) 9EVOPx ‘podojea -op AT[ny 43907 9 Jo Jos YI etyU_ | —— iy 00S 9G 82 O9T IIa TLé 6 ECS6P “LEVOV ‘ON UvYy} poouBApe oxour ApVYSTTG | —— € 0S Cas GG GZ 981 961 G8E fe) ElV6Px ZCVOy ON SU cules) |) —— On 0 1g &G €Z L81 I8T 89E fe) STS6Px ‘sutreodde ysnt SIosTour pue souTuRO % *, “dp josdsnQ | —— v IV 0 LY 0G 89 8cT vLI GEE 6) LOVOF* ‘SUNS Ysnomyy you yyoay, | —— | 7 9E | 968 | GI | Ze | GIT 1g OLT YO | Per6r« VEAL, teddy jo uoryrpuoy eee | Are | MEOW tage |) UST | ii fae WisueT | xeg “ON 920 “ULOS AZ, -ojApuoy [#10 pulpy proxy 1249,.L | SyUSTTOINSBIT] [BIUBID SPUIUTAINSBOP, [VUIOIXG ODNOYD NVID1gg Alaa], GNV AdVIN WOMd wpnDd]9 YWUDU)YNs Uohs0yoUhYyY LO SNAWIOGdIS AYALVYNN] Z[ JO SLNANGUOSVA] TVINVYD GNV IVNUGLXY—'p WIAV J, 1922] . Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 26 Age Variation CoLORATION.—Coloration is only slightly affected by age. In young specimens in the first pelage, the tones are practically the same as in adults; the light and dark markings of the upperparts are not quite so sharply defined, but the pattern is strictly the same. In very old speci- mens the dorsal pelage has sometimes a more grayish cast than is usual in younger animals, due perhaps to less prompt renewal. As will be shown later, the wide variation in color seen in a series of specimens has no relation to sex or age. Si1zE.—Tables 1-4 have been compiled with special reference to the effect of age upon the general size of the animal and upon the size of the skull, since species and subspecies are sometimes based on adolescent specimens, and frequently on ‘‘young adults.”” Table 4 shows that in 6 specimens having only the full deciduous set of teeth the total length (tip of nose to end of tail vertebrz) ranges from about 440 to 460 mm. as compared with the average adult length of about 515 mm., and a con- dyloincisive length! of about 50 to 60 mm., as compared with about 63 mm. in middle-aged specimens. During the period of the replacement of the deciduous by the permanent teeth the size increases to about the mini- mum for adults, the total length averaging about 500 mm. and the condyloincisive length about 60 mm. ‘The average total length of the animal in 38 specimens (24 males, 14 females) with unworn teeth is 514 mm. (males 509, females 524); aver- age condyloincisive length of skull, 62.3 (males 62.1, females 62.8). In 8 specimens (6 males, 2 females) slightly more advanced in age (the teeth appreciably worn) the average total length is 516 mm. (males 520, females 501); condyloincisive length of skull, 62.3 (males 62.5, females 61.5). In this case the number of specimens is too small to be satisfactory, especially in relation to sex difference in size. In 9 specimens (4 males, 5 females) still older (teeth much worn), the average total length is 524.4 mm. (males 523, females 527); condyloin- cisive length of skull, 63.27 (males 63.25, females 63.5). Again the series is too small for satisfactory results, but is not wholly without interest. The old-age (senile) series 1s represented by 11 specimens (7 males, 4 females). The average total length is 512 mm. (males 511, females 514); ee length, 62.9 (males 62.6, females 63.5). 1The condyloincisive length is a better standard than total length of skull, the ossificaticn of the nasal cartilage being a variable element, sometimes terminating at cr a little tehind the tip of the premaxille but usually extending several millimeters keyond this point. Hence, tctal lergth erd oc- cipitonasal length are undesirable measurements for skulls of Rhynchocyon. 28 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVITI The results of the foregoing analysis of variation in size as affected by age and sex are collated in the following tabular résumé (Table 5). The results derivable from the above tabulation would possess greater interest if the number of specimens in each of the six categories had comprised a more nearly equal number of specimens—if each had been as large as in Table 3. It seems safe to assume (1) that size is not diagnostic of sex, although the above statistics indicate a slight superiority TABLE 5.—RELATION OF AGE AND SEX TO SIZE C Ley | No. of tome aoe ‘ondition of Teeth snc cnuees Length aie. | Animal Skull 1. Entire milk set only | 6 451 56.3 2. Entire milk set plus me more or less developed 5 | 501 60.5 (38 514 62.3 3. Permanent set, unworn {2497 |. 209 62.1 149 524 | 62.8 8 516 62.3 4, Permanent set, slightly worn 6c 520 62.5 29 501 615 = 9 | 524.4 63.27 . 5. Permanent set, much worn . 4 | 823 Goes il 5 527 63.5 11 512 jc 62-9 6. Permanent set, greatly worn TS Le ial 62.6 Hen ene yb ell! 63.5 for the females. The largest specimen of the entire series is a ‘‘ young adult”? male (No. 49445), with a total length of 556 mm., a tail length of 265, length of hind foot 89, and condyloincisive length 63.5, dimensions not reached by any female, except the skull length in a few old females, which again is exceeded by a few old males. (2) There is a slight increase in size, both externally and of the skull, in the old-age period, but insuffi- cient to antagonize the selection of young adult specimens as types of new forms, since individualism in any age class more than bridges the differ- ences that can properly be ascribed to age after approximate maturity is reached. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 29 Individual Variation: SizpE.—As already noted incidentally above, the variation in total length (tip of nose to end of tail) in the series of 25 young males with un- worn teeth from Niapu covers the entire range of variation in the whole series of the 68 adults from Niapu, all of which were taken within a period of about six weeks in November and December of the same year, and all within a radius of about six miles in strictly uniform environment. Leaving out of consideration a single specimen (No. 49474, o”), obviously a dwarf, the average total length is 510 mm., the two extremes being 465 and 556, a difference of 91 mm., 17 per cent of the mean. Even this is exceeded in the old-age series of 7 males, where the range is 19.6 per cent. This illustration apples equally to length of tail, where the range of variation is 18.7 per cent of the mean, but not to hind foot and ear, where the range is respectively 10 and 2 per cent. It is also much less in the skull, in which the mean condyloincisive length in the 25 young adults in question is 62.1 mm., and the extremes 60.7 and 64.1, and the difference 3.4 mm., or only about one-half of 1 per cent. This, however, is nearly equal to the variation due to age, where the average condylo- incisive length in the old-age series of 11 specimens is 62.9 mm. (minimum 60, maximum 65 mm.). The variation in zygomatic breadth parallels that of the skull length. CoLoraTion.—Rhynchocyon s. claudi may be said to have, ina general way, a light phase and a dark phase of coloration, but a large proportion of the specimens in the present large series are in such varying degrees intermediate that no line of demarcation can be even approximately assigned. As the extremes of light and dark specimens belong to the same sex and prove to have been taken on the same day at the same place, it must be assumed that this wide range of color variation is purely in- dividual. Yet, should single specimens of the extremes of the light and dark types of coloration be received by a systematist from even the same locality, he might be pardoned for considering them as nameable forms. Some of the East African forms of Rhynchocyon have been found to be notably prone to melanism, but among the hundred examples of the claudi type collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition not one shows such tendency, notwithstanding the large amount of color variation they present. The light or reddish phase (Plate I, upper figure) may be indi- cated as follows, beginning with the ventral area: Chin, throat, fore neck and pectoral region entirely and nearly uniform buff, varying from pale buff to ochraceous buff (in different specimens), abruptly con- 30 Bulletin American Mi seum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII stricted at axille and pectoral area to about the median third or fourth of thorax, thence expanding to cover the lower abdomen and inside of thighs, usually darkest on middle of breast and lighter on throat, middle of thorax and mid-lower abdomen. In extreme specimens this portion of the ventral surface has a decided rufous tone. Sides of head from base of rostrum, expanding upward to enclose the ears, sides of neck and sides of body to base of tail (encroaching deeply on sides of abdomen and nearly meeting over thorax), brownish rufous or chestnut slightly varied with black- tipped hairs. Top of head and mid-region of back to base of tail more varied with black-tipped hairs, which from the withers posteriorly take the form of four longi- tudinal blackish bands, which from middle of back to base of tail are broken by four or six transverse rows of whitish spots, which vary in tone (in different specimens) from clear white to pale buffy white. Over this area the general effect is that of alternating transverse rows of rather sharply defined black and white spots, about five of each being rather distinctly defined, with an additional posterior row of two white spots at the base of the tail, and an ill-defined anterior row of small, less dis- tinct, whitish spots. There is also a tendency to an additional lateral row of indis- tinct or subobsolete whitish or pale buffy spots on each side of the usual four distinct median rows of spots. Counting all the rows of white or whitish spots they form six longitudinal rows, the outer rows separated from the others by dark chestnut instead of blackish intervals. No. 49463, Niapu, November 24, 1913, adult o, and No. 49477, Niapu, December 1, 1913, adult o, may be taken as typical of the light or reddish phase. In general tone No. 49477 is lighter, with the dorsal spots clearer white, than No. 49463. The dark phase (Plate I, lower figure) may be thus indicated: Light portion of the underparts much paler, or faintly yellowish white; the sides of head, neck, and body dull dark brownish, almost without trace of rufous except around ears and on sides of neck; top of head and mid-region of back grizzled yellow- ish gray with most of the hairs broadly black-tipped; the back from the posterior part of thoracic region to base of tail with deep black predominating, the whitish spots reduced in size and usually rather clear white, and the longitudinal and trans- verse bands indistinct or blended into a black or blackish general ground color, the black most concentrated along the median line. This phase is typically represented by No. 49487, Niapu, December 4, 1913, adult Q. No. 49490, adult 2, same locality and date, has more rufous suffusion on sides of neck, nape, and shoulders. Each phase is typically represented by both males and females taken on consecutive days, or sometimes on the same day, at the same locality. Other specimens collected actually or approximately at the same date and place, equally representative of both sexes and strictly comparable as to age, fill every gradation between the two extremes. Hence the types of coloration above described can scarcely be considered as repre- senting respectively a definable red and dark phase, but merely the ex- tremes of a wide range of purely individual variation, shown in the accompanying colored plate. 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 31 CRANIAL VaRIATIONS.—Matschie! and others apparently believe | that the relative length of the frontal and nasal sutures is of specific value in Rhynchocyon. Specimens of Rhynchocyon s. claudi in our series show that the frontal suture may be as long as, or longer or shorter than, the nasal suture, and in some cases one of the nasals is fully 4 mm. shorter than the other. ‘The following measurements? illustrate variations in speci- mens taken in the same locality at Niapu: Frontal Suture Nasal Suture No. 49445 of 24 mm. 24 mm. 49479 9° DAT PAS) Tone oe 19 mm. 49443 o 27 mm. 20 mm. 49459 of 28 mm. 20.5 mm. 49448 of 7s eNO 25 mm. Rhynchocyon claudi Thomas and Wroughton was based originally on a specimen in the light or reddish phase of coloration from Beritio, near Angu, on the Uele River. Later a single specimen from Medje and twelve others from Poko were referred to this species by Thomas. The present collection contains 20 specimens taken at Medje, 5 col- lected at Akenge, and 79 at Niapu. The two last-named localities are within about thirty miles of Medje and Poko and have the same environment. There can be little doubt therefore of the correct refer- ence of all these specimens to R. s. claudt. DENTITION OF Rhynchocyon Text Figure 1 The present large series of skulls of Rhynchocyon's. claudi affords material fully disclosing the character of the dentition of Rhynchocyon from its early stages to old age. In the youngest skull (No. 49434—see Table 4, p. 26) of the series the teeth are wholly enclosed in the gum; in a slightly older specimen (No. 49427) the tips of the principal cusps of the deciduous teeth (canines and premolars 2, 3, 4) have broken through. Other specimens, more advanced, show the gradual develop- ment of the milk teeth and the order of their displacement by permanent teeth. In a succeeding table (Table 5, p. 28) measurements are given to show the correlation of the size of the individual with tooth develop- ment, from the stage just prior to the appearance of any of the teeth 11893, Sitzber. Gesell. naturf. Freunde Berlin, p. 6 2Other cranial variations are indicated in the ae of measurementsand need not be especially emphasized, as they present no unusual features. OZ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII above the gum to full maturity of the permanent set. Several stages of development are also shown in the accompanying text figure (Stages 1-8). Deciduous Dentition The milk dentition, strictly construed, consists of 24 teeth: I53, CH, P$3=1)=24. The first premolar (p ©) is not present till later and has no successor. Upper oR Maxititary Sreries.—The single upper incisor (i? by position) is a minute spicule inserted at the extreme posterior border of the premaxilla and has no successor. Although small and frail, it often persists through life, being frequently present in the senile stage. In 46 adult skulls, taken at random for the investigation of this point, 15 (33 per cent) were found to retain one or both upper incisors, both being present in 6 skulls and one in each of 9 skulls, most frequently on the right side. When these teeth are absent their alveoli often remain, indicating the recent presence of the teeth. The canine is a small bicuspid tooth, with a slender-pointed central cusp, and a small slender-pointed posterior cusp, about one-third as high as the main cusp. The canine is shed at the same time as the pre- molars, but its successor is long in maturing, and, when fully developed, is long, slender, and saber-like. The second, third, and fourth premolars (dp?, dp’, dp*) arise simultaneously. Dp? has a basal length slightly exceeding its height, with two pointed cusps, the anterior one consider- ably exceeding the other in size and height, and a low anterior and a low posterior cusplet, both arising from the cingulum. Dp? is subtriangular in basal outline, the anterior half narrow, the posterior broad, with a main central cusp, a smaller one behind it, and a still smaller one in front, on the cingulum. There is also a low, broad postero-internal cusp, and, behind this, a slight cusplet from the cingulum. Of these five cusps, three are external and two internal. Dp?’ is subquadrate and distinctly molariform, with four prominent cusps, the outer much higher than the inner, the four cusps collectively enclosing two deep basin-shaped cavities. There is also an anterior cusplet from the cingulum. Lower OR MANDIBULAR SERIES.—The anterior four milk teeth in the lower jaw are all incisiform, similar in size and general form, and have their axes directed forward. The two middle teeth are tricuspid, the first and fourth bicuspid. They are separated from dp: by a long convex diastema. The first three incisiform teeth are shed singly at intervals. The three posterior milk premolars (dps, dp3, dps) increase successively 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 393 in size, dp2 being less than half the size of dps, and dps is less than one- third the bulk of dps. Dp2 has a high-pointed central cusp and a small,, low, sharp-pointed one before and behind it, and a cusplet on the posterior cingulum. Dp; is similar in structure to dps, but is a much larger tooth. Dp. consists of two sections, each of which encloses a deep basin from the borders of which arise four cusps, of which two are antero-external, the other two internal, one of which is median and the other posterior. The medio-internal cusp is usually minutely bipointed when unworn. The above conditions are represented, essentially or exactly, by 7 skulls (Nos. 495238, 49486, 495138, 49514, 49510, 49499, 49493, of Table 4). Permanent Dentition The permanent dentition comprises 36 teeth: I33, C7, Pi, M = =5=36. In this enumeration the minute upper incisor is assigned as a permanent tooth, although, as already explained (p. 32), it is often absent in adults, though frequently persisting through life, and has no successor. The first premolar in both jaws has also no successor and is developed later than the other premolars which have successors. _ | Uprrr oR Maxintuary Sertes.—The canine is a long, slender, laterally compressed, 2-rooted tooth, with a conspicuous longitudinal groove on its antero-internal face. The first premolar (p') does not pierce the gum till the milk premolars (dp?, dp’, dp*) are fully developed and functional, and has, as already said, no predecessor. It is a small unicuspid, 2-rooted tooth, about as long antero-posteriorly as high. It is separated from both the permanent canine and the permanent p? by diastemata nearly equal in length to the basal length of the tooth. P? and p* are similar in form to their respective predecessors, from which they differ mainly in larger size. P*is more completely molariform than dp‘, and differs from m! only in being larger and slightly more quadrate. M! is subquadrate, the anterior half of the tooth broader than the pos- terior half, with higher cusps, which are situated at the four corners of the tooth. M? is trigonal, with three cusps, and is about one-third the size of m*. Thus, in the permanent dentition, the last three maxillary teeth are typically molariform and, on the basis of structure and posi- tion, would be classified as molars, but the first one of the three has a milk predecessor. Lower oR ManpiBuLAR SuRrES.—The three permanent incisors all have bifid crowns, are close-set, directed obliquely forward, and differ from their predecessors mainly in their larger size. The canine is a small 2-rooted tooth, separated from i3 and p, by slight diastemata. Its axis A.M.49513 w A.M.49498 Fig. 1. Development of the dentition in Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi Thomas. All X%; a and 5, side views; c and d, crown views. From specimens taken in the Belgian Congo by The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expe- dition, 1909-1915. Stagel. Milk teeth breaking through gums. No. 49518, 9 juv., Medje, June 3, 1914. ‘ ga 2 Milk teeth more advanced; alveolus of p! fissured. No. 49437, 2 juv., Medje, Septem- er 8, K Stage 3. Milk teeth fully developed, and p! nearly so; convex diastema where pi is forming be- neath. No. 49513, ojuv., Niapu, December 17, 1913. Stage 4. Upper milk dentition p!, and crown of m! just through gum; lower jaw: milk teeth, p1 Ny oracvanced, mi half up, and tip of permanent i: in sight. No. 49498, @ juv., Niapu, December 6, 1913. 34 ss r A.M.49503 (Fig. 1 continued) Stage 5. First molarfully up and second molar half up in both jaws; permanent premolars visible between the roots of their predecessors; permanent lower incisors and lower canine fully developed. No. 49484, 2 juv., Niapu, December 4, 19138. Stage 6. Slightly more mature, the molars being full-grown, but premolars of permanent set still covered by the milk teeth in both jaws; caniniform pi nearly mature; upper milk canine has been shed. No. 49468, o&, Niapu, November 25, 1913. Stage 7. Mature permanent dentition, but upper canine not fully grown. No. 49486, 2, Niapu, December 6, 1913. Stage 8. Senile stage toshow wear of teeth. In old age the first premolar becomes greatly worn in both jaws, sometimes only the roots of p! remaining. No. 49503, old 9, Niapu, December 8, 1913. 35 36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII is directed forward, as is the case with the incisors, which it exceeds but little in size, its blunt-convex crown not rising above the crown surface of the incisors. P; is a 2-rooted unicuspid, perfectly caniniform in struc- ture and function; its height is about twice its basal length, or about twice the height of pz and ps, and it is a persistent tooth of the first set. Ps, ps, and p, are respectively similar in structure to their predecessors but more massive. P., conforms in plan with the molars except in having an additional cusp on the interior border, making five cusps instead of four as in the molars. It is thus a slightly longer tooth than m,. The © median internal cusp, when the tooth is unworn, is usually minutely bipointed, as in its predecessor. My, and ms, are similar in structure, but ms is only about half the size of M4. Development and Replacement of the Deciduous Teeth The condition of the teeth, as seen in the cleaned skull at the stage when the crowns of the last three premolars in each jaw (ees aa , are fully excluded and the teeth have become functionally effective (skull No. 49513), is as follows. The incisors and canines (both above and below) are, like the last three premolars, fully developed and functional; the extreme tip of p! is barely above the alveolar border and would be, in most cases at least, still covered by the gum; dpe is not visible but there is a narrow slit at the outer base of the convex diastema between the canine and dpe; there is also a narrow opening in the alveoli of the future molars, in each jaw. Upper Trpetu.—Later (Fig. 1, Stage 4), after the skull has nearly doubled its size, p! attains its full development. P! persists without change except by wear, and, later in life, is the first tooth to become in- efficient through excessive attrition. After considerable further increase in the size of the skull the crown of the first molar is excluded and, as soon as it has reached functional maturity, is followed by the second molar. Not, however, till m? has become fully functional is there any further change, when the crowns! of the permanent canine and the permanent premolars (p?, p’, p*) can be seen between the roots of their predecessors, but it is considerably later before the milk premolars are finally shed and their successors are fully developed. Lower Tretu.—tThe first change in the milk teeth of the mandible occurs coincidently with the breaking of the crown of m, through its alveolus and before the crown surface of the tooth is much above the 1In skull No. 49428 the crown of the right canine is double, consisting of two equal slender stiles in close contact. e 1922] Allen, Congo Collection of Insectivora 37 alveolar border. At this stage (represented by No. 49499) the four incisi- form teeth are still unchanged, but the tip of the caniniform p, is just above the alveolar plane, or practically at the same stage as m;. At the next stage (represented by No. 49498, Fig. 1, Stage 4), m; is about two- thirds grown but not as yet at full height, and p;is evenly keeping pace with it in development. None of the other milk teeth shows any indication of approaching replacement. In skull No. 49428 this molar is fully de- veloped, as is also p;, but the milk premolars (ps, ps, ps) are still firmly in place, with no trace of their successors between their roots. The first incisor (i;), however, has been renewed, and the crowns of the successors of i2and i3can be seen pushing up at their inner bases, and the same condition is also true of the canine. It would seem, therefore, that the renewal of the milk incisiform series just precedes that of the milk pre- molars. In No. 49484 a somewhat later stage is shown, in which m, is not only fully mature but the crown of mz has reached about one-half its fullheight. In this skull (Fig. 1, Stage 5) the permanent canine has attain- ed to about half the height of its predecessor, coming up at its outside base, and the crowns of the milk premolars can be seen between their roots, these four teeth, like the same teeth in the maxillary series, developing coincidently. The permanent incisors and the permanent canine are also now fully matured. To complete the series of illustrations a figure of the unworn denti- tion of a youngish adult (Fig. 1, Stage 7) and of an old-age adult (Fig. 1, Stage 8) are here included. . Nasilio fuscipes (Thomas) Macroscelides fuscipes THOMAS, 1894, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XIII, January, p. 68. “N’doruma [Doruma], Niam-Niam country (about 5° N. and 27° 30’ E.).”’ Based on a young female ‘‘ having still its milk-dentition in place.” Represented by 30 specimens (28 skins and skulls, 2 in alcohol), col- lected as follows: | Niangara, 8: November 18—December 19, 1910. Faradje, 21: February 8, 1910; February 20-May 6 (mostly Feb- ruary 2—March 1), 1911; December 25, 1912; January 3-8, 1913. Garamba, 1 (in alcohol): March 1912. Males and females are equally represented: All are adult except 9, , which are one-half to two-thirds grown, with the permanent dentition incomplete. These form a series showing all the stages of change from the deciduous to the permanent dentition, confirming Thomas’s determina- tion of the dental formula in Macroscelides.' 11890, Proc. Zo6]. Soc. London, pp. 445, 446. Milk dentition of Petrodromus figured, p. 445. 38 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII The adult males have a short-haired, glandular pectoral area, the short hairs of which, and the longer enclosing pelage, are cream-color, due possibly to staining. In some males this area has an axial extent of 20 mm. or more and a breadth of 10 mm., thus forming a conspicuous feature of the ventral surface, but it is less developed in females. The Niangara series, taken at the close of the rainy season, are rather brighter colored—more rufescent and less gray above—than those from Faradje collected some two or three months later. The difference is not wholly constant and may be seasonal, as some specimens of the Niangara series are indistinguishable in coloration from some of the Faradje specimens. Collectors’ measurements of 7 adult males and 10 adult females from Faradje: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebree Hind Foot Ear o& 204 (200-207) 115 (109-128) 91.3 (84-96) 29.3 (28-31) 21.0 (20-22) ® 210 (201-224) 120 (114-129) 91.0 (85-99) 29.2 (28-30) 22.2 (20-23) Skulls, 5 males, 9 females, Faradje series: Total Length Zygomatic Breadth ao 34.4 (84 -34.7) IR OIG} 11) Q 34.9 (386.6-36.4) 17.4 (16.6-18.1) The minima are all from rather young adults, the maxima from obviously very old skulls. The females show a slightly larger average size than the males, both in external and cranial dimension. These specimens agree satisfactorily with the description of the type of fuscepes when those corresponding with it in age (‘‘a somewhat imma- ture female. . . having still its milk dentition in place’’) are con- sidered. Geographical conditions may be taken as confirmatory of this identification, the type locality (Doruma) of fuscipes being about 100 miles north of Niangara and some 160 miles west of Faradje and Garamba. These four localities, Mr. Lang assures me, are in regions of similar environment. The present series, if here correctly referred, shows that Macroscelides fuscipes Thomas belongs to the genus Naszlio Thomas and Schwann! (type Macroscelides brachyrhynchus A. Smith), the molars being 3. The type of fuscipes was so young that it could give no hint of the number of the molars, but it is described as ‘‘most nearly allied to M. brachyurus Boc.,” of which the author says: ‘‘Sa machoire inférieure porte chaque cdté une molaire de plus, onze dents au leu de dix.’”? 11906, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, II, p. 578. . 2Bocage, 1889, Journ. Sci. math. phys. nat. Acad. Madrid, (2) I, No. 1, p. 24, Marco. PLATE I Rhynchocyon stuhlmanni claudi Thomas and Wroughton. ‘Two males, taken in the same locality within a week, showing an extreme light rufous and an extreme dark phase. Drawn by Charles R. Knight from skins, Amer. Mus. Nos. 49495 and 49477, Niapu, December 1 and 6, 1913. T F4V1g ‘ITATX “IO ‘HON ‘WW ‘V Niiaring Prarn Tt Fig.1. Crocidura jacksoni denti Dollman. Female adult, Amer. Mus. No. 48520, Medje, May 28, 1914. Fig. 2. Sylvisorex oriundus Hollister. Type. Female adult, Amer. Mus. No. 48554, Medje, May 20, 1914. Photographs from specimens in the flesh. Both natural size. Buuietin, A. M. N. H. Vou. XLVII, PuatE Puatre III Scutisorex congicus Thomas. Male adult, Amer. Mus. No. 48475, Medje, May 30, 1914. Photograph from specimen in the flesh. Natural size. ih nyo send taMe cate. eS " i ss a ee ii pated Ac aS il aN aia. WoOYV SNIL@T1og III 224V1q ‘TIATX “TOA ‘HN Puate- lV Crocidura nyanse kivu Osgood. Male adult, Amer. Mus. No. 48501, Medje, June 13, 1914. Photograph from specimen in the flesh. Natural size. AI ®4V1Tq “TIATXi TOA ‘HON CIN ‘Y ‘Niwai1og pt iE ’ Fe ry ae Sue va | Ce SP ee SR ate te E Eexeiotoge | ee On Oe Seite mentalis and its hes By: W.°E. Bivde Todd, 1916, 8 Bulletin, XXXV, ‘Art. 29, pp. 533-558, 4 text figures. "The Distribution of Bird Life in ‘Colombia; a Contribution to a ‘Biological atk S - Survey: of South America. ° By Grank M. Chapman, 1917, Bulletin, : XXXVI, pp. 1-729, Pls. tx, 21 text figures. * The: Classification of the Weaver-Birds. By J: ames~ Pp. Chapin 1917, ‘Bulletin, XXXVU, Art. 9, pp. 243-280, Pls. vi-x, 10 text figures. _ Descriptions of New Birds from Santo Domingo and Remarks on Others in. the Brewster-Sanford Collection. . DY: Frank M. Pectin ee 1917, Bulle- tin, XXXVI, Art. 12, pp. 327-334. = Field Notes on Molothrus bonariensis and M. badius. “By Leo. BE Miller : ++ 1917, Bulletin, XXXVII, Art. 22, pp. 579-592. 2 Besa ions of Four Birds from the Belgian Congo. By James P; Chapin, ae 2 A New Albatross from the West Coast of South hens By Robert. Gash: me man Murphy, 1917, Bulletin, XXXVIL a 35, pp- 861-864, 1 text figure. ey ‘Study of the eGtiG Deca “By Robert Cacia ares 1918, De ~~ Bulletin; XX XVIII, Art. 4, pp. 117-146, Pls. 1-111, 7 text figures. ~The Geographical Distribution of Color and of Other Variable eects is in the Genus Junco: a New Aspect of Specific and Subspecific Values. ~ By Jonathan. Dwight, M.D., 1918, Bullpen, XXXVI, Art. 9, PP. 269- . - 300; Pls. xi—xmu, 5 maps. " Destriptions of Proposed New Birds from. Perth Relive peeing. and ~ -. Chile,” By Frank M. Chapman, _ 1919, Bulletin, a Art, 5, Pee 323-333. ° _ Descriptions of Apparently New Birds ioc Bola Brazil, and Venezuela. By Frank M. Chapman, 1921, Novitates, No. 2, pp. 1-8. 1921, Novitates, No.7, pp. 1-9. ik Revision of Ailapetes gutturalis with Descriptions of Three N ew ioe By Jonathan Dwight and Ludlow Griscom, 1921; Novitates, No. 16, pp. ae _ Notes on a New Ox-pecker and Other. Little-known Birds of the Congo. By - James. P. Chapin, 1921, ‘Novitates, No. 17, pp. 1-16. = Descriptions of Proposed New Birds Ae Colombia, Ecuador, Peri, and Brazil: By Frank M, Chapman, 1921, Novitates, No.18, pp. 1-12. “Descriptions of Proposed New Birds oe Central America; with. Notes on ~ Other Little-known Forms. By Waldron DeWitt Miller and Ludlow fs - Griscom; 1921, Novitates, No. Ob, pp. 1-13. ee e ; A Review of the Divied Petrels, Contributions fram the Brcwsicie cantor’ - Collection. By Robert. Cushman Murphy and Francis Harper, 1921, Bulletin, XLIV, Art. 17, pp. 495-554, Ps: XX-XXIV, 7 text figures. ~ -Deseriptions of Proposed New Birds from Brazil, Paraguay, and Argentina. - By George K. Cherrie and (Mrys. .) Elsie M. B: Reichenberger, Bee Novitates, No. 27, pp. 1-6.: - Expediti ion of 1916-1917; By Outram Panes; 1921, onienrne XLIV, _ Art. XX, pp. 575-612. : The Distribution of the: Swallows of the Gti Pyannketitin = By Prank ; M. Chapman, 1922, Novitates, No. 30; pp. 1-15. ~ Deseriptions of Apparently New Birds from Colombia, _Ecuador, dnd ~ Argentina. By Frank M, Chapman, 1922, Novitates, No, 31, pp. 1-8. 7 A $1.00 bs 10e. ‘The Birds of The American Museum of Natural Aiton s Asiatic Zodlogical Ct ier tee 20c. 10c. an Museum of Natural His = Volumes xXx. The = Sree Lik — record of the progress - Museum of Natural Histon: ps CA OE OS Fy § OR ee) ek os Se ee ee ine Lom, Epon | O oe The following a are . the: yore recent ‘papers « on M AMMALOGY AN oe (Ont cone Orders should be addressed, Library, ‘The Ame Museum of Natural tatty 4 7th St. and ess ark ee Oty. ae cae ee 2 pie a ae - Maonstocy 2 _ . om Note o on ‘she Santer euch: of Scutisorex Thomas. _ By rE ee =e - Schulte, 1917, Bulletin, XKXVU, Art. 29, pp. 785-792. e 8 os aS External Characters, - Skelet al “Muscles, and Peripheral Nerves: oe a _Kogia breviceps (Blainville). “By H. von 'W. Schulte and M. de F Forest. eS ~ Smith, 1918, Bulletin, XXXVIII, Art. 2; pp. 4-72, 21 text figure ee Memoranda Upon the ‘Anatomy. of. the. Respiratory Tract, -Foregu ; SO Ls - ‘Thoraeie Viscera of a Fetal Kogia breviceps. “By John D. ‘Kernan, J It.) ae ee a and HL, yon Ww. Schulte, 1918, ee XXXVUL, aS 8 pp 231-207, | ag ee Bae "16 text figures. : ie Be The Skull of Ziphius cavirostris. By John D. Kerman, 1918, : Bulleti ae ea OS XXXVI, “Art. 11, pp. 349-394, Pls. XXOKEXI.. ipa Z. . ee The Indigenous Land. Mammals of Porto Rico, Living oad Punk: _ By. ee ue ie Anthony, 1918, Memoirs, N. Ry a, ee 2, FP 831-436, Pls. LY: = oe saexiyy Bo GER figures. re Soe es _Severtzow’ s§ Classification of the Felide.. By J. A Allen, 1919, Bulletin, J LL Art pp. S35 St = en . a Notes on the Synonymy and N nena a ‘the: ‘Snialler Spotted Cats f ee a - Tropical. America. By J. A. Allen, 1919, Soe XLL, ee vp. 8 J ae Pe 419, 31 text. figures. ae foe Gee ee oy Mammals Collected i in: Eastern: Cuba i in’ 1917, wa ee ge ei _ Species. - -By HE Anthony, 1919, Pulse, Xi, Ast. 20, ), PP ee 643, Pls. XxXV-XXXVE. ee S ‘New Mammals from eee ; By oe Legs - Art. 12, pp: 469-475, Pl. “Xxxul, 4 text ene 2 Description of a New Species of Serow. from rene” - Provinee, ¢ eee By Roy Chapman. Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 6, pp. 1-3. - 2 os ae : a ‘Remarkable Case of External Hind Limbs ina Humpback Whale. By mee ee Pe OY: Chapman | Andrews, 1921, Novitates, No. 9, pp. 1-6. Tees a AG oo New Mammals from British Guiana oe Colombia... ee H. E. “Anthony, Br rs : 1921, Novitates, No. 19, pp. AST. aA 3 Preliminary. Report. on Ecuadorean Mammals. ee i. By RSs atare SAGBAS: Novitates, No, 20, pp. eh ee Rp reas ~ Preliminary Report on Beuadorean Mammals, -No. 2. ‘By H. EB Anthony, eee = ce 4922, Novitates, No. 32, pp. 1-7. Se iss A New Fossil Rodent from Houador. ae H. =, Anthony’, _ No. ee PP: 1- “4. H. E “Anthony, | 1922, Novato Z OLLEDIN A. M. N. HL. Vou. XLVII, Puate V rawn by Richard Deckert Idiurus langi J. A. Allen. Medje (About one-half natural size) 59.9,32(67.5) Article II—SCIURID#, ANOMALURIDA, AND IDIURIDAi COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By THE Late J. A. ALLEN? PLATE V CONTENTS PAGE (ETc cece elle Aa uA eas ee PG AnD a 39 Species and Subspecies, with their Localities and Number of Specimens SURE TED, BEyGLS TOPO DAI CESY y R e e iea ae a ecA n te e 40 Localities, Species and Subspecies, and Number of Specimens taken at ee MeLMe ONAN Re a RS er a he g aperation fdr dhe, OE. SRL E S 42 New Species and Subspecies, with their Type Localities................ 44 PEL EUS), SUITLTOO TE ios ee i UE eee gine Ce Ailes cae a Rear ara Me ee aera ORE! © Sciuride...., ere teh tar we Me eS tele) ke hube egg boo ae Sr ga Ct 8 44 EERE PS SEC STOR Dos Oe ed as Re ee a ne 44 Mee TES UE OULMONUUML PUSILOs 2 d.0s0 so c{ecc se ahs Kiet vlage 6a qeininctn es es 47 BASE US TH OUNOEI INE TUCO UGIUUS yin ces i ie ois void a Satan bls e's eile 08 48 NANPOSCLULUS THIOOTACKTUM TUOTLCOLUS.<.. 6.60 cb ec eet eee eee wane cee bees 50 ET LUST TUIVICOION LOLETIS® .¢ ooo. cv cos occ ns waft voclae we hs coe ble ohio e oe O OOL PEAR ISCU MIS OILENYERTUS: CWETYUNTUS....o roa o's os wale sw celeb ee nels Sga bee's ae ue 51 Me eI SROMY CRUCNTINS AVL > os cc kin ees bk oh bnvera's 4 aides ie «alate gies veh s ae EAMES NETOMUS!OMGIGO, coc: «ays 0 si v2 1h oleae Lb aed Reve a ebewls els 54 MME SICONMOLCHS (CONQUCUS .. ... cis < de vc bin a's eo Wiehe oie ep eek wile viel ee bo.sinve 56 (DP UGS PRGOILE GUDMIC Ee Oe BRN REET ae a Re ODE eG Pee ger 56 Tamiscus alexandri.......... UY Sch Ae pe sete eee earn Mee RT BS eRe SESH TN OCKECCHINICOLE: 0 Ste: \odkels Sn = Dae AR See Liens Paneclele we eee s 59 Protoxerus stangeri signatus..... BO ey Ceca ee ad CREM Smeg Svs OT, ok kate eee 61 SECM OTE SIIOMUSIR USS a.) 2 53 x0 Salo ad och ete tole Sen aeons ee |) OL Anomaluride.... . te BAR Ree Ee eR Cnt ha NG ie Soe ne ae 62 RESINS FOCKSOILE JOCESOM cs <bscc sc a sole ek pd ke ee a wt seve ee senate eT Batt 62 CAD DELTINEINAEL TEOSIINIG MPlee e a 0 rNR 63 EEN LOSI CCONOTLE CRO PUL © 6.2. 5k wipes oie wile See cn we cis eb cae beeline 65 a I ene es nh © 5 on yc Ss eyh, age Pie Sté wd wl wed eitray ales nye wud'ers 68 _ LTE SETPEE 200) EIEN Ae ee ee ee ee 68 AE OTITIS 8b ete e ea ee ae ee a 69 LE TG Tied a Ey Bie alee Oa a rs pe ee 70 INTRODUCTION The Sciuride, Anomaluride and Idiuride of The American Museum of Natural History Congo Expedition, collected by Messrs. Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin during six years (1909-1915) of field work, ‘Scientific Results of the Congo Expedition, Mammalogy, No. 6 2After the author’s demise the manuscript was arranged for Oa heaaee by Herbert Lang. 39 40 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII number 480 specimens, representing 20 forms (16 species and 4 additional subspecies). The collection consists of many well-prepared skins with skulls, a number of skeletons, and a few specimens preserved in alcohol. The 315 specimens of Sciuride are referred to 14 forms (10 species and four additional subspecies), of which three subspecies are described as new. The 125 specimens of Anomaluride represent three genera and are referable to 3 forms, one of them new to science. The Idiuride are represented by 40 specimens of three quite different forms, two of which are here for the first time described. These far exceed the total number previously extant in all of the museums of the world, their nocturnal habits and secretive mode of life rendering their capture difficult. This is a very valuable accession as The American Museum of Natural History had but little African material of this order previous to the reception of the Lang-Chapin Collection. Other museums of this country have generously placed at my disposal material for purposes of comparison. To Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., Curator of mammals in the United States National Museum, to Mr. Samuel Henshaw, Director, and to Dr. G. M. Allen, Curator of mammals, of the Museum of Com- parative Zodlogy at Harvard University, I am indebted for the loan of many of their specimens. The forms, and the number of specimens of each and their localities, are given in the subjoined lists. : SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES, WITH THEIR LOCALITIES AND NUMBER OF SPECIMENS FROM EACH LOCALITY Speci- Species and Subspecies Localities mens Sciuridee 1. Athosciurus poensis (A. Smith) Medje 2, Niapu 1 3 2. Heltosciurus rufobrachium pasha (Schwann) Faradje 2, Niangara 10 12 3. Heliosciurus rufobrachium medji- anus, new subspecies Akenge 1, Avakubi 1, Bosobangi 1, Gamangui 1, Medje 23, Niapu9 36 4. Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubri- catus, new Subspecies Avakubi 7, Bafwasende 1, Lubila 1 9 5. Heliosciurus multicolor lateris Thomas Aba 1 1 6. Funisciurus anerythrus anery- thrus (Thomas) Avakubi 7, Gamangui 6, Medje 8, Ngayu 2, Niangara 5 28 7. Funisciurus anerythrus niapu, new subspecies Niapu 22, Stanleyville 2 24 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Ancmaluride, Idiuride 41 Speci- Species and Subspecies . Localities , mens 8. Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Akenge 3, Avakubi 1, Boyulu 1, Gamangui 4, Medje 7, Niangara 3, Niapu 13 32 9. Funisciurus congicus congicus (Kuhl) Leopoldville 1 i 10. Tamiscus eminit emini (Stuhl- mann) Avakubi 6, Bafwabaka 7, Batama 1, Faradje 2, Gamangui 1, Medje 10, Ngayu 4, Niangara 5, Niapu 12, Pawa 1, Poko 1, Stanley- ville 13 63 11. Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Avakubi 4, Faradje 3, Gamangui 5, Medje 2, Nala 1, Ngayu 2, Pawa 1, Rungu 1 19 12. Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Akenge 5, Avakubi 5, Bafwabaka 2, : Faradje 1,Gamangui 4, Kamu- nionge 1, Medje 6, Ngayu 7, Niangara 2, Niapu 20, Stan- leyville 1 54 13. Protoxerus stangeri signatus Thomas Bolobo 1 1 14. Euxerus erythopus lacustris (Thomas) _ Faradje 21, Niangara 10, Rungu 1 32 Anomaluridse 15. Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Akenge 7, Avakubi 2, Gamangui 1, Medje 28, Niapu 16, Panga 4 58 16. Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Akenge 4, Avakubi 1, Medje 36, Ngayu 2, Niapu 10 5d 17. Anomalurops beecrofti chapini, new subspecies Akenge 1, Medje 12, Poko 1 14 Idiuridz 18. Idiurus zenkeri zenkeri Matschie Avakubil, Medje 27, Niapu 2 30 19. Idiurus langi, new species Medje 6 6 20, Idiurus panga, new species Panga 4 4 42 Locaities, SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES, AND NUMBER OF SPECIMENS Localities Aba Akenge ce Bafwabaka Bafwasende Batama Bolobo Bosobangi Boyulu Faradje Gamangui i$ Kamunionge Leopoldville Lubila Medje ce ce ce Bulletin American Museum of Natural History TAKEN AT EACH LOCALITY Species and Subspecies Heliosciurus multicolor lateris Thomas Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Anomalurops beecroftt chapini, new subsp. Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubricatus, new subsp. Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Idiurus zenkeri zenkeri Matschie Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubricatus, new subsp. Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Protoxerus stangeri signatus Thomas Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Heliosciurus rufobrachium pasha (Schwann) Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Protoxerus stangert centricola (Thomas) Eucerus erythopus lacustris (Thomas) Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Anomalurus jacksonijacksoni de Winton Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Funisciurus congicus congicus (Kuhl) Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubricatus, new subsp. Atthosciurus poensis (A. Smith) Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton BPP WNN RPE RE EP NON RFP RE NOR OEP NN RP RP BRNO wee bo bo OW HE HS ROH RO “I CO [Vol. XLVII Totais 21 35 Se ee 29: 22 ee 1922] Localities Medje “é Niangara (<4 Panga ce Pawa 74 Poko Rungu “ec Stanleyville ce ce Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, [diuride Species and Subspecies Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Protoxerus stangert centricola (Thomas) Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Anomalurops beecrofti chapini, new subsp. Idiurus zenkeri zenkeri Matschie Idiurus langi, new sp. Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Heliosciurus rufobrachium pasha (Schwann) Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) - Euxerus erythopus lacustris (Thomas) Athosciurus poensis (A. Smith) Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus, new subsp. Funisciurus anerythrus niapu, new subsp. Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Protoxerus stangert centricola (Thomas) Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Idiurus zenkeri zenkeri Matschie Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Idiurus panga, new sp. Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) . Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Anomalurops beecrofti chapini, new subsp. Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Euzxerus erythopus lacustris (Thomas) Funisciurus anerythrus niapu, new subsp. Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) 27 ie) = = NOOF- ONOAWHONN NH FN KH O&O he Re On w — et Ee dD © O = BH WoO Fe Bee Be 43 Totals 167 17 Bt) 105 16 44 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII New SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES, WITH THEIR Type LOCALITIES 1. Heliosciurus rufobrachium medjianus. Medje 2. Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubricatus. Lubila 3. Funisciurus anerythrus niapu. Niapu 4. Anomalurops beecroftt chapini. Medje 5. Idiurus langi. Medje- 6. Idiurus panga. Panga GENERAL SUMMARY Species and Families Genera Subspecies Specimens Localities! Sciuridee 6 14 315 23 Anomaluridze 3 3 125 8 Idiuridee eo 3 40 4 10 20 480 SCIURIDE ZETHOSCcIURUS Thomas Asthosciurus THomas, 1916, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVII, March, p. 271. Genotype, by original designation, Sciurus poensis A. Smith. Atthosciurus (subgenus of Heliosciturus) Houuister, 1919, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 99, part 2, May 16, p. 9. AEthosciurus poensis (A. Smith) Sciurus poensis A. SmitH, 1835, South African Quart. Journ., II, p. 64. Fernando Po (Gray). Aithosciurus poensis THomas, 1916, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVII, p. 271. Three specimens: Medje, 2 (c’ and 9 adult), January 24, 1909; Niapu, 1 (co adult), November 28, 1913. Collectors’ measurements of the Medje specimens: Total length, o 322 mm., 2 337; head and body, o 144, Q 152; tail vertebra, 7 178,°9 185; bind feot,.c! 35,2" 35;-ear.o 1470.14. Skull, same specimens: Greatest length, co 37.3, 2 38.2; zygomatic breadth, not measurable. The Niapu specimen is a little smaller and less iatieee Entire pelage, including feet and tail, olivaceous gray, except ventral surface, which is washed with ochraceous medially, the color of the sides extending over the lateral third of the ventral area from axille to loins. Compared with two specimens of #thosciurus poensis (No. 8639, Kribi, Cameroon, and No. 15667, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Lolodortf, Cameroon), with which they closely agree. Larger series from the two regions (Cameroon coast and Upper Congo) might indicate an appreci- able average difference not indicated by the material now available. 1The total number of localities at which these forms were collected is 24. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuride 45 Hetiosciurus Trouessart Heliosciurus (subgenus of Sciurus) Trouessart, 1880, Le Naturaliste, II, October, p. 292. Genotype, by subsequent designation (Thomas, 1909), Sciwrus gambianus Ogilby. Trouessart originally designated Sciurus annulatus Desmarest as the type, but as this species is not positively identifiable Thomas has, with good reason, replaced it by Sciurus gambianus Ogilby. The Heliosciurus rufobrachium' group is represented in the Lang- Chapin Collection by 57 specimens, collected in the region comprised between Avakubi and Bafwasende, south of the Ituri-Aruwimi River, northward to Niangara, on the Uele River, and eastward to Faradje. Three geographical areas are thus included—(1) the region south of the Ituri-Aruwimi covered with Rain Forest, (2) the forested area between the Ituri-Aruwimi and Bomokandi-Uele rivers, and (3) the Uele bush- veldt district to the north. The specimens from these districts, when arranged serially, show well-marked differences in coloration in correla- tion with the varying conditions of the districts, the extremes represented —the Avakubi specimens on the one hand and the Niangara-Faradje specimens on the other—being so widely different that, without the con- necting series from intermediate points, they might readily be con- sidered as possibly specifically separable, especially if represented by a single specimen or even by a small series of specimens. The specimens from the intermediate localities show, however, unmistakable inter- gradation between the two extreme geographic phases. The differences are primarily the amount and intensity of rufous on both fore and hind limbs and the color of the whole ventral area, particularly of the throat and inside of the limbs. Also the northern pale veldt form is distinctly smaller than either of the two forest forms. The main feature of differ- entiation is the steadily increasing erythrism of the ventral surface and limbs from the northern veldt country to the heavy Rain Forest south of the Ituri. In the coloration of the upper surface there is little to distinguish the specimens from the three areas, although the Niangara and Faradje specimens average somewhat paler than those from farther south. 1Mr. Lang has called my attention to the fact that Sciurus rufobrachium Waterhouse has nearly three months priority over S. rufobrachiatus of the same author and it should therefore be accepted in place of the latter. The species so long universally known as Sciurus rufobrachiatus was named Sciurus rufobrachium by Waterhouse in an incidental reference to it in a footnote to a paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (X, p. 202) published in November 1842, but in his formal description of the species (Proc. Zoé]. Soc. London for 1842, p. 128, published January 1843) he changed the name to Sciurus rufobrachiatus, without explanation or reference to the earlier name for the same species. Consequently the name Sciurus rufobrachium was used by just a few, Fitzinger (1867) being the last. All succeeding authors have either overlooked or ignored the earlier name till it was brought to light by Mr. Lang in the preparation of his paper on the bibliography and distribution of African members of this group. It may be noted alsothat Waterhouse’s Sciurusleucogenys has priority over his Sciurus erythrogenys, the two cases being parallel and dating from the same footnote. 46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Through individual variation in the general tone, specimens from either of the series can be selected which are mutually indistinguishable in the color of the upperparts. It is quite different, however, with the ventral surface. In the northern form (H. 7. pasha) it is pale yellowish white, varying in different specimens from dull whitish to faintly yellowish on the median area from the throat to the anal region, with usually a large whiter pectoral area, the sides being darkened by the dark basal portion of the hairs showing through the superficial light tipping. The chin and throat are a little browner than the foreneck and breast, being sometimes dull yellowish brown, but rarely approaching rufous. The median portion of the extreme base of the under side of the tail has sometimes a slight rufous tone. The outer edge of the forearm and the upper surface of the manus vary from dark rufous to brownish rufous, but the inside of the forearm is pale like the ventral surface, usually without trace of rufous. | In specimens of the other extreme, taken south of the Ituri near Avakubi, the whole lower surface of the body has a strong rufous tone, the throat, foreneck, sides of breast, inguinal region, and entire inner surface of both fore and hind limbs are intense vivid rufous, as is also a conspicuous median patch at the base of the under side of the tail, and the upper surface of the fore and hind feet are also red. The median ventral area, from the chest to the lower abdomen, is pale rufous grizzled slightly with black. The three forms may be characterized as follows. 1. Light northern form: Underparts superficially pale, the hair-tips whitish or pale yellowish, usually a rather distinct narrow median light band (often broad- ening at pectoral region) contrasting with a much darker and broader area on either side from axille to loins; throat and inside of limbs light, uniform in color with the central light portion of ventral surface, except wrists; out- side of hind limbs like back; outer edge of forearm and upper surface of feet pale rufous. On hind limbs the brownish-rufous tone is usually restricted to upper surface of feet; in exceptionally erythric specimens it may extend to the lower leg and include the inner surface as well as the outer, thus forming a dull rufous band just above the ankle, and even extend up the inner side of the leg, with a similar extension of rufous on the inner surface of the lower HORE AMM aes 8 pete AEs Mose Oe nope cued tee Mae CROANIE hesat oeerte H.r. pasha (Schwann). 2. Darker middle form: Underparts darker, nearly uniform except for a small sharply defined white pectoral area, the hairs ringed basally with black and buff-tipped; throat and inside of limbs pale or dull rufous, in contrast with abdominal region; outer surface of hind limbs like back; outer edge of fore limbs intense rufous, which encircles the lower forearms and lower legs and includes the upper surface of fore and hind feet. H. r. medjianus, new subspecies. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuride 47 3. Darker southern form: Underparts medially strongly suffused with pale rufous, usually without trace of a whitish pectoral area; throat, sides of head below eyes, entire inner side of fore and hind limbs, and extreme posterior part of abdomen intense dark rufous; outer edge of fore limb, lower forearm in front and upper surface of fore and hind feet, wrists and ankles chestnut-rufous, which also extends to the median basal underside of tail. H. r. rubricatus, new subspecies. Average External and Cranial Measurements of Heliosczurus rufobrachium pasha, medjianus, and rubricatus External | Cranial | | | | Wecehecs | | ! Pa | | | = | 5 lap etteal tema ee | a ipoe Se ed = ic | open 2 = a S = 5 = Z 3 ae = = = sah a & I ees g 5 Bet hile g 5: Zn | & ic = mo | 8 G w H.r. pasha, Niangara | 10 | 473 | 223 | 251 | 56.2 | 18.3| 52.2 | 30.6 H.r. medji- Medje and 12 497 | 239 | 258 | 58.2 | 18.0 | 52.9 | 30.5 anus, Niapu eG 507 | 239 | 268 | 58.3 | 17.5 | 53.4 | 30.8 H.r. rubricatus, Avakubi, 6 | 501 | 234 262 | 59.3 | 18.3 | 53.4 | 31.9 The relation of these three forms is so obviously geographic, and reflects so strikingly the effect of environment, it seems desirable to recognize these facts nomenclaturally, as follows. | Heliosciurus rufobrachium pasha (Schwann) _Sciurus rufobrachiatus pasha Scuwann, 1904, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XIII, January, p. 72. Type locality, Bellima, Mombuttu, Belgian Congo. Heliosciurus rufobrachiatus pasha Tuomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473, (part). The Irumu specimen. Represented by 12 specimens (7 males, 5 females), all adult, col- lected as follows: Niangara, 10 (6 o&, 4 2), November 9-20, 1910. Faradje, 2 (o’, 2), December 2, 1911. The type locality of Sciurus rufobrachium pasha Schwann is given as “Bellima, Mombuttu,” the type being an adult male collected by Emin Pasha, July 13, 1883. Bellima does not now exist, Mr. Lang in- forms me. It was long since abandoned by the natives. But its former site was about 25 miles southeast of the present Niangara. Hence the ten specimens in the Lang-Chapin Collection are practically topotypes, from which the two from Faradje are indistinguishable. 48 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Collectors’ measurements of the Niangara series (6 males, 4 females) : Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear o& 478 (470-488) 223 (216-235) 250 (245-260) 57.3 (54-59) 18.7 (17-19) Q 467 (455-479) 217 (215-227) 250 (242-257) 55.0 (53-56) 18.5 (17-20) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth (=occipito-nasal length) (=greatest breadth) oo 52.4 (51.0-54.0) 30.3 (29.1-31.3) 9. db1.7 (9.2-55.7) 30.8 (28.8-32.0) This form is readily distinguishable from those recorded below from localities more to the southward, including Medje, Niapu, and Avakubi, by its much paler general coloration and very much lighter underparts. Heliosciurus rufobrachium medijianus, new subspecies Heliosciurus rufobrachiatus pasha THomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473, (part). The Medje and ‘‘Poko”’ specimens. ‘‘ Poko” = south of Poko, in forest probably nearer Niapu than Poko. Type, No. 50761, @ adult, Medje, Belgian Congo, January 17, 1910; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. Orig. No. 487. Larger and darker than H. 7. pasha, the underparts very much darker, the white tips of tail hairs much shorter, inside of limbs with much more rufous. Differs from H.r. rubricatus in lacking the strong rufous suffusion of the underparts and the intense rufous of inside of limbs, throat and anal region. Collectors’ measurements of type: Total length, 502 mm.; head and body, 224; tail vertebree, 278; hind foot, 59; ear, 20. Skull (type): Greatest length (=occipito-nasal length), 53.6; condyloincisive length, 49.3; least interorbital breadth, 15.8; tip to tip of postorbital processes, 23.7; postorbital breadth, 16.1; breadth of braincase, 22.2; zygomatic breadth, 30.7; length of nasals, 16.1; breadth of nasals anteriorly, 8.4, do. at posterior border, 5; length of maxillary toothrow, 10. . Represented by 36 specimens (of which 23 are topotypes), taken as follows: Avakubi, north side of Ituri River toward Bosobangi, 1 (“ adult), April 11, 1914. Bosobangi, 1 ( 9 adult), December 24, 1909. Gamangul, 1 (o adult), February 7, 1910. Medje, 23 (13 adult, 10 immature): 9 (6.7, 3 9, all adult), January 15-20, 1910; 10 (50%, 5, all immature, ranging in age from nurslings to half-grown), April 10, August 3-September 14, 1910; 4 (207, 29, adults—1 complete skeleton), March 22, 1910; February 28, April 2, 6, 1914. Niapu, 9 (7o7, 29, of which 6 are adult and 3 immature), November 14— December 8, 1913. Akenge, 1 ( 9 adult), October 16, 1913. Collectors’ measurements of 13 adults (8 «, 5 9) from Medje: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebrz Hind Foot Ear o& 497 (441-534) 241 (225-254) 256 (211-292) 58.4 (55-62) 18.5 (17-20) Q 495 (475-502) 231 (224-238) 264 (246-278) 57.5 (56-59) 18.2 (17-20) > 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuridxe 49 Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth guy 00.0 (0) 7—54. 9) 30.7 (28.9-31.9) @ 52.5 (51.4-53.6) 30.5 (29.4-31.6) Collectors’ measurements of 6 adult specimens (407, 2 9) from Niapu: Total length, 507 (487-524); head and body, 239 (229-247); tail vertebre 268 (255-280); hind foot, 58.3 (53-61); ear, 17.5 (17-18). Skull (5 of the same specimens, 4 o’, 1 9): Greatest length, 53.4 (52.4—54.2); zygomatic breadth, 31.0 (29.8-31.6). Collectors’ measurements of 4 specimens (2 o’, 2 2) from other localities near Niapu (Bosobangi 2, Gamangui 1, Akenge 1): Total length, 493 (452-542); head and body, 237 (225-251); tail vertebre, 265 (248-291); hind foot, 54.5 (53-56); ear, 18 (16-19). Skull (same specimens): Greatest length, 52.8 (51.9-53.9); zygomatic breadth, 50:3 (29.7-31.8). The specimens from Niapu and other localities near Niapu agree closely in coloration and other features with the type series from Medje. The large series from Medje is especially interesting from the fact that it contains a large number of young specimens, ranging in age from nurslings to nearly half grown. Of six nurslings (the only teeth pre- sent are the incisors) one was taken April 10, and five August 3, 5, and 24, three of them being from the same litter. Four others are a week or two older (taken September 2, 9, 18, 14) with the first cheek- teeth just breaking through the gums. The coloration of these young specimens differs from that of adults of the same series in no mate- rial respect in either pattern or color. The pelage is, of course, much softer with more underfur, and the ventral surface is more heavily clothed, and hence the color areas are more sharply outlined. The hair of the dorsal surface differs from that of adults in the annulations being apparently narrower, an effect due probably to the shorter pelage. The hairs on the sides of the body are minutely tipped with whitish passing gradually into buffy or pale fulvous toward the midline of the back, as is the case with adults, so that the surface effect is exactly as in the latter. On the ventral surface the color areas are more sharply defined than in adults, owing to the thinner and less complete cqndition of the coat in the latter. All have the pectoral white patch indicated, and in nearly all it is pure white and forms a conspicuous mark, although varying greatly in size in different individuals. Those in which it is largest have also a small tuft of pure white soft hairs at the axillz, which is obsolete in those that have the pectoral mark only slightly developed. The sides of the nose, chin, and upper throat are dull yellowish brown, becoming paler posteriorly. The inside of the fore and hind limbs is pale yellowish rufous, 50 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII which deepens on the lower hind limbs and anal region to a much darker tone, and is more or less strongly diffused over the basal portion of the underside of the tail. The mid-abdominal region (axillz to loins) is a grizzle of dull brown and pale buffy, with a tendency to a lighter median line. The upper surface of the fore and hind feet is mixed dark rufous and black, the black basal portion of the hairs showing more or less at the surface. Individual color variation in adults is due primarily to the amount of rufous suffusion present, varying from a strong rufous tone throughout the pelage to its almost entire absence. Specimens of either of these types, however, are exceptional. The specimen selected as type of medjianus represents the average condition. The extreme rufous ex- amples strongly approach rubricatus and indicate intergradation between the two forms. The specimens recorded by Thomas from Medje and Poko as referable to H. r. pasha (loc. cit.) should doubtless be referred to medjianus, since these localities are in the type region of the latter. Heliosciurus rufobrachium rubricatus, new subspecies Type, No. 50748, o adult, near the Lubila River, an affluent of the Tshopo River, about 50 miles southwest of Avakubi (south of the Ituri River), Belgian Congo, September 20, 1909; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin, Orig. No. 123. Similar to H. r. medjianus in size and color of upperparts; underparts more strongly suffused with rufous; inside of fore and hind limbs and anal region intense dark rufous; upper surface of feet, wrists and ankles, and median basal underside of tail chestnut-rufous. . Collectors’ measurements of type: Total length, 552 mm.; head and body, 255; tail vertebre, 297; hind foot, 61; ear, 19. Skull (type): Greatest length (=occipito-nasal), 55.4; condyloincisive length, 51.2; least interorbital breadth, 16.7; tip to tip of postorbital processes, 25.6; postorbital breadth, 14.4; breadth of brain-case, 23.1; zygomatic breadth, 31.5; length of nasals, 17.6; breadth of nasals anteriorly, 8.3, do. at posterior border, 6.6; length of maxillary toothrow, 10.9. Represented by 9 specimens, as follows: Avakubi, 7 (3 o, 3 9, all adult, 1 in alcohol), October 1, 13, December 8, 1909, January 12, 24, June 22, and August 26, 1914. Bafwasende (35 miles south of Avakubi), 1 (o adult), September 23, 1909. Lubila, 1 (o adult), September 20, 1909. Collectors’ measurements of 6 specimens (3 o, 3 @) from Avakubi: Total length, 501 (482-525); head and body, 234 (226-253); tail vertebree, 262 (251-279); hind foot, 59.3 (54-63); ear, 18.3 (17-20). Skull (4 of same specimens—2 too much broken for measurement): Greatest length, 53.4 (52.4-54.8); zygomatic breadth, 31.9 (29.7-83.4). The relation of the present form to medjianus has been indicated in the detailed comparison already given (pp. 45 to 47) of the three forms 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuride Dik of the rufobrachium group represented in the present collection. The differences that distinguish medjzanus from pasha are greatly intensified in rubricatus, the northward range of which appears to be limited by the Ituri River. Heliosciurus multicolor Group Heliosciurus multicolor lateris Thomas Heliosciurus multicolor lateris THomas, 1909, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) IV, August, p. 102. Type locality, Lado, Mongalla. Represented by one specimen, subadult female, Aba, Belgian Congo, December 12, 1911. Collectors’ measurements: Total length, 390 mm.; head and body, 185; tail vertebree, 205; hind foot, 45 (s. u. 42.5); ear, 15. Skull: Greatest length, 45.4; condyloincisive length, 40.7; zygo- matic breadth, 36. Provisionally referred to this subspecies, with the description of which it well agrees. Funisciurus Trouessart Funisciurus (subgenus of Sciurus) TrovEssartT, 1880, Le Naturaliste, II, No. 37, October 1, p. 298. Genotype, by monotypy, Sciurus isabella Gray = Funisciurus lemniscatus isabella (Gray). A few weeks later (idem, 1880, II, No. 40, November 15, p. 315) he designated Sciurus lemniscatus LeConte as type of Funisciurus, on the assumption that S. isabella Gray was a strict synonym of the earlier S. lemniscatus. Funisciurus anerythrus anerythrus (Thomas) Sciurus pyrrhopus anerythrus THomas, 1890, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, pp. 447, 448, PI. XL, animal. Two specimens. Type locality, Buguera. Funisciurus anerythrus THomAs, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473. Mawambi (1), Avakubi (1), Medje (6), Poko (15 specimens). Represented by 28 specimens, taken at five localities, as follows: Avakubi, 7 (2 o’, 1 adult, 1 immature; 5 9, all adult), October 7, November 5, 24, 1909, February 11, April 8, 1914. Ngayu, 2 (2 9—1 adult, 1 immature), December 17, 1909. Gamangui, 6 (1 o’, 5 9—2 2 immature), January 30, February 7, 15, 19, 1910. Medje, 8 (38 o', 5 9—2 oO, 2 GY immature), January 18-24, September 26, October 5, 1910, April 3, May 25, June 15, 1914. Niangara, 5 (1 o adult, 4 9 —2 immature), November 7, 15, 20, 1910. Collectors’ measurements of 14 adult specimens (4 males, 10 females, all middle-aged to adult) from Ngayu, 1 (9); Avakubi, 4 (1 o&, 3 @); Gamangul, 4 (1 o’,3 2); Medje, 2 (1%, 1 2); Niangara, 3 (10,2 9). 52 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear 355 (346-368) 186 (183-193) 165 (163-175) 46.5 (46-48) 18.0 (17-19) Q 356 (348-365) 189 (181-195) 168 (160-183) 47.1 (45-49) 17.4 (16-19) The above measurements indicate a slightly greater size for the females, as is the case also in F’. pyrropus akka from about the same locali- ties. The underparts vary considerably in the amount of buffy or ochrace- ous wash on the ventral surface, independently of season or locality, the palest being nearly white and a few (four out of twenty-eight) closely approaching the average of the Niapu series of twenty-two described below. Funisciurus anerythrus niapu, new subspecies Type, No. 50877, & adult, Niapu, Belgian Congo, November 9, 1913; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin, Orig. No. 2120. Similar to typical anerythrus, but underparts averaging much darker and more ochraceous, the ochraceous tips of the hairs being longer and brownish ochraceous, often wholly concealing the dark basal portion of the pelage. Collectors’ measurements of the type: Total length, 359 mm.; head and body, 190; tail vertebre, 169; hind foot, 47; ear, 18. Skull (type): Greatest length (=occipito-nasal), 45.7; condyloincisive length, 40.7; least interorbital breadth, 11.7; tip to tip of postorbital processes, 19.2; post- orbital breadth, 16.1; breadth of brain-case, 20.1; zygomatic breadth, 25.5; length of nasals, 12.2; breadth of nasals anteriorly, 4.6, do. posteriorly, 5.9; length of maxillary toothrow, 8.1. Represented by 24 specimens collected as follows: Niapu, 22 (10 «1, 12 92—3 & and 4 @ immature) all collected November 9-30, 1913, except one taken at same locality a month later (December 25). Stanleyville, 2 (o, 92 in alcohol), September 6, 1909, January 18, 1915. Collectors’ measurements of 13 adult specimens from Niapu (6 males, all adult; 7 females, of which 3 are young adults) : Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear & 356 (337-390) 195 (181-226) 162 (155-169) 45.7 (45-47) 17.3 (17-19) Q@ 350 (340-364) 199 (178-205) 163 (157-165) 46.0 (45-47) 17.3 (16-18) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth o 46.5 (48.6-49.0) 25.7 (24.7-26.7) 9 46.9 (44.9-49.7) 25.2 (24.4-26.3) It is clearly evident that the marked difference in the coloration of the underparts, which alone distinguishes strongly the Niapu specimens from all of those from the other six localities to the eastward, is not seasonal rather than geographic, the fact being that the greater part of the adults from the other localities were taken at the same season (most of them during the same month) as those from Niapu. A series of five from 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuride 53 Niangara were all taken in November; five others from Avakubi were taken October 7 to November 24; five from Medje were also taken near the same season (September 26, October 5, and January 18-24). When laid out in two series, the specimens from Niapu in one and those from the other localities in the other, it is seen that only a few of the most heavily colored specimens from the eastern localities equal the palest of the Niapu series in either the extent or intensity of the ochraceous wash of the ventral surface. While a few of the lighter colored specimens in the Niapu series can be matched by a few of the darkest specimens in the other, and thus indicate intergradation, the average difference is striking, particularly when the palest specimens of the two series are compared. It seems desirable therefore to recognize the Niapu series in nomenclature as a saturate type of the group, especially since a pale form of anerythrus (F. a. bandarum Thomas) has been desig- nated from the upper Shari River. In the present connection it may be of interest to give the results of a comparison, especially in respect to size, of the F. pyrropus akka series of thirty-two specimens with the fifty-two of the F. anerythrus group, since both were collected at the same time at about the same localities. First it may be stated that the two forms of anerythrus show no differ- ence in size, and the same is true also of the akka and anerythrus series, in either external or cranial measurements. Nor am I able to distinguish the skull of akka by any feature from the skull of anerythrus. In the coloration of the upperparts there is also a close resemblance, the chief distinction being the color of the lateral line, which is pale buffy in akka and white in anerythrus, often indistinct in both. The tail is also alike in both, on both surfaces. But the difference in the color of the outside of the limbs (including the upper surface of the feet) and the ventral surface is striking. In anerythrus the legs and feet externally and the sides and front of the head are brown with a dull cinnamon-rufous suffu- sion; in akka intense brownish rufous, particularly on the hind limbs and feet. In anerythrus the whole ventral surface and inside of limbs is heavily washed with ochraceous (ochre-yellow to ochraceous rufous), the basal third of the hairs pale plumbeous; in akka everywhere clear white to the base of the hairs. As both anerythrus and akka live together abundantly at all localities from which either is represented in the __?The Niangara series, as might be expected, is the palest of all, but the Avakubi specimens merge with them; the palest specimen is an old male from Avakubi, taken October 7, which is white below with a slight buffy wash over the thoracic region. 54 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII present collection, with not a single intermediate in a joint series of eighty-four specimens, it is evident that their status is that of distinct species. Yet in measurements and proportions and in the coloration of the upperparts (front and sides of head and lateral line excluded) the two forms are practically indistinguishable. In respect to measurements, two series of adults, comprising 13 specimens of nzapu and 14 of akka, afford the following data: | External Measurements Total Head and Tail Verte- Hind Foot Ear Length Body bree F. anerythrus niapu = 345 184 161 45.9 17.4 F. pyrropus akka 345 186 159 46.7 17. Skull Measurements Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth F. anerythrus niapu 47.4 25.2 F. pyrropus akka 46.8 24.2 The measurements and proportions are thus practically identical in the two forms, the averages in external measurements (taken from speci- mens in the flesh by the collectors) varying from 0 to 2 mm., and those of the skulls from 0.6 to 1 mm. Funisciurus pyrropus akka de Winton Sciurus pyrrhopus THOMAS, 1888, Proc. Zo6él. Soc. London, p. 9. Two specimens. Type locality, Tingasi, Monbuttu, Belgian Congo. Sciurus emini DE WINTON, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XVI, August, p. 197. Not Sciurus emini Stuhlmann, 1894. Funisciurus akka DE WinTON, 1899, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) IV, December, p. 357. To replace Sciurus emini de Winton, preoccupied. Funisciurus akka Toomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473. Medje (4), Poko (7 specimens). Represented by 32 specimens, taken at 7 localities, as follows: Boyulu, 1 ( & adult), September 22, 1909. Avakubi, 1 (@ adult), July 16, 1914. Gamangui, 4 (3 & adult, 1 2 immature), January 28, February 7, 18, 1910. Medje, 7 (2 #7, 5 2—4 immature), January 23, March 25, April 1, 4, September 4, 29, 1910, June 24, 1914. Niapu, 13 (5 7, 8 @, all adult), November 12-30, December 27, AOI ean. | Akenge, 3 (1 o&, 2 2), September 29, October 10, 11, 1918. Niangara, 3 (1 0, 2 9, all adult), November 9, 10, 1910. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuride SB) Collectors’ measurements of 13 youngish adults from Niapu (5 males, 8 females) : : Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear S&S 387 (317-355) 186 (176-201) 151 (141-159) 47.6 (47-48) 18.2 (18-19) Q 349 (322-371) 189 (165-206) 160 (145-173) 47.6 (45-49) 17.5 (16-18) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth So 46.2 (45.448.1) 25.5 (24. 7-26. 2) Q@ 45.7 (45.2-47.9) 25.4 (25.0-26.8) Only three of the thirteen Niapu specimens of which measurements are given above are old adults (1 o, 2 9 ), as indicated by the condition of the teeth and sexual organs (scrotum present in the male, mammez conspicuous in the females); in the othér ten the dentition is complete but the teeth are unworn or only slightly worn, and no mamme are distinguishable in the females. The measurements below of thirteen specimens from other localities (all that are available) include only adults of middle age or older, and thus average, as would be expected, larger than the Niapu series, which consists almost entirely of rather young adults. Collectors’ measurements of 13 specimens (6 males, 7 females, all middle aged or old) from other localities (Akenge, Avakubi, Boyulu, Ngayu, 1 each; Niangara, 2; Gamangui, 3; Medje, 4): Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear & 335 (322-351) 190 (184-208) 148 (136-156) 48.5 (48-49) 18.7 (18-20) Q@ 344 (317-340) 193 (187-202) 151 (180-161) 47.0 (46-48) 18.4 (18-20) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth o 47.5 (46.4-48.5) 25.7 (24.9-27.1) Q 47.9 (46.4-48.5) 26.3 (24.9-26.7) The above measurements of two series of specimens, totaling 11 males and 15 females, indicate that the females are slightly larger thar the males, but the difference is too small to be diagnostic. The thirty-two specimens of F. p. akka are exceedingly ¢onstant 11 coloration, season and age making very little difference in this respect: The underparts, including the inside of both fore and hind limbs, aré pure white to the base of the fur. Immature and September-November adult specimens show a tendency to a faint pinkish wash on the inside of the hind limbs and (exceptionally—in two or three speéimeénsg oily) on the middle of the belly. The pale buff lateral line running from thé shoulder to the hip varies little in color, but is much better defined in 56 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII some specimens than in others, the posterior half occasionally becoming almost obsolete. The dark color of the back extends laterally to a little below the lateral line, which thus appears to be bordered along the lower side by a narrow dark band, the flanks being lighter and more suffused with yellowish than the dorsal area. The rufous of the outside of the limbs and upper surface of the feet varies considerably in tone, from light intense rufous to dull brownish rufous. The red on the sides and front of the head shares this variability of tone. Fully adult specimens are also very constant in size, the chief varia- tion being in the length of the tail, which may be somewhat shorter or longer than the normal length, thus contributing a variable element in the total length. The tail vertebre are considerably shorter than the head and body, forming about 46 per cent of the total length, and about 84 per cent of the head and body length. The two pairs of mamme are both inguinal. Funisciurus p. akka differs from typical pyrropus in slightly smaller size and in the rufous of the limbs and head being less vivid and of a browner tone, but several specimens of the present series closely approach specimens of pyrropus from the Cameroon coast region. Funisciurus congicus congicus (Kuhl) Sciurus congicus Kun1, 1820, Beitr. Zodl., part 2, p. 66. Congo. Represented by one specimen, adult male, Leopoldville, July 6, 1909. Collectors’ measurements: Total length, 320 mm.; head ane body, 253; tail vertebre, 167; hind foot, 39. Skull: Greatest Tenge 39.1; zygomatic breadth, 26. This specimen is referable to the F’. congicus group, but whether it represents the typical form is not now determinable. It is evidently not F.. congicus interior Thomas, from Inkongo. Tamiscus Thomas Tamiscus Tuomas, 1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) I, p. 38. Genotype, by original designation, Sciwrus emint Stuhlmann. Tamiscus (subgenus of Paraxerus) HouutstErR, 1919, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 99, part 2, May 16, p. 14. Tamiscus emini emini (Stuhlmann) Sciurus emini StuHLMANN (ex Matschie Ms.), 1894, ‘Mit Emin Pasha,’ I, part 1, p. 320 (footnote), p. 321, fig. animal. NrumMANN, 1902, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, p. 180; ‘‘Liander zwischen Albert Edward und Albert Nyansa und nord- westlich des Albert Nyansa bis Monbuttu.”’ 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuride AY. Parazxerus boehmi emini THomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, Decem- ber, p. 473. Medje (4), Mawambi (4), Poko (9 specimens). Tamiscus emini emini Tuomas, 1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 1, January, p. 34. Represented by 57 specimens (32 o”, 25 2, of which 8 are immature, including 3 nurslings), from eleven localities, extending from Stanleyville to Faradje, as follows: Stanleyville, 10 (6 o&, 4 @, three of them immature), collected August 11—28, 1909. Batama, near Stanleyville, 1 (co adult), September 16, 1909. Avakubi, 6 (3 #7, 3 2, all adult), October 8, 12, 13, 22, November 9, 1909, and January 22, 1914. Ngayu, 3 (1 o, 2 Q, all adult), December 16-24, 1909. Bafwabaka, 7 (4 co’, 3 @, all adult), December 28-31, 1909, and January 5, 7, 1910. Medje, 10 (6 &, 4 2, of which 4 are immature, including 2 nurs- lings), January 15-20, 1910 (7, all adult but one), March 24, 1914 (a nursling), and September 4, 9, 1914 (both immature, 1 a nursling). Gamangui, 1 (Q adult), February 4, 1910. Pawa, 1 (co adult), October 20, 1910. Niangara, 5 (3 o’, 2 @, all adult), November 7—15, 1910, and May 18, 1913. Faradje, 1 (o' adult), December 2, 1911. Niapu, 12 (8 &, 4 9, all adult), November 14-25, 1913. Collectors’ Measurements of Thirty-five Adults No. of Locality |Speci-| Total Length |Head and Body} Tail Vertebre | Hind Foot Ear mens Stanleyville| 7 |284(271-300)|127 (119-135) |/158 (150-170) |35 .0(84—36)|13 .0(12-14) Avakubi 5 |277(269-287) |125 (122-128) |156 (147-165) |34 . 5(83-37)|13 .3(12-14) Niapu 12 |276(267—292)|127(120-137) |148(1380-159)|32.6(31-35)|13 .6(12-15) Medje 6 |282(275—283) |126(123-130) |154(152-158) |34.0(33-36)|13 .6(13-14) Niangara 5 |275(252-294) |128(121-141) |149(141—-156) (33. 4(31-35)|13 .0(12-14) Skull Measurements (Thirty-three of the Specimens in Table Above) Locality No. of Specimens Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth Stanleyville 6 35.0 (84.3-35.9) 19.5 (19.1-19.7) Avakubi 5 33.8 (33.1-34.8) 19.4 (19.1-19.7) Niapu 12 34.4 (33.1-35.0) 19.1 (18.3-19.6) Medje 5 34.2 (83.7-34.9) 19.3 (18.6-19.7) Niangara 5 34.2 (32.9-34.9) 19.2 (18.5-19.8) D8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII The discrepancies in the average size at the different localities given in the table is doubtless ascribable to differences in the average age of the specimens. This large series, from a wide range of localities, is astonish’ uni- form in coloration, Stanleyville and Niangara specimens being indistin- guishable. Season and age appear to exert little influence on coloration of adults, excluding a few specimens in obviously worn pelage. In two nurslings the general coloration of the upperparts is slightly more yellow- ish than in adults and the black dorsal stripes are more sharply defined, owing to the shortness of the pelage. Tamiscus alexandri (Thomas and Wroughton) Funisciurus alexandri THOMAS AND WrouGHTON, 1907, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XIX, May, p. 376. Type locality, Gudima, Iri River, Upper Uele (2specimens). Paraxerus alexandri THomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473. Medje (4), Poko (1 specimen). Tamiscus alecandri THomas, 1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) I, January, p. 37. Represented by 19 specimens ( 8c’, 11 2), from 8 localities (Ava- kubi to Faradje), collected as follows: Avakubi, 4 (1 0’, 3 2, 3 adult, 1 9 embryo i in alcohol), November 23, 1913, and January 3, February 22, September 3, 1914. Negayu, 2 (@, o, adult), December 22, 24, 1909. Gamangui, 5 (1 o’', 4 @), January 28, February 8-11, 1910. Medje, 2 (co, 9), April 1, May 25, 1914. Pawa, 1 (co adult), October 10, 1910. Nala, 1 (@ in alcohol), July 1913. Rungu, 1 (2 adult), October 28, 1910. Faradje, 3 (o’, all adult), November 29, December 2, 1911. Collectors’ measurements of 4 adults (1 o’, 3 9) from Gamangui: Total length, 215 (214-217); head and body, 105.5 (105-107); tail vertebre, 110 (109-112); hind foot, 30 (29-31); ear, 14 (all 14). Skulls of the same specimens and one other from same locality: Greatest length, 29.5 (29.3-29 9); zygomatic breadth, 17.8 (17.3-18.3). Collector’s measurements of 3 adult males from Faradje: Total length, 219 (212-226); head and body, 107 (104-109); tail vertebre, 112.3 (108-117); hind foot, 29.7 (29-30); ear, 13 (12-14). Skulls of the same specimens: Greatest length, 29.7 (29.5-29.9); zygomatic breadth, 17.9 (17.4-18.6). Collectors’ measurements of 9 specimens from other localities (Ava- kubi, 3; Pawa, 1; Rungu, 1; Medje, 2; Ngayu, 2): Total length, 217 (210-230); head and body, 104 (96-107); tail vertebree, 112 (103-118); hind foot, 29.9 (29-31); ear, 13.5 (12-15). 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuride 59 Skulls, 8 of the same specimens: Greatest length, 28.9 (28.1—29.4) ; zygomatic breadth, 17.4 (16.9-17.7). The middle of the back between the dark stripes is pale fulvous, yellower than the sides of body, bordered on each side by a black and a dull yellowish white stripe, and in many specimens indistinct traces of a short blackish stripe outside of the whitish one. In the November, December, January, and February specimens the black and white stripes are sharply defined but in April, May, and October they are usu- ally much less distinct owing to fading and wear. The white border of the ears is at all times a conspicuous feature. PRoToxERus Major Protoxerus (subgenus of Xerus) Masor, 1893, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, (June 1), p. 189, Pl. vin, figs. 7, 8, Pl. rx, figs. 7, 8. Genotype, by subsequent designation (Thomas, 1897), Sciurus stangeri Waterhouse. Protoxerus stangeri centricola (Thomas) Sciurus stangert centricola Tuomas, 1906, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XVIII, October, pp. 295, 297. Type locality, Katabi, Entebbe, Uganda (6 specimens). Protoxerus stangeri centricola THoMAs, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 473. Moera (3), Alimasi (2), Mawambi (2), ‘‘Poko’’! (13 specimens), Belgian Congo. Represented by 54 specimens (30 males, 24 females); all adult but 4; among them 2 skeletons and 2 alcoholic; taken as follows: Stanleyville, 1 (c”), September 30, 1914. Kamunionge, southeast of Bafwasende, 1 (o”), September 21, 1909. Avakubi, 5 (1 o%,2 9), June4, August 11, 26, 1914; (2 &, alcoholic), August 20, 24, 1914. Negayu, 7 (3 o&’', 4 9), December 11—238, 1909. Bafwabaka, 2 (co, 2), December 30, 1909, and January 7, 1910. Gamangul, 4 (3 o’, 1 2), January 29, and February 8, 9, 20, 1910. Medje, 6 (2 o', 4 2), January 20, 23, March 15, September 10, 15, 1910, and February 27, 1914. Niapu, 20 (12 o’, 82), November 14-30, December 2, 19, 1913, and January 2, 1914. Akenge, 5 (2 co’, 3 2), October 1-17, 1913. Niangara, 2 (o’, 2), November 12, 19, 1910. Faradje, 1 (o*), November 30, 1911. 1Mr. Lang believes that Dr. Christy’s specimens recorded as from ** Poko’’ were really taken in the forest belt, farther south, toward Niapu. 60 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII As indicated above, 20 of the 54 specimens were taken at Niapu, all but three during the last half of the month of November; all were adults in fresh pelage. Niapu is about 60 miles south of Poko, from which locality a large series collected by Dr. Christy has been referred by Thomas (loc. cit., 1915, p. 473) to this subspecies. Collectors’ measurements of the Niapu series (12 males, 8 females): Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear o& 6587 (551-628) 284 (271-309) 301 (270-350) 69.8 (65-75) 22.3 (21-24) Q@ 6591 (584-611) 283 (277-297) 307 (800-314) 69.8 (65-73) 22.0 (21-23) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth ( =occipito-nasal length) (=greatest breadth) S& 67.23 (64.8-68.7) 37.5 (35.8-38.5) Q 66.6 (64.6-68.7) 37.6 (36.3-38.1) Collectors’ measurements of 15 adults (8 males, 7 females) from other localities (Avakubi 3, Bafwabaka 1, Stanleyville 1, Gamangui 3, Kamunionge 1, Medje 3, Ngayu 1, Niangara 2): Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear 3S 577 (557-590) 280 (261-296) 290 (277-314) 69.0 (68-71) 22.0 (21-24) Q 586 (570-610) 290 (284-296) 292 (280-315) 68.4 (65-71) 21.7 (20-23) Skulls, same specimens: Greatest Length Zygomatic Breadth (=occipito-nasal length) (=greatest breadth) o 66.5 (64.6-67.0) 36.7 (35.5-37.8) Q@ 66.2 (64.5-68.5) 36.8 (35.4-88.0) The external measurements of the head, body, and tail! of the type of centricola (an old female from Entebbe), ‘‘taken on the skin,” consid- erably exceed the averages given above, but the foot, allowing 5 or 6 mm. for the claws, is about equal to the smallest records of our specimens measured in the field, and the greatest length of the skull (66.5 mm.) differs less than a millimeter from the average of the 35 adult specimens from the Belgian Congo given above. The coloration of this large series is rather uniform, half-grown speci- mens differing scarcely at all from the adults. A few of the latter, in somewhat worn pelage, are a little pale from evident bleaching. The extension of the gray of the dorsal region forward upon the head varies somewhat, in some specimens gray-tipped hairs covering the crown as far as the eyes, in others only as far as the front base of the ears. 1“ Head and body (overstretched) 310 mm.; tail, 330; hind foot, 61.’’ DS 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuridx 61 Protoxerus stangeri signatus Thomas Protoxerus stangeri signatus THoMAS, 1910, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) V, January, p. 85. Type locality, Lodja, Upper Lukenie River, Belgian Congo. A single specimen from Bolobo (skin without skull), presented to the Expedition by Dr. Gerling, is apparently referable to this form which, as indicated by the description based on the type specimen from Lodja, it closely resembles. The type locality is some 400 miles east of Bolobo. The differences from the series of P. s. centricola as recorded above are ‘slight and it is here recognized mainly on geographical grounds. Euxerus Thomas ‘Euxerus THomas, 1909, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) III, June, p. 473. Genotype, by original designation, Sciurus erythopus Geoffroy. Euxerus erythopus lacustris (Thomas) Xerus erythropus lacustris THomas, 1905, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XV, April, 3 p. 388. Masindi, Unyoro. Eucxerus erythropus lacustris THomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 474. ““Panga”’ (near Poko) (3), Poko (8 specimens). Represented by 30 specimens, collected as follows: Faradje, 20 (2 ¢ and 10 @ adults, 1 nursling, 7 one-fourth to one- third grown), February 20, 22, 26, March 4, 5, 14, 31, April 3, 11, 29, 30, May 27, June 29, September 3, 11, 1911, October 16, December 14, 1912, January 10, 12, 1913. Niangara, 9 (2 adult, 7 immature, of which 5 are nurslings), Nov- ember 12-28, December 22, 1910, and January 2, 1911. Rungu, 1 (* adult), January 30, 1913. Collectors’ measurements of 11 adults (2 males, 9 females) from ’ Faradje: Total length, 492 (474-515); head and body, 282 (259-297) ; tail vertebree, 209 (189-230); hind foot, 72 (68-75); ear, 18.8 (18-20). Skulls, same specimens: Greatest length, 65.1 (63.6-67.2); zygo- matic breadth, 34.2 (33.7-34.6). The three localities at which specimens were taken are all in the open districts of the savannah in the northeastern Belgian Congo. Young specimens a few weeks old are similar in coloration to the adults, the pattern being the same, but a little lighter in tone, the light tips to the hairs of the upperparts, owing to the shortness of the pelage, concealing the darker basal portion. The tail, however, is externally white, the long white tips of the hairs usually wholly concealing the broad subapical black zone of the tail hairs. Later, as the animal increases in size, the black base of the hairs forms a narrow black median line on both 62 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIT the upper and the lower surfaces of the tail; still later, in specimens one- third to half grown, both surfaces of the tail are grizzled black and white, with the sides and tip white, and the body pelage, in texture and colora- tion, has become like that of adults, the juvenal coat having been re- placed by molt. ANOMALURIDZ The one hundred and twenty-five specimens of Anomaluridz repre- sent three of the four superspecific groups of this family proposed by Matschie in 1914,! and are referable to three forms. ANOMALURUS Waterhouse Anomalurus WATERHOUSE, 1842, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., X, pp. 201, 202; 1842, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, (January 1843), pp. 124-127. Genotype, by monotypy (also by original designation), Anomalurus fraseri Waterhouse. Aroxthrus WATERHOUSE, 1842, Proc. Zod]. Soc. London, (January 1843), p. 124, footnote. Substitute name to replace Anomalurus Waterhouse in case the latter is found to be preoccupied. Anomalurus, as restricted by Matschie (loc. cit., 1914), includes about a dozen forms, the greater part of which are subspecies of A. frasert. Anomalurus jacksoni jacksoni de Winton Anomalurus jacksoni DE WINTON, 1898, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) I, March, p- 251. Ntebe (=Entebbe), Uganda. Anomalurus jacksoni THoMAs, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 472. Moera (1), Medje (2), Poko (5 specimens). Represented by 58 specimens (25 males, 29 females, all adult but 3, including 4 in alcohol, 4 skeletons, and a skull), collected as follows: Avakubi, 2 (co, @ in alcohol), March 31, April 14, 1914. Medje, 28 (12 &%, 18 2; 2 in alcohol, 4 skeletons), January 20-24, March 6-21, April 9-26, May 2, August 1, 3, September 9, 16, October - 6, 1910. Gamangui, 1 (skull only), February 1, 1910. Niapu, 16 (10 &, 6 2), November 12-18, December 2-19, 1913. Akenge, 7 (o’', 6 9—1 @, embryo in alcohol), September 29-30, October 9, 11, 28, 31, 1913. Panga, 4 (o’, 3 2 ), September 14-18, 1914. Collectors’ measurements of 16 adult specimens (9 co’, 72) from Medje: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear & 549 (518-563) 317 (296-332) 2387 (228-250) 61 (58-63) 38.5 (386-41) Q 582 (559-621) 331 (319-342) 258 (240-280) 63 (62-65) 40.0 (389-41) “Bin neuer Anomalurus von der Elfenbeinkiiste.’ Von Paul Matschie. 1914, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, No. 7, July, pp. 349-351. (1) Anomalurus Waterhouse, (2) Anomalurodon, (3) Anomalurops, (4) Anomalurella. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuridz 63 Skulls, same series: Occipito-nasal Length Zygomatic Breadth Gui50-0) (ba15-54.3) ; 36.9 (35.0-38.0) OP ai lepop-OSeo) 38.3 (35.0-39.8) Collectors’ measurements of 15 adult specimens (8 o’, 7 2) from Niapu: 7 Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebrz Hind Foot Ear & 559 (540-570) 313 (298-323) 248 (222-267) 60.4 (58-65) 37.6 (35-39) Q 582 (554-628) 311 (301-344) 261 (252-284) 61.3 (62-64) 38.1 (36-40) Skulls, same series: Occipito-nasal Length Zygomatic Breadth 6100.0) (One 2-017 28) 37.5 (36. 1-38 .0) 0757-2 (56,0-58 .9) 37.5 (36.8-38.4) The three adults (1 &, 2 9) from Panga agree in proportions and measurements with the Medje and Niapu specimens. The single speci- men from Avakubi is a young adult male. In compiling the measurements given above only specimens in which the dentition was fully mature were used; but while the relative number with unworn teeth varies in the different categories, and tends to lower the average for the series when they predominate, this factor, in the present series, does not account for the slightly larger average size of the females in the above statistical summaries. In the discarded specimens the last molar was not fully developed, varying in different specimens from just breaking the alveolus to one-half to two-thirds full height, but still unpigmented. In such specimens the total length of the skull ranges from 50 to 53 mm., as against 55 to 58 mm. in adults. ANOMALURELLA Matschie Anomalurella Matscuim, 1914, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, July, p. 351. Genotype, by original designation, Anomalurus pusillus Thomas. Anomalurella pusilla (Thomas) Anomalurus pusillus THomas, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) XX, December, p. 440; 1888, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 8, Pl. 1, animal. Bellima, 1 @ (type); Tingasi, 1 o. Anomalurus pusillus THomas, 1915, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XVI, December, p. 472. Moera (1), Medje (4), Poko (7 specimens). Represented by 53 specimens (21 o’, 29 2), of which 5 are immature (but none very young), 2 are skulls only, 4 skeletons, and 2 in alcohol, collected as follows: Avakubi, 1 (2), September 18, 1913. Ngayu, 2 (2 2), December 17, 20, 1909. 64 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII Medje, 36 (12 #7, 21 2—2 &, 2 2 immature, 2 skulls, 4skeletons, 1 embryo in alcohol), January 16-26, March 8-26, April 4-27, May 14, _ June 30, August 18, October 7, 1910, March 23, June 25, 1914. Niapu, 10 (7 &, 3 2), November 19, 24, 26, December 4-9, 16, 1913. | Akenge, 4 (2 o, 2 9), September 30, October 14, 16, 1913. Collectors’ measurements of 23 adults (7 o', 16 2) from Medje: Total Length Head and Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear o 371 (359-390) 227 (210-242) 144 (138-152) 43.0 (40-46) 29.8 (30-32) Q 373 (357-401) 230 (212-246) 148 (141-157) 44.5 (40-47) 30.0 (30-32) Skulls (10 o&, 14 2), same series: Occipito-nasal Length Zygomatic Breadth co 44.8 (48.6-46.6) 29.8 (28.0-30.9) Q 45.2 (43.6-47.6) 29.9 (28.0-30.8) Collectors’ measurements of 9 adults (7 o’, 2 9) from Niapu: Total length, 371 (853-382); head and body, 219 (213-227); tail verte- bre, 143 (130-147); hind foot, 43.7 (42-46); ear, 29.2 (28-30). Skulls, same specimens: Occipito-nasal length, 45.1 (43.5-46.3); zygomatic breadth, 29.7 (28.3-30.2). Very few of the specimens of the present series conform very closely in the coloration of the upperparts to the original description and accom- panying colored plate of the species, of which it issaid: ‘‘General colour above uniform dark grizzled gray, the tips of the hairs forming a terminal band of pale gray or olivaceous.’”’ In many specimens of the present series this ‘‘terminal band”’ is near ochraceous rufous, intensified in ex- ceptional specimens to pale tawny. One specimen from Akenge may be noted as having the pelage of the back hazel for the terminal haif or more of the hairs, recalling forcibly the dorsal region in A. beldeni Du Chaillu (=? erythronotus Milne-Edwards) but the red is browner. This speci- men, however, is probably abnormal, as the new coat, coming in in patches, conforms to that of normal specimens. ANoMALUROPS Matschie Anomalurops Matscutn, 1914, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, No. 7, July, p. 351. Genotype, by original designation, Anomalurus beecrofti Fraser. This group includes six described forms, the greater part of which appear to be subspecies of A. beecrofti. The type locality of A. beecroftr chapint, described below, is far to the eastward of any previously known locality for the beecrofti group. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuride 65 Anomalurops beecrofti chapini, new subspecies Type, No. 50480, & adult, Medje, Belgian Congo, May 6, 1910; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. American Museum Congo Expedition. Orig. No. 861. Named for James P. Chapin. Smaller and much lighter in color than A. beecrofti citrinus Thomas,! from Benito River, Spanish Guinea. General color above (including membranes), yellowish gray; middle of back from occiput to sacral region with an irregular broad band of ochraceous orange, varied with black, the hairs individually (about 20 mm. in length) mouse-gray basally, passing gradually into a broad band of dull black, followed by a subapical band (5-6 mm. wide) of ochraceous orange and conspicuously tipped with black; hairs of upper surface of membrane for the antero-lateral fourth of the border rigid and intense black; a well-defined patch of white or buffy white at lateral base of ears, indistinctly merging by a downward sweep with the white or whitish half collar in front of shoulders, and the usual small tuft of partly concealed white hairs on occi- put; front and sides of head dull gray or buffy gray, extending laterally to sides of throat; general color below (including membranes) ochraceous buff to base of hairs (varying in some specimens to light buff or even whitish), except on the throat and a broad median band thence to anal region (usually narrowing posteriorly) and the inside of thighs, which parts are intense orange-rufous in high-colored specimens, paler in others; basal third of tail and caudal membrane below like ventral surface, above like the lower back; apical two-thirds of tail dull brown, varying in different specimens from dark brown to pale fulvous brown and even cinnamon-brown; upper surface of feet dull grayish with a slight buffy suffusion; soles and palms naked, pale brown, as are the nose and apical two-thirds of ears. Collectors’ measurements of type: Total length, 512 mm.; head ent body, 310; tail vertebre, 202; hind foot, 59; ear, 29. Miisurerments of skull (type): Greatest (occipito-nasal) length, 54.5; condy- loincisive length, 51.4; zygomatic breadth, 34.4; least interorbital breadth, 18.4; breadth of brain-case, 26.3; length of upper toothrow, 11.9. Collectors’ measurements of 10 adults (5 o&, 5 9), of which 8 are from Medje and 1 each from Poko and Akenge: Total Length Headand Body Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Kar o 512 (501-518) 301 (278-323) 211 (195-223) 59 (56-62) 31 (29-32) Q 510 (475-555) 297 (277-830) 213 (198-226) 59 (58-60) 31 (29-32) Represented by 14 specimens (8 o, 6 9, all adult but 2), collected as follows: Medje, 12, (6 &%, 6 9), March 13, April 9, 13, 27, 30, May 6, 8, September 24, October 12, 1910, February 28, 1914. Poko, 1 (o’), August 22, 1913. Akenge, 1 (o), October 1, 1913. Anomalurops beecrofti chapini is geographically nearest A. bee- croft. citrinus Thomas (type from “Benito River, Spanish Guinea,”’ collected by G. L. Bates), from which it differs in considerably smaller size and much less intense coloration. Fortunately I am able to make tAnomalurus beecrofti citrinus Thomas, 1916, Ann. Mug. Nat. Hist., (8) XVIII, August, p. 236. ‘About a dozen specimens examined. 66 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVIIL direct comparison of the Congo series with four topotypes! of cztrinus also collected by Mr. Bates. As shown in the accompanying tabulated measurements, A. 0. citrinus exceeds A. b. chapini in total length by about 50 mm., and about the same in head and body length, while there is very little difference in the length of the tail. (It is probable that these latter measurements were not taken by the same method in the two cases.) In skull length citrinus exceeds chapini by about 4 mm., with the other skull measurements proportionately different. The ‘mpression given by comparison of the two series is a greater size differ- ence than the measurements indicate, the citrinus skulls being more heavily ossified, with stronger ridges for muscular attachment in skulls of equal age than is the case in chapini. The color differences are strongly marked. The ‘ochraceous olive” or ‘‘citrine drab” effect above in citrinus is replaced by light clear gray, or slightly yellowish gray, in chapini, with a corresponding difference in the tone of the median dorsal band; below the ferruginous tone is much darker in the former, approach- ing chestnut-red on the throat and median line in cérinus in place of orange-rufous in chapini. The series of 14 specimens of A. b. chapini presents the usual wide range of individual variation in both size and coloration. The smallest specimen in cranial measurements is a female (skull, 51.8 X 32.9) in which all the cheek-teeth have attained full development but are un- worn; in external measurements it is the largest of the females except one, which is much the largest specimen of the entire series (skull, 58.5 < 36.8) in both external and cranial measurements. The color above varies from clear light gray to yellowish gray, and the rufous dorsal line is in some weakly developed or nearly obsolete, in others heavy and continuous from the crown to the hips. The broad rufous zone of the median underparts likewise varies greatly in extent and intensity—from orange-rufous to dark ferruginous, and the adjoin- ing lateral parts from ochraceous orange to pale buff. Young specimens are much paler below than the adults. The white crown spot is nearly always plainly distinguishable and usually forms a distinct mark which is occasionally conspicuous. In one specimen it is a transversely-oval patch, 15 X 25mm. in area. There is apparently no sexual difference in size or color. 1Borrowed from the United States National Museum through the kindness of Mr. G.S. Miller, Jr., Curator of Mammals. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluride, Idiuride 67 Collectors’ Measurements Locality Sex Total and Verte- | Hind Foot Length! Body | bre ‘Benito River, | Type! A. b. citrinus ‘Spanish Guinea| @ HSIe SOOT ea 220 ay OO SU: 84546 N. M. A. b. citrinus| e: Q Hop a wooWuies clo) ar ss 84547 “ i ee ot rt of FAO" 35be | S54, 53 < 84548 “ ci * ob Q 585 | 380 | 205 | 56 a Average, 4 specimens 568 | 361; 208 | 56.5 “ Medje, 50477 A. b. chapini ‘Upper Congo Q 515 | 305 ALO] 3S) CoUs 50480 “ se ca os of SIA SlOh 205" 59 : 50481 “ i: ie ay Q 5551. 3380 | 225 | 60 a 50482 “ te - of BIZ |. 298 | 249 | 62 Z| 50483“ ee e Q 490 | 282 | 208 | 60 a mee fe e 2s of 518 | 323 195 | 60 os 50485 “ ie ‘Poko of HO 208 siete o9 aoe Average, 7 specimens | 517 | 305 | 211 | 60 a Measurements of Skulls os Sex | Length | Aiect | recthcow Benito River, Type! A. b. citrinus Spanish Guinea 2 58.9 38.0 12.8 84546 N. M. A. b. citrinus a ie Q 59.5 38.3 13.0 845475,“ Ke fs re £ of 60.5 | 38.4 11332 84548 =“ S i - a Q 59.7 38.3 t3e0 BAe Y es 2 oh Q 58 .0 Ba Al il tnsez Average, 5 specimens 59.2 38.1 13.0 Medje, 50477 A. b. chapini Upper Congo Q SH) 2 35.8 12.6 SO4R0). *% e = A of 54.3 33.8 2? HOASIy = i es i Q 58.5 36.8 WPF 50482 “ as be of ot 56.4 36.2 12.5 50483“ eS i i" Q 52.6 355 08) 1250 50610 “ o e 9 of 55.0 36.3 117 50485“ Me Poko of 55.1 33.8 11.8 Average, 7 specimens 55.3 35.4 12.2 1From the author’s description (loc, cit.). 2Toothrow abnormally short and omitted from the average. 68 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII IDIURIDE The Idiuride, recently separated from the Anomaluride as a distinct family group by Miller and Gidley, are represented by three quite different forms, two of which are here for the first time described. Ip1urus Matschie Idiurus Matscuig, 1894, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, No. 8, August, pp. 194-200, 1 text-fig. Genotype, by monotypy, Idiurus zenkeri Matschie. Idiurus zenkeri zenkeri Matschie Idiurus zenkeri Matscuin, 1894, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, No. 8, October 16, p. 197, text fig. p. 198 (animal). Type locality, Yaunde Station, Cameroon District, West Africa. One specimen. Represented by 30 specimens (22 skins with skulls, 8 in alcohol), collected as follows: Medje, 27 (14 o&, 13 2; 21 skins and skulls, 6 in alcohol), January 21, 25, March 9, 16, 1910. Avakubi, 1 (@, skin and skull), January 22, 1914. Niapu, 2 (1 &, 1 2, in alcohol), January 27, 1914. Collectors’ measurements of 19 adults (10 males, 9 females) from Medyje: Total Length Headand Body ‘Tail Vertebre Hind Foot Ear or 170 (165-175) 71 (64-78) 99 (93-104) 17.0 (16-18) 13.6 (12-14) Q 173 (160-187) 73 (65-86) 101 (95-108) 17.3 (16-18) 138.4 (12-14) Measurements of 14 skulls (7 males, 7 females), from the same series: Greatest (=occipito-nasal) Length Zygomatic Breadth ot 21-0: (20. 5-213) UPA A AA MLZ) Oe Ae (Zea lke 8) 12:4 (G1 79-1278) This fine series, particularly the 21 skins from Medje, throws much light upon questions of individual, sexual, and seasonal variation. The measurements, both external and cranial, indicate a slightly larger average size for females than males, but there is no recognizable sexual difference in coloration. The range of color variation is considerable in the Medje specimens taken at the same date, due largely to the condition of the pelage in respect to wear, the general tone of the coloration becoming darker as the tips of the hairs wear off, showing more of the basal fur, while the hair-tips become paler by fading. Comparison of the twelve specimens 1‘Synopsis of the supergenerie groups of Rodents.’ Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., and James W. Gidley, 1918, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., VIII, No. 13, July 19, p. 422. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridx, Idiuridz 69 taken March 16 with the eight taken January 25, shows that the latter average darker in general effect and the hair-tips paler, yet certain speci- mens of the January series can be matched exactly by the paler speci- mens of the March series. The hair-tips on the back of the brighter colored examples of the March series are near snuff-brown, varying in intensity in different individuals, and about cinnamon-buff on the ventral surface, but often nearly wanting through wear, as in the single Avakubi specimen taken January 22, the most worn of any of the entire series of twenty skins. A single skin and skull! of I. zenkeri, from the southern Cameroon, and thus practically a topotype, is rather darker than the average of the Medje series, but differs so little from some of them that they are provi- sionally referred to this species. Their relationship to I. zenkeri kivuenszis, recently described by Lonnberg,? is not at present determinable. It appears to be a much darker form than typical zenkerz. Idiurus langi, new species . Plate V Type, No. 50542, & adult, Medje, Belgian Congo, March 16, 1910; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin, American Museum Congo Expedition. Orig. No. 737. Named for Herbert Lang, leader of the American Museum Congo Expedition. Size of and proportions nearly as in Idiurus macrotis Miller, but very different in coloration. Upperparts (type, in fresh, unworn pelage) washed with clay-color (Ridgway, 1912), strongest on middle of back, less heavily on lower back and sides ; in worn pelage much paler (about cinnamon-buff), the light hair-tips partly worn off (almost wholly on lower back and sides); pelage of middle of back (in fresh coat), 11.5 mm. in length, the buffy tips about 2 mm. long, followed by a dark zone of about equal width, the basal two-thirds ‘‘mouse-gray.’’ Underparts heavily washed with warm buff, almost wholly concealing the light neutral gray of the basal fur (varying in different specimens, especially when worn) to a faint wash of lighter tone); a conspicuous pale yellowish white patch on sides of nose extending from base of rictal bristles to the naked nose pad, about 4 X 6 mm. in extent; chin and interramal region white or pale yellowish white; upper surface of membranes thinly clothed with brownish black hairs, under side nearly naked; membranes and ears pale brownish (ears in some specimens slightly darker brown); feet and greater part of tail yellowish brown, the long tail hairs dark brown with a faint tone of chestnut, much less dark than in J. macrotis. Thescale pad on the ventral base of the tail is much longer than in macrotis (given as 17 mm.), varying from 20 to 25 mm. in length, and the scales are larger and tend to form regular rows, and beyond what may be considered as the “‘scale pad’”’ proper, the annulations on the lower surface of the tail are conspicuous and roughened, so that in some specimens it is difficult to determine what should be regarded as the 1No. 125438, U.S. Nat. Mus., 2, Efulen, Bulu Country, Cameroon, July 21, 1903, coll.G. L. Bates. 21917, Kungl. Svens. ventensk. Akad. Handl., LVIII, No. 2, September, p. 67. Masisi, Belgian Congo, about forty miles northwest of Lake Kivu. Twospecimens, adult and young. 70 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. XLVII apical end of the pad, as distinguished from the annulations. The fringes on outer edge of both fore and hind feet, the small tufts of whitish bristly hairs at tarsal and metatarsal joints, the tail fringes, and the scattered long hairs in the dorsal pelage, are evidently generic characters, being common to the three forms of Idiurus here under consideration. Collectors’ measurements of the type!: Total length, 224 mm.; head and body, 94; tail vertebrx, 130; hind foot, 20; ear, 18. Collectors’ measurements of type and 4 topotypes (all adult males): Total length, 218 (207-224); head and body, 91 (86-94); tail vertebre, 129 (124-133); hind foot, 21 (20-22); ear, 15.7 (14-18). . Skull (measurements of type!): Greatest length, 26; zygomatic breadth, 16; least breadth of frontals,? 6.6; greatest breadth of nasals,? 3.2; upper toothrow, 3.5; distance between inner bases of m’, 1.4; do. m!, 1.1; greatest length of mandible, 16.4; greatest depth (at coronoid), 10.2; lower toothrow, 4. Skull (type and same 4 topotypes): Greatest length, 25.8 (25.1-26.2); zygomatic breadth, 15.5 (15.0-16.0). Represented by 6 adult males, all of which are skins with skulls, and 1 adult female in alcohol, all taken at Medje, January 25 (5 specimens) and March 16 (2 specimens), 1910. The type is the only specimen in fresh, wholly unworn pelage. All the others show more or less wear, especially on the lower back and sides, and they vary much in the amount of buffy wash, both above and below, and form a graduated series from clay-color to a pale tone of buff on the upperparts, and on the lower parts froma strong yellowish wash te only a faint pale tone where the hair-tips are least worn. The two March 16 specimens differ greatly from each other in coloration and amount of wear; the January series of skins (all taken January 25) differs similarly in respect to amount of wear and consequent tones of color on both upper and lower surfaces. Idiurus langi is smaller than I. macrotis in external measurements, but the cranial measurements are practically the same. It differs, how- ever, strikingly in coloration, both above and below, the general color being much lighter, especially in respect to the basal fur, ears, and mem- branes. J. langi differs from I. panga in much larger size and in colora- tion, especially of the ventral surface, which has a pinkish tone in panga instead of yellowish, and the upper surface is much more heavily washed with buff. The yellowish white, sharply defined nose spot of lang: will alone readily distinguish it at a glance from either macrotis or panga. Idiurus panga, new species Type, No. 50605, @ adult, Panga, Belgian Congo, September 18, 1914; Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin. American Museum Congo Expedition. Orig. No. 2552. Similar to Idiwrus macrotis Miller’, but much smaller and considerably paler throughout, including the basal fur. 1For measurements of I. macrotis see p. 71, where they are given in comparison with I. panga. 2Fronto-nasal sutures solidly ankylosed and indistinguishable, so that length of frontals and nasals cannot be given. 3Tdiurus macrotis MiLLER, 1898, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XII, pp. 73-76, figs. 15-19 (skull, ear, foot, and tail). Efulen, Cameroon District, West Africa. 1922] Allen, Congo Sciuride, Anomaluridz, Idiuridx 71 Upperparts (in comparison with a para-topotype of J. macrotis) with the hairs narrowly tipped with light drab (instead of “‘sepia’’), forming a slight wash of this tone, strongest on middle of back and sides of neck, darkened by the deep neutral gray (instead of dark plumbeous) underfur, which color predominates over the lower back and flanks; underparts superficially pale vinaceous buff (instead of yellowish wood-brown), the basal fur dark gull-gray (instead of plumbeous); upper surface of membranes thinly clothed with dusky brown hairs (less dark than in macrotis, as are also the membranes themselves) ; ears, feet, and base of tail also much lighter than in macrotis. Collectors’ measurements of type: Total length, 209 mm.; head and body, 73; tail vertebre, 126; hind foot, 20 (20.5 in dry skin); ear, 18. Collectors’ measurements of the type and 3 topotypes (1 male, 3 females): Total length, 206 (199-212); head and body, 80.5 (73-87); tail vertebra, 123 (117-128); hind foot, 20.5 (18-21); ear, 17.3 (17-18). Corresponding measurements of the type and topotype (2 males) of macrotis, as given by the author (loc. cit): Total length, type 241, topotype, 228; head and body, 108, 105; tail vertebra, 133, 123; hind foot, 21, 22; ear, 16, 15.5. Skull (measurements of type, with measurements of type and topotype of macrotis in parentheses): Greatest length, 25 (26, 27); zygomatic breadth, 14.9 (15, 16); length of frontals,— (96, 98); least width of frontals, 6.5 (7, 7); length of nasals,—! (7, 7); greatest breadth of nasals, 3.1 (3.25, 3.3); upper toothrow, 3.5 (3.8, 4); greatest distance between molars at m', 1.5 (2.2, 2); least distance between molars at m!, 1 (1.2, 1.2); greatest length of mandible, 14.9 (15, 16); greatest depth (at coronoid), 9.7 (10, 10.6); lower toothrow, 3.7 (4, 4). Skull (type and 3 topotypes): Greatest length, 25.0 (24.-25.6); zygomatic breadth, 14.5 (14.2-14.9). Represented by 4 specimens (1 0, 3 Q), all from Panga and all collected the same day, September 18, 1914. All are old adults, with the dentition fully mature and the fronto-nasal sutures fully ankylosed and wholly indistinguishable. Idiurus panga is a member of the J. macrotis group and is so different from the J. zenkeri group as to need no comparison with it. It differs from macrotis in smaller general size, much less heavy skull and correspondingly weaker dentition. Also in the much paler hair-tips above, the decidedly pinkish tone of the underparts, and the lighter color of ears, membranes and feet, and also of the basal underfur, both above and below. The ears appear to be decidedly larger than in macrotis, as indicated by the field measurements and by direct comparison with the para-topotype loaned me for examination through the kindness of the describer of the species. 1Fronto-nasal sutures fully ankylosed and indeterminable. Bens » Fs, (fel Sa CaS Seen os ~ OrnrrHoLoey < us se . Th Castes tien of ike: Weaver Birds. ‘By James P. Chapin, 1 1917, oe ~ Bulletin, XXXVI, Art.9, pp. 248-280, Pls. vi-x, 10 text figures. — : tin, XXXVI, Art. 12, pp. 327-334, | a _Fidd. Notes on M. olothrus bonariensis and M. badins. ‘By Leo E. Miller, ia 85 Ae Bulletin, XXXVIL, Art. 22, pp. 579-592. * | = Seas A ‘study. of ae Adlantic Oceanites. ‘By Robert Giditian ae 1918, e : as ee 60c. = “The Geographical Distribution of Color and of Other Variable Characters = Bulletin, XXXVUEI, Art. 4, pp. 117-146, Pls. ran, 7 text figures. in the Genus Junco: -a-New Aspect of Specific and Subspecific Values. ooe=baa. By Frank M. Chapman, 1921, Novitates, No. 2, pp. 1-8. © Desesiptions of Four Birds from the Belgian Congo. ay James P. Chapin, 2 ~ 1921, Novitates, No. 7, pp. 1-9. ae Revision of Atlapetes guituralis with Deocipdons of Three N ew inc. By Jonathan Dwight and Ludlow Griscom, 1921, ‘Novitates, No. 16, pp. 1-4. me | | Notes: on a New Ox-pecker and Other Little-known Birds of the Congo. By : et ~ James. Pp. Chapin, 1921, Novitates, No. 17, pp. 1-16. Brazil. By Frank M, Chapman, 1921, Novitates, No. 18, pp. 1-12, Description of Proposed New Birds from Central America, with Noteson — Other Little-known Forms. By Waldron DeWitt Bey ane oe ue ~ Griscom, 1921, N ovitates, No. 25, pp. 1-13. : A Review of the Diving Petrels, Contributions fein the roger Santond Collection. By Robert Cushman Murphy and Francis Harper, 1921, ae ~ Bulletin, XLIV, Art. 17, pp. 495-554, Pls. XX-XxIv, 7 text figures. _ Descriptions BE Koons New Birds Sone Bolivia, Brasil, and | Venezuela. "Descriptions of Proposed New Birds from Colombia, Ecuador, ‘Peru, and Se _ Descriptions of New Birds from Santo. Domingo and Remarks on Othersin® = the Brewster-Sanford Collection. ae Frank M. Chapman, EG Bulle- ae 38005 * : 7 fe be S ee A New Albatross from the West Coast of South America. By Rohe Cush 2s — “man Murphy, 1917, Sellen, eke Att. 35, Pee 861-864, I text ~ By Jorathan Dwight, M.D., 1918, bec, XXXVI, At. 9; oP. 269—- --309; Pls. xi-xi, 5 maps.. ee _ Desiptions of Proposed ‘New Birds: from Peru, Bolivia, Accontnn. and i Chile. - By Frank. M. Chapman, 1919, Pes XL, Art. 5 pp. = eee _ Descriptions of Proposed New Birds from Brazil, Paraguay, and ieecitnn ee if ; “By George K; ‘Cherrie and (Mrs.) Elsie M. B. Beschoaheties, 1921, © -Novitates, No. 27, pp. 1-6. The Birds of The American Mosaun of N sea History: 8 Asiatic. yaslnclak ~ Expedition of 1916-1917. _ By Outram Peale. es Bulletin, = V54 Art. XX, pp; 575-612. ~M. Chapman, 1922, Novitates, No. 30, pp. 1-15. Zs -Deseriotions of Apparently New Birds from Cclombin Ecuador, ad _ Argentina. By Frank M. Chapman, 1422, Novitates, No. 31, pp. 1-8. “The Species and Geographic Races of Steganura. - BY James P: hee 5 1922, Novitates, No. 43, pp.1- 12 Cae of a. New Race of the Lesser Blick backed: Gull, from the aS _ Azores. oy Jonathan pes 1922, No, 44, ‘Pp. 4,2. The Distribution of the Seatiows of the Genus Pygochelidon. By Bronk a te sS pies nae | Mmmorms oe ses : Vohins 2 Spelt and Paleontology. noe Volumes U-VII. Anthropology. *. eae Sheets ue ae Volume IX.” ‘Zoology and Paleontology. - Bi Pos _ Volumes X-XIV. Anthropology. — os Be Il, IV, V, VII, VII, x =XIV, and an Ethnographical a Volumes: I-x of the Memoirs of the oe North Pacific breiecaer Tei - Memoms—New Sunms yl I and II. Zoology. and Paleontology. Volume Hl, part 1. Entomology. ou Volume Hy, ied 1-2 Be oe Bowen see eo rae | parte 1-4; 2x parts 1-3; XXIV, pars 1-8; XXV, pat 1; a 1 ‘Monocraras. tae oe = ae a A Review of the Primates. ‘By D. G. Elliot. 38 volumes. ) By E.. D. . Cope and W. D. Matthew. NaTouRAL , History - Journal of The American Museum of N atural I History Museum of Natural Hickory issued bimonthly. HANDBOOKS. Numbers 1-8. i os soe Ss a — ia oe GuipEe LEAFLETs. Numbers 1-54. oe ANNUAL Ruronrs, ‘First (1869) +0 Pity hid oan. tion to ihe omtaiees of the Museum, My Moog Boat - “THe AMERIC. \N MUSEUM a ‘e conco EXPEDITIC N MANATEE AND ce _ OTHER peed MANATEES © POS ROBERT T. HATT BULLETIN OF ‘THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY © | VOLUME LXVI, 1934, ARTICLE IV NEW YORK September 10, 1924 59.9, 55 M (67.5) Article IV.—A MANATEE COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION, WITH OBSERVATIONS ON THE RECENT MANATEES! By Rosert T. Harr PuatE XXVII; Text Ficures 1 anp 2 CONTENTS PAGE Mier yD) GO Nee eee ne ee ee ee Gee ee aria MN See Le 033 INOee NCHARURE On THE VIAN ATHENS: 00. sock soils own scala douse ee wee nie ees 034 CRITERIA FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MANATEES....................... 539 THE DISTRIBUTION OF T'richechus IN THE AFRICAN REGION................... 554 UNCERTAIN OR ERRONEOUS Reports oF 7’. senegalensis................ 588 ‘STIR AUEYZ. oo ere ce OR bc. tne DM fe SUR oP A el ge 560 LETUBTE OGTR NETS 2079 sR ae SRR er MER CP 562 ADDENDA REGARDING LAKE CHAap MANATEES ...... Ree Pek Seer OG INTRODUCTION In the collections of the American Museum Congo Expedition there is a single specimen of the African manatee which was secured by Mr. Herbert Lang at Banana in August, 1915, just previous to his departure from Africa after six years of collecting in the upper Congo basin. The specimen, which is now preserved as a tanned skin, cleaned skeleton, and palatal pads in alcohol (A. M. N. H. No. 53939), is that of an immature individual. Photographs were made of this animal in the flesh, and three of them are here reproduced (Plate XX VII). The date of collection is not definitely established, and there is no record of measurements or of sex, though the form of the pelvic bones indicates that the animal is a female. The occurrence of the manatee in the lower Congo has long been known, but no skeleton of a specimen from so far south has ever been described or compared with those from the northern part of the range, and for this reason the Congo Expedition manatee is of more than usual interest. As manatees are highly variable mammals and specimens few, any documented specimen is important, but this individual is particu- larly so since it is the sole representative of its species in the otherwise excellent American Museum collection of manatees. Because of the progressive extermination of manatees and the total inadequacy of material now in museums of the world, it is unlikely that we shall ever have a very complete picture of the geographical variation of these animals. As nearly as I have been able to ascertain, there are no speci- 1Scientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Mammalogy, No. 14. 533 534 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI mens of manatees either from the upper Niger River or from Lake Chad, though their occurrence in the former is virtually certain, and their former occurrence in the latter at least probable. The most recent reviser of the genus Trichechus, Hartlaub (1886), assembled more African manatees than any other worker before or since, but it seems that these were compared with the American coastal mana- tees from Surinam only, and some of the characters by which Hartlaub distinguished senegalensis from the group he called latirostris have proved invalid in the case of skulls from Florida, Puerto Rico, and Guatemala. Furthermore, his studies were limited to skulls and did not bring out characters found elsewhere. This report establishes a few hitherto unrecognized characters for the distinction of the crania of the different species of manatees, corrects certain erroneous conclusions made by Hartlaub, and records for the first time specific features of the postcranial skeleton. A review of the nomenclatorial history of the manatees is given, and an earlier name than that currently in use for the African manatees is established as valid; the type locality for several nominal species is fixed, or restricted, and the Florida manatee is recognized as a subspecies of the West Indian form. Literature concerning the range of the African manatee is reviewed in order to correct conflicting statements that occur occasionally even in comparatively recent papers. NOMENCLATURE OF THE MANATEES TRICHECHUS Linnaeus 1758. Trichechus LiInNaEusS, ‘Systema Naturae,’ 10th Ed., I, p. 34. Type, by monotypy: Trichechus manatus LinNAEUS. Type locality, by subsequent designation: ‘“‘West Indies” (Thomas, 1911, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 1382). By Opinion 112, ‘International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature’ (Smithsonian Misc. Coll., LX XIII, No. 6, p. 19), Trich- echus LINNAEUS, 1758, type 7. manatus is placed on the official list of generic names. 1772. Manatus Brttnnicn, ‘Zoologiae Fundamenta,’ pp. 34, 38. According to Palmer (1904, p. 398) the type species is Trzchechus manatus LINNAEUS, 1758. Suspension of the Rules in favor of Manatus Briinnich was declined by the ‘International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature’ (Opinion A, es Citi) )o 1803. Ozxystomus G. FiscuEer, ‘Das National Museum Naturgesch. zu Paris,’ II, p. 353. Type: Oxystomus manatus (=Trichechus manatus Linnaeus). 1848. Halipaedisca GistTEL, ‘Naturgesch. Thierreichs f. héhere Schulen,’ p. 83. New name for Manatus Briinnich, 1772. Type: Manatus americanus. Date? Monatus D’Orsieny, Keepsake’s ‘Hist. Nat. Desc. Mamm.,’ pp. 256-257, Pl. xu, fig. 2. Paris. Misprint for Manatus. Original not seen. Refer- ence from Palmer’s ‘Index Generum Mammalium,’ 1904, p. 398. 1934] 1758. 1784. 1788. 1795. 1795. 1795. noo: 1800. 1800. Hatt, African Manatees 539 SPECIFIC AND SUBSPECIFIC NAMES OF RECENT MANATEES REFERABLE TO T’richechus Trichechus manatus LINNAEUS, ‘Systema Naturae,’ 10th Ed., I, p. 34. ““HapiraT IN Marr Americano.” The type locality is fixed by Thomas (1911, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 132) as ‘“‘ West Indies.” Manati Trichechus BoppAERT, ‘Elenchus Animalium,’ I, p. 173, Rotterdam (reference from J. A. Allen’s ‘Bibliography of Cetacea and Sirenia.’ Original not seen). According to Allen, this is based on Pennant’s ‘Broad-tailed Manati,’ which was (in the 1781 edition, the only one in which the name had appeared) applied to both American and African manatees. For purposes of standardization I assign the type locality to the West Indies. Trichechus manatus australis GMELIN, ‘Systema Naturae,’ 13th Ed., I, part 1, p. 60, Lipsiae. ‘Mariafricano et americano.”’ The name was applied to the true manatees in contradistinction to 7. m. borealis (=Rhytina borealis). In 1800 its use was restricted by Shaw to the Senegal manatee, for which another name was already available. Trichechus antillarum Link, ‘ Beytrige zur Naturgeschichte,’ Band 1, St. 2, p. 109. The name is referred to Buffon’s ‘Grand Lamantin des Antilles,’ for which 7’. manatus was already available. As type locality, I designate the West Indies. Trichechus americanus LINK, idem. The name refers to Buffon’s ‘Le Petit Lamantin de l’Amérique,’ which is a confused account of a small species of manatee inhabiting American waters from the Amazon to Campéche and Cuba, including records now referable to the Central American manatee and the true South American river manatee. I assign the West Indies as the type locality. Trichechus senegalensis LINK, idem. Based on Buffon’s ‘Le Petit Lamantin du Sénégal,’ which in turn was founded on Adanson’s description and the skull which he secured in Senegal. This latter is said to be in the Paris Museum. The type locality may be fixed as Senegal. Manatus aequatorialis LAckPEDE, ‘Tableaux des Mammiféres.’ An. VII [1799], p. 17, Paris. Manatus aequatorialis is the only species of the genus named, and since the name is unaccompanied by diagnosis, and since it is not referable to any one species, it is a nomen nudum. Manatus Guyannensis BECHSTEIN, 1n Pennant’s ‘Algemeine Uebersicht der vierfiissigen Thiere,’ II, p. 732. Weimar. This name, was applied to Pennant’s ‘“‘Guiana manatee,” which is the Trichechus manatus of Linnaeus. Manatus Oronocensis BECHSTEIN, idem. This name was applied directly to Pennant’s “‘Orinoko manatee,’ for which Shaw this same year proposed the name Amazonius. Despite the name given, I assign the West Indies as type locality on the ground that Pennant’s “‘species’’ was founded on Buffon’s composite ‘Le Petit Lamantin de ]’Amérique,’ and any other assignation would necessitate revision of nomenclature or lead to con- fusion. 536 1800. 1800. 1800. 1802.1 1815. 1815. 1816. 1824. 1838. 1848. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI Manatus stroggylonurus BECHSTEIN, idem. The name was proposed for Pen- nant’s ‘“‘Round-tailed manatee,” for which Link’s name is already avail- able. Trichechus Clusiw SuHaw, ‘General Zoology,’ I, part 1, p. 246. Based on Clu- sius’s figure and description of a West Indian manatee, therefore a synonym of T'richechus manatus Linnaeus. Its type locality may be given as the West Indies. Trichechus A mazonius SHAw, ‘General Zoology,’ loc. cit. Based on the reports of manatees in South American rivers, and referred to Pennant’s ‘‘Orino- ko manatee.’’ Pennant specified that this was Buffon’s ‘Le Petit Lamantin de |’Amérique,’ but Buffon, Pennant, and Shaw failed to define their animal clearly and confused the West Indian and the true river manatees. By reason of the foundation of the species, and despite the name, I designate the type locality as ‘‘ West Indies,” so that current nomenclature may not be unnecessarily disturbed. Manatus minor Davptn, ‘Histoire Naturelle’ of Buffon, Didot Edition, ‘Quadrupeds,’ XIV, p. 194. Stated to be ‘Le Petit Lamantin d’Amér- ique’ and correctly referred to the account in Vol. IX, p. 251. This name has then the same status as americanus Link. I hereby fix the type locality as ‘‘ West Indies.” Manatus fluviatilis ILLigER, Abhandl. d. Kon. Akad. d. Wissens. in Berlin, 1809-1811, p. 110. This name, given without diagnosis, appears with M. americanus in a list of South American mammals and is a nomen nudum. Manatus sphaerurus ILLIGER, op. cit., p. 79. The name appears together with Halicore cetacea in a list of African mammals. No diagnosis is given it, and it is therefore a nomen nudum. T |richechus|, M|anatus| africanus OxEn, ‘Lehrbuch der Naturgesch.,’ Th. III, Abt. II, p. 688. A short diagnosis is given, and the presence of the species in Senegal and the Congo is noted. The type locality I here designate as Senegal. Manatus latirostris HARLAN, Journ. Acad. Sci., Philadelphia, III, p. 394. The name was tentatively proposed for the manatee from the coast of eastern Florida if this should later prove distinct from senegalensis. A description based on two skulls is given. Presumably these are in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Manatus atlanticus OxEn, ‘Allgemeine Naturgeschichte,’ Abt. II, Band VII, p. 1098. The name is applied to both American and African manatees, followed immediately by the name T'richechus manatus. I propose the West Indies as its type locality. Manatus nasutus WYMAN, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 199. The name is proposed in a footnote (signed ‘‘J. W.’’) to an article by G. A. Perkins, describing a specimen from the Caracalla River, twenty miles east of Cape Palmas, Ivory Coast. The specimen on which the original descrip- tion is assumed to have been based is at present in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. 1For the establishment of 1802 as the publication date of Lacépéde’s and Daudin’s *Tableaux,’ see C. Davies Sherborn, 1899, ‘Natural Science,’ XV, pp. 406-409. 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 537 1856. Manatus Vogeliti OwEN, Edinburgh Phil. Journ., N.S., IV, p. 346. The name was tentatively proposed for the specimen taken by Vogel’ from the river Benue. 1861. Manatus Owenit Du Cuattuu, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 367. Type locality: the Camma country, in the mouth of the Gaboon. The British Museum has four of the Du Chaillu specimens, the Mus. Coll. Surgeons, one. 1883. Manatus inunguis NATTERER (in Pelzeln), Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Beiheft, XXXII, p. 89. Pelzeln, who quoted Natterer’s notes in full, considered inunguis a synonym of australis. Natterer’s name is based on five speci- mens from the Rio Madeira, Brazil. Though several other older names have been used for this manatee, none of these names is clearly restricted to this one species. 1897. Manatus Koellikeri KUKENTHAL, Zool. Anz., XX, p. 40. Type locality: Surinam and hence a synonym of manatus. No specimen is mentioned. The African Manatee Trichechus senegalensis Link Phoca manatus Brisson, 1762 (part), ‘Regnum Animale,’ p. 164. This is a re- combination of Linnaeus’s T’richechus manatus, but includes the African manatee. Manat: Trichechus BopDAERT, 1784 (part) ‘Elenchus Animalium,’ I, p. 173, Rotterdam. ‘Reference from Allen’s ‘Bibliography.’ Original not seen. Trichechus manatus australis GMELIN, 1788 (part), ‘Systema Naturae,’ 13th Ed., I, part 1, p. 60, Lipsiae. Manatus australis Rerzius, 1794 (part), Kungl. Sven. Vet. Akad. Handl., XV, p. 291. Trichechus senegalensis LINK, 1795, ‘Beytrige zur Naturgeschichte,’ Band I, St. 2, p. 109. The name is referred to Buffon wherein is described (1782, Suppl., VI, p. 403) ‘Le Petit Lamantin du Sénégal,’ based mainly on Adanson’s account. Adan- son’s Senegal skull in the Museum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris, is described in Buffon (1765, XIII, pp. 431-432). Trichechus aequatorialis LACKPEDE, 1799 (part), ‘Tableaux des Mammiféres,’ An. VII [1799], p. 17, Paris. Trichechus Australis SHAw, 1800, ‘General Zoology,’ I, part 1, p. 244. Thisname is here limited to the African manatee. A meager description is given, and a specimen inthe Leverian Museum noted. Pennant’s fanciful figure of a “‘round-tailed manatee”’ is reproduced. Manatus stroggylonurus BECHSTEIN, 1800, in Pennant’s ‘Algemeine Uebersicht der vierfiissigen Thiere,’ II, p. 732. Weimar. Trichechus senegalensis DAaupDIN, 1802, in Lacépéde’s and Daudin’s ‘Tableaux des Mammiféres’ in Buffon’s ‘Histoire Naturelle,’ XIX, ‘Quadrupeds,’ XIV, Didot and Didot Edition, p. 194. Said to be ‘Le Petit Lamantin du Sénégal’ and referred to Vol. IX, p. 254, where a description of the Senegalese manatee taken chiefly from Adanson is found. 1This communication was read before the 1856 meeting of the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science. It was first published in the Edinburgh Philosophical Journal and subsequently (1857) with slight differences in the Report of the 26th Meeting of the British Assoc. Adv. Sci. and in the “Institute” (1857). I have not seen the latter reference. 038 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI Manatus sphaerurus IuLticmR, 1815, Abhandl. d. Kon. Akad. d. Wissens. in Berlin, 1809-1811, p. 79. Trichechus, Manatus, africanus OkEN, 1816, ‘Lehrbuch der Naturgesch.,’ Th. III, Abt. II, p. 688. Manatus senegalensis DESMAREST, 1817, ‘Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.,’ XVII, p. 262. Based on Cuvier’s (1809, Ann. Museum, XIII, pp. 294-296, Pl. x1rx, figs. 4-5) description and figures. ‘Though currently accepted as the correct name of the African manatee, Desmarest’s name must be considered a homonym of Link’s. Manatus atlanticus OKEN, 1838 (part), ‘Allgemeine Naturgeschichte,’ Abt. II, Band VII, p. 1098. Manatus nasutus WYMAN, 1848, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 199. Manatus Vogelat1 OWEN, 1856, Edinburgh Phil. Journ., N.S., IV, p. 346. Manatus Owent Du CHaiLuu, 1861, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 367. It is convenient to state at the outset my conclusion that Hartlaub was quite right in the recognition of but three full species of manatees, though geographical representatives may, in some cases, be worthy of subspecific recognition. The correct names for these manatees are: Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus RancEe.—The West Indies, the borders of the Caribbean Sea, the coast and lower reaches of the rivers of northeastern South America. Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan) Rance.—The coast and coastal rivers of the United States from Beaufort, North Carolina, to the Florida Keys and the coasts of the Gulf of Mexico. Trichechus senegalensis Link RanGu.—The west coast and coastal rivers of West Africa from the Senegal to the Quanza, the upper reaches of the Niger, and probably the Lake Chad drainage. (See pages 554 to 560.) Trichechus inunguis (Natterer) Rance.—The rivers of northeastern South America, particularly the Amazon and Orinoco systems. The only changes from the nomenclature applied by most modern writers are the replacement of T’richechus senegalensis Desmarest, 1817, by Trichechus senegalensis Link, 1795, and the adoption of latirostris as a valid race of manatus instead of as a synonym of manatus or the name of a species distinct from the latter. 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 039 SPECIMENS EXAMINED In the course of this study I examined the collection of manatees in the American Museum, which, at the time, consisted of the following: T. senegalensis 1 skin, skeleton, Congo River T. m. manatus 1 skeleton, Puerto Rico 1 skull, Honduras T. m. latirostris 9 skeletons, Florida 2 skulls, locality unknown T. inunguis 2 skeletons, Amazon 15 skulls, Amazon 1 embalmed specimen, Amazon 1 cast, locality unknown. I also studied the following material, generously loaned by the Field Museum, to the officers of which I am greatly indebted. T.m. manatus 4 skulls, Guatemala T. m. latirostris 1 skull and partial skeleton, Florida 1 skull and partial skeleton, Texas (?) T. inunguis 2 skulls, ‘“‘Para.’’ (Probably from farther up the Amazon.) Furthermore I had the carefully executed figures of Hartlaub, Blainville, and certain others for comparison. CRITERIA FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MANATEES Material available for diagnosis of the external features of manatees is limited because of the inadequacy of published descriptions and the paucity of embalmed specimens, casts, reliable drawings, and good photographs. ‘Tanned skins are uncommon and, when accessible, are so shapeless and changed as to be all but useless. Observations on the internal soft anatomy, though of great generic interest, are not of demonstrated value for specific diagnosis. The skeletons have yielded much the most important and reliable information as to the differences in these animals, and as always, the skulls have been more commonly preserved and studied than other bony parts. The postcranial skeleton does, however, show variation that is correlated with age, sex, and specific habitus. 540 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI INDIVIDUAL VARIATION AND ASYMMETRY The range of variation in manatees is so extensive that Gray de- spaired of finding stable characters on which species nomenclature could be founded. Better series of specimens than were available to Gray, however, allow some sorting out of the characters, and it is an easy matter to distinguish at least three species of manatees, no matter how extensive their peculiarities, though occasional specimens are encountered that vary, not only in the form and proportion of a few characters, but very markedly in almost every character. Lacking a good series for comparison, these variants would appear to represent well-marked ‘““species.”’ Thus I examined the skeleton of one medium-sized Florida manatee in which the bones are lighter, more compact, and more strongly ridged than in any other specimen. Asymmetry is uncommon and where present is pathological. On one young Florida skull the left occipital condyle is very nearly double the size of the right, but the bone forming it is rough and irregular. In another Florida specimen the diameters of the humerus, radius, and ulna of the left side are approximately 25 per cent greater than those of the other side, but here too the form of the bones is definitely anomalous. The sternum of a third Florida specimen is greatly warped to one side. The teeth of an adult Amazonian animal are completely disorientated, some of the teeth of each row, even those unerupted, lying with the direction of their ridges as much as 180° from the normal position. THe EXTERNAL ANATOMY When the wide range of variability shown in the external form of the species manatus, as documented by several accurate drawings, good photographs, and casts, is considered, it is deemed that from external characters senegalensis and manatus cannot be told apart. However, the species 7nunguis is, in all likelihood, constantly characterized by the absence of nails, a white breast patch, slender proportions, and elongated flippers. THe VERTEBRAL COLUMN The Congo specimen possesses six cervical vertebrae, as do the other members of the genus. The rib-bearing vertebrae vary in number in Florida manatees (in a series of 11 skeletons) from 17 to 19; a Puerto Rican specimen has 17 such vertebrae, and each of two Amazonian. manatees has 15 pairs of ribs. (Blainville’s figure shows 16 pairs.) The presence of 17 pairs in the Congo specimen (Biittikofer’s specimen 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 041 bore 18 pairs of ribs according to Jentink, 1888, p. 33) seems then to be in line with this form, being more nearly allied to the species manatus than inunguis. The numbers of lumbo-caudal vertebrae vary in the same Florida specimens from 27 to 29 (without respect to the number of rib-bearing elements in the same skeleton). In the Puerto Rican and Congo specimens there are 25 lumbo-caudals. Twenty-six were found in Bittikofer’s Liberian manatee (Jentink, loc. cit). In the two Amazonian specimens there are 25 (older) and 22 (younger). Other than this variation in numbers, in which specific tendencies seem to be weakly manifest, no characters of the column show any constant differences between the forms. THE STERNUM The sterna of manatees present well-marked shapes that, though individually variable, are specifically constant in certain features. The sternum of senegalensis is much like that of manatus, except that the African species does not (in the Congo specimen ) have a deep median notch in the anterior border of the bone but may have two light notches flanking a median prominence. This difference may be clearly seen. by an examination of figure 1. The margin of the caudal prolongation of the sternum in the Congo specimen is also incised, a condition uncommon in the species manatus. The sternum of znunguis is a smaller bone in proportion to the size of the animal than that of manatus and senegalensis and may be recognized by its slender proportions and backwardly directed lateral processes. THe APPENDICULAR SKELETON THE PEcTORAL GIRDLE.—The pectoral girdles of manatees differ in the proportions of their component parts, but there is no deviation from the essential form. As in most other characters, the South American river manatees differ most widely from the type species manatus, for their flippers are proportionately longer than those of the other members of the genus, a lengthening which has occurred chiefly in the metacarpals and phalanges. The scapula (Fig. 2) of the Congo manatee more closely resembles that of znunguis than that of manatus. From both it differs in being comparatively long and narrow and in having the coracoid border gently curved and without a pronounced angle at the coraco-vertebral juncture or above the incisura. The spine is apparently a little higher, the Fig. 1. Sterna of manatees. a, T. manatus latirostris, Florida, A.M.N.H. No. 91096; b, T. m. latirostris, Florida, A.M.N.H. No. 35219; c, T. senegalensis, Congo, A.M.N.H. No. 53939; d, T. inunguis, Amazon, A.M.N.H. No. 94163; e, T. inunguis, Amazon, A.M.N.H. No. 94164. Fig. 2. Scapulae of manatees. a, T. inunguis, Amazon, A.M.N.H. No. 94163; 6b, 7. senegalensis, Congo, A.M.N.H. No. 53939; S T. manatus latirostris, Florida, A.M.N.H. No. 90178; d, T. m. manatus, Puerto Rico, A.M.N.H. No. 35566. 544 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI acromion thinner, the tuberosity of the spine less pronounced. In the matter of proportionate narrowness, znunguis is intermediate between senegalensis and manatus, but in other characters it can hardly be distinguished from manatus. The geographical representatives of manatus show no constant peculiarities of the scapulae. The humerus of the Congo Expedition manatee is distinctly thinner than that of Florida manatees of the same length. The weight of the Congo humeri is just half that of a typical pair of the same length from Florida. In this respect the Congo manatee is very closely similar to inunguts. The relative proportions of the humerus are carried into the radius and ulna. In both senegalensis and inunguis these two elements are about one half the diameter of corresponding elements in manatus. The metacarpals of the three species differ markedly in length. The fourth digit is the longest, and measurements were therefore made on the metacarpal and phalanges of this finger of each specimen. This metacarpal grows more rapidly or for a longer period than does the radius, and in consequence the metacarpal is proportionately longer in older specimens than in young, when, as here, the length of the radius is used as the unit of comparison. In specimens of approximately equal age, however, differences are marked. Thus in manatees of the approxi- mate size of our Congo specimen the metacarpal is about 54 per cent of the radial length in manatus, about 64 per cent of the radial length in inunguis, while in the Congo specimen the metacarpal is 62 per cent as long as the radius. In the matter of the length of the first carpal, senegalensis is not intermediate between the Caribbean manatees and znunguis but falls within the limits of variation of manatus. This first phalanx of the fourth digit does not grow as rapidly or over as long a period as its metacarpal, with the result that with increased age it is in proportion to this meta- carpal increasingly shorter, whereas its growth rate outstrips that of the humerus, and increased age brings a proportionately, as well as an actually increased length. Again comparing immature animals about the size of the Congo specimen, it is found that the first phalanx in both manatus and sene- galensis is about 25 per cent of the humerus length, or 40 per cent of the metacarpal length (the specimens suggested that this element in the Florida manatees is considerably longer than that in the Puerto Rican), whereas in :nunguzs the corresponding percentages are 40 and 60. The remaining phalanges follow the trend indicated by the first, 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 545 senegalensis and manatus being essentially short-fingered and znunguis long-fingered. Tue Prtvic GirpLE.—The immaturity of our Congo manatee precludes the determination of specific characters which might appear in the innominate bones, but these bones are sufficiently developed to furnish a key to the sex of the specimen and show it to be a female. These bones are indistinguishable from those of immature female Florida manatees and from those of certain Surinam specimens figured by Krauss. My failure to find any innominate bones in two uncleaned inunguis skeletons fresh from the field, and the lack of mention or figuration of these bones in literature may indicate that this species has completely lost its pelvic girdle. THE SKULL A glance serves to identify the skull of Trichechus inunguis, but the differences between the skulls of senegalenszs and manatus are more subtle. The two manatees last mentioned differ from znunguzs, not only in the general shape of the skulls, but in the very character of the bone itself, for though the skull bones of senegalensis and manatus are in general dense and smooth, those of ¢nwngwis are, with rare exceptions, soft, chalky, and rather elaborately roughened. The skull bones of this latter species are also lighter in proportion than those of the other two. The general skull shape of senegalensis and manatus is broad and compact and the snout short (senegalensis being shorter than manatus in this respect), whereas the skull of znunguzs is lengthened and char- acterized by a long snout. The conspicuous recession of the nasals and the posterior border of the anterior nasal opening leaves at the anterior end of the skull the characteristic large nasal basin, the floor of which is formed by the palatal parts of the maxillae and the vomer. The form of this basin is dependent in the main upon the extentof the forward growth of the premaxillae, and this is a process progressing with age to maturity, or possibly throughout life; but when comparisons are made of skulls of equal length, specific patterns are discernible. This nasal basin is broader in the adult African manatee than the corresponding area in manatus, but the difference is very slight, and in immature specimens it is impossible to distinguish these two species on the basis of this feature. The adult manatees of the western Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico appear to be slightly longer snouted than corresponding specimens from Florida, but additional material would be necessary to establish the constancy of this probable difference. The nasal basin of the Amazonian manatee is, 546 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI however, so very distinct that the smallest skulls show the character- istic long, narrow basin of this species. The nasal process of the premaxilla of senegalensis covers the anterior part of the nasal cavity surface of the orbital process of the frontal to some extent, whereas in znwnguis and manatus there is little or no such covering, the upper border of the premaxilla lying below the lower border of the frontal. This suture in senegalensis also differs from the other species in being distinctly shorter, a configuration which is accompanied by a relative rounding off of this end of the bone as con- trasted with the sharply pointed ends found in adult manatus and inun- guis. The specimen from the Congo does not, however, fit in with Hartlaub’s characterization of senegalensis as a manatee with the nasal processes of the premaxillae distally expanded, for in this specimen these processes show less terminal expansion than some Florida specimens of the same size. The anterior frontal margin between the roots of the orbital process in the African manatee is typically smooth and unserrated, but in this character it does not diverge strongly from manatus in which, particularly in old individuals, the frontal margin is a little jagged. The breadth of this margin is, however, considerably greater in manatus than in sene- galensis, and the combination of relative breadth and irregularity or smoothness of this margin would probably suffice to identify any specimen. The nasalia of manatees have been made known by Krauss and Hartlaub, but the statements concerning them rest on an insecure footing through the extreme variability in these bones and their frequent loss in the course of museum preparation. Hartlaub concluded that the senegalensis nasalia were typically platelike, that gradations to peglike bones were not infrequent, and that it was possible that in some animals these bones were completely undeveloped. The Congo Expedition manatee possesses a very small and spongy left nasal bone, lightly fixed in a small pit of the frontal. The nasal does not come nearer than 8 mm. to the ascending branch of the maxillary. There is but slight indica- tion that the right nasal bone was ever present, though of course it may have been present and free. The nasalia of manatus, as Hartlaub found, are typically thick almond-shaped bodies, but his small series of four specimens does not represent the range of variation, for I have found in a better series varia- tion from large peglike bones to platelike types and have noted that in some cases the nasalia do not seem to have been developed. Twelve 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 547 skulls of Florida manatees examined range from 255 to 375 mm. in total length, or from youth to full maturity. In these specimens there is a great range of nasalia, from apparent total absence to well-developed peg- shaped bones lying in deep sockets of the frontal and uniting in a loose suture with the ascending rami of the maxillae, and (or) the premaxillae. In length these vary from 20 to 48 mm. in adult specimens. Of two skulls identical in size, one has large, long nasal bones, the other bears no evidence that nasal bones have ever been present. A large manatee, reputedly from Texas, has nasalia thoroughly typical of those from Florida. Four specimens from Guatemala present extreme variation, two having peg-shaped bones, one with flat nasalia horizontally placed and roofing the posterior part of the nasal trough, and the fourth with its pair of nasalia flat and vertically placed as are those in specimens of znunguis. A Puerto Rican manatee differs in no respect from certain Florida specimens in regard to its nasalia. The skulls of zrnunguis examined ranged in greatest length from 200 to 360 mm., from early youth to maturity. Ten of these were cleaned, three had been roughed out in such a way that the nasal bones, if present, may have been lost in the field, and six were roughed out so that there was very little possibility of the nasal bones having been lost. I cut away the dried flesh of these six skulls in a search for nasal bones with the following results: In two skulls, 265 and 330 mm., in greatest length, there was no trace of nasalia, either actually, in pits for their reception, or in grooved surfaces for articulation. Neither was there any indication that nasals had fused to the frontal bones. In another specimen, 355 mm. long, there was no trace of a nasal unless a minute conical nodule (4 mm. long) lying in the site of a right nasal was a vestige of this bone. On the right side of a fourth specimen, 270 mm. long, there was a well- developed plate of very compact bone lying totally free, but closely asso- ciated with the vertical surface of the frontal bone at the anterosuperior border of the nasal chamber. There was no trace of a corresponding bone on the opposite side. The two remaining skulls, 260 and 330 mm. long, bore nasalia on each side similar to that mentioned. The five such nasalia examined were alike in being of a modified lozenge-shape (triangular or quadrangular), though their greatest diameters ranged from 25 to 13 mm., their minima from 15 to 11 mm., and their thicknesses from 3 to 6 mm. These bones lay with their long axes anteroposterior, and their chief plane vertical. They were in loose contact with the median free surface of the orbital branch of the frontal directly posterior and ventral to the anterior median edge of the frontal. In one case the lateral 548 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI branch of the ethmoturbinals bounded the bones medially. The surface of the frontals with which the nasals were in proximity was in each case slightly concave in accommodation to these bones. The lacrimal bone of the right side of the Congo skull is in place, but that of the opposite side is missing, due, obviously, to over-macera- tion. Since Hartlaub found these bones preserved in only one of the ten African skulls examined, and this in a newborn specimen, it appears worth while to note the condition of the lacrimal remaining in the Congo skull. It is, in general, intermediate in size, position, and shape be- tween the type characteristic of nungwis and that invariably occurring in manatus. The bone is at its broadest exposed point 3 mm. in thickness and appears to taper down into its groove between two laminae of the maxillae. Its upper border is nearly in contact with the orbital process of the frontal, while its lower edge touches the edge of the jugal. A tri- angular surface is freely exposed laterally and forms part of the antero- medial wall of the orbital ring. The lacrimalia of the znwnguis, which I examined closely, resemble those described by Hartlaub. In each case their scalelike nature is evident, and they are quite unlike those of any manatus which I have examined. In most of the manatus studied these bones are in place, and in each case they are essentially similar, large, thick, and more like the same bones in senegalensis than in znunguis. Though the lacrimals are often missing, it is very clear that they had been present, and large, in every manatus skull which I saw. The vomers of manatees show strong specific characters in their length. In senegalensis they are always short, extending approximately to the level of the middle of the orbit. In manatus they are long and, except in the newborn, reach to the foramen incisivum or beyond. In inunguis the vomer is intermediate in length between that of senegalensis and manatus, being in the newborn very nearly as short as in the African species, and in old specimens occasionally reaching to within an inch of the incisive foramen. Low edges appear on either side of the floor of the nasal chamber anterior to the orbital region. In senegalensis these edges are probably constant. Though Hartlaub concluded from an examination of Surinam specimens that there were no such ledges in manatus, I find them well developed in most, but not all, of the specimens at hand. These ledges are usually present in inunguws but are lightly developed and farther to the rear than in the other species. The circumorbital region of the manatees shows something of a 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 549 different pattern in the three species. In senegalensis the orbital process of the frontal diverges most strongly in a lateral direction, and the upper orbital borders formed by this process are strongly convergent in the African and Amazonian manatees. This latter character is a configura- tion well marked even in the newborn. If the line of the outer border of - this orbital process is extended forward, it will cross the median line anterior to the end of the skull in manatus, whereas in senegalensis and inunguis this crossing occurs within the limits of the skull. The age of the individual manatee determines the degree of back- ward divergence of the postorbital process of the orbital process of the frontal, and at the same time the closure of the orbital ring. In all species this occurs only late in life and is seen in few specimens, though it would appear that this closure is more frequent and occurs earlier in life among Guatemalan than among Florida manatees. The infraorbital foramen in manatees is ordinarily simple, though it may be divided in manatus. Hartlaub observed that in this species the division was frequent, but, with the exception of two of four Guate- malan skulls examined, I have not found such division in any specimen of manatus. As most of my manatus skulls are from the northern limits of the species, and those of Hartlaub from the southern limits, it is possible that a divided infraorbital foramen is of more frequent occur- rence in the south than in the north. The bony ridges formed at the superior border of the temporal muscle are more or less vertically directed in senegalensis and manatus, while in znunguis these ridges are produced laterally and do not rise above the general level of the skull roof. The malar process of the temporal in manatees is swollen and spongy in nature. At the anterior end the thin layer of compact bone sheathing the spongy mass is frequently discontinuous, and a rough or perforated surface is common. However, when the surface is reasonably uninter- rupted, it is smooth in senegalensis and always rugose in inunguis. This same area in manatus from Florida is fairly well-grooved in most speci- mens, though this condition does not appear to apply to the species as a whole, the same area in a manatee from Puerto Rico, one from Texas (?), and three from Guatemala being smooth. The zygomatic process at its base is much thicker in senegalensis and manatus than in inunguis. The malar bone sends a process downward which, in senegalensis, is broad and sharply truncated. Specimens of manatus closely approach this shape in some instances, but often have a backwardly directed 900 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI process, in this respect resembling inunguis, although the ventral malar process in 7znunguts is always narrow and sharply tipped. The supraoccipital bones of senegalensis and manatus are of a com- mon pattern but differ very strongly from the same bones in the Ama- zonian manatee. ‘The former present a very nearly flat, transverse plane, whereas the latter are rugose and so mounded that the lambdoidal ridge as seen from above is yoke-shaped. The outer borders of the exoccipitals of senegalensis are knotty, pitted, and rough. In this respect the African species is similar to most munguis and unlike manatus. The foramen magnum of senegalensis and inunguis is roundish, while in manatus it is oval. This shape is modified in part by differences in the dorsal rim and also, as seen from the ventral surface, by the notch- ing of the lower border. In manatees from the Congo, the Amazon, Puerto Rico, and Guatemala, that is to say, in representatives of all species, the dorsal border is strongly curved. Florida and Texas speci- mens of manatus, however, have flat dorsal rims, perhaps one of the most constant features on which the nominal race latirostris may lay claim to subspecific individuality from manatus. ‘The notching of the lower border (the basioccipital) is also a fairly constant and peculiar mark of the northern representatives of the species manatus. These differences in the limits of the foramen may be partially synthesized by taking the ratio of greatest vertical diameter to greatest horizontal diameter. Ex- tremes are found in a specimen from the Amazon in which the vertical diameter is 75 per cent of the horizontal, and in a Florida specimen in which the corresponding percentage is but 54 per cent. There are no specific limits to these ratios, however, for the Congo skull has a foram- inate index of 0.66; skulls of znwnguis vary from about 0.65 to 0.75; and specimens of manatus from 0.54 to 0.71. Within the species, however, there seem to be geographic trends, for Florida specimens have indices of from 0.54 to 0.61; a Texas specimen an index of 0.60; while four Guatemalan manatees have corresponding indices ranging from 0.66 to 0.71; anda Puerto Rican manatee has an index of something over 0.70. Basally, skulls of the species of manatee may be recognized by a number of characters. Over the occipitosphenoidal suture is an eminence which in inunguis is median and simple, while in the other species it is lateral and double, and anterior to this the shape of the posterior nares is distinctive, though variable with age. In the Amazoni- an manatees the opening is sagittate in young individuals, while in old manatees it broadens out ventrally so that it is bicordate or presents the 1934| Hatt, African Manatees dol form of a double, symmetrically notched circle. The posterior nares of senegalensis are very nearly circular, whereas those of manatus are deltoid. The pterygoid process of the manatees is formed by wings of the alasphenoid, palatine, and pterygoid bones, and this compound process usually ends distally in three more or less distinct points that are aligned in a sequence of lateral, intermediate, and medial, best seen from the rear. These points correspond fairly closely to the distal ends of the three bones listed and may be called alasphenoid, palatal, and pterygoid points, respectively. In the species inunguzs the pterygoid process is long and narrow, and the palatal point is much the highest of the three. In the Congo manatee the pterygoid process is also long and narrow, but here the palatine and pterygoid points are coequal and longer than the alasphenoid. No general rule applies for all specimens of the species manatus that I have examined. In the Florida and Texas specimens that I have seen the pterygoid process is similar to that of the Congo manatee, except that it is usually thicker. In manatees from Guatemala and Puerto Rico, however, the pterygoid process is short and very broad, with either the pterygoid, or palatine point longer. According to Hartlaub, the foramen incisivum is always simple in senegalensis, a condition also found in the Congo specimen. The same author observes that this foramen is often completely or incompletely divided in znunguwis. The foramen of manatus, however, may not be described as simple, for in a large percentage of the specimens that I have examined there is a partial division into anterior and posterior incisive foramina. Although the division is not complete in any case seen, it is sometimes nearly so. The anterior end of the palate of the manatees is covered with a heavy plate that leaves a roughened area on the under side of the pre- maxillae and maxillae. This surface is broadest at about the juncture of the two bones and is constricted just anterior to the level of the foremost teeth. This constriction is most pronounced in inunguis, the width at the constriction being usually about one half that at the maxillary-premaxillary suture. The constriction in manatus and senegalensis, though individually variable, is usually not great, the least width being about 85 per cent of the greatest. The molars! of senegalensis and manatus seem to me to be indistin- guishable, though they differ strongly from those of inunguis. These 1At the time the manuscript of this report was in the hands of the printers, I saw in the British Museum a skull of 7. manatus (B. M.370E) from Surinam with a left upper incisor in place. Thisskull had a greatest length of 325 mm., so was adult. The incisor, fattened and almost straight-sided, measured 15.5 mm. in length. Its tip was well worn. There was a single root, but the tooth was per- forated by a foramen from the center of its anterior to the center of its posterior face. Divs Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI latter are of a smaller diameter and are strongly furrowed. In all of the species there are anterior and posterior cingula, but though these are smooth in the unerupted teeth of manatus and senegalensis, they are deeply furrowed in znunguzs. In the first two species each of the two great transverse ridges is divided into three cones or sectors, but in the Amazonian manatee these primary cones are more or less broken up into a series of other smaller cones. | THE MANDIBLE Hartlaub’s analysis of the characters of the mandible of senegalensis is good, except that some of the features he assigned to the mandible of znunguzs and manatus do not well apply to the series of these species that I have examined, and a few minor differences appear to have escaped his notice. The interramal interval is broad in senegalensis as it is in manatus, a feature by which these species are again easily distinguished from 7n- ungurs, and the rami of the latter species lie more nearly in parallel planes than is the case in the other two species. The African species, however, differs from manatus in that there is less of a constriction in the diameter of the ventral border between the body and the angular process. In senegalensis this process is wider and more in line with the ramus than in the other species. The symphysial suture closes early in the African manatee, as Hartlaub pointed out, and in this species there is no deep furrow along the anterior margin. In this respect it differs from American manatees. This furrow, which is most conspicuous in manatus, is a character best developed at maturity and is not well marked in the newborn or very young. . The interior mental fossa is always deeper in young manatees than in old, but comparing equal-aged material the fossae of African and Amazonian manatees are, in most instances, deeper than those of Carib- bean specimens. The character is not constant, however, and, contrary to the conclusion of Hartlaub, is of little use to the taxonomist. The anterior end of the mandible of all species is essentially similar in respect to form, as seen in norma dorsalis. Hartlaub claims that this region is truncated in senegalensis and inunguis, whereas in the Surinam manatee (manatus) it is tapered or tipped; but my good series of manatus shows no difference in this character from the other species, and I would describe the anterior end of the mandible of manatus as truncated. However, there is very often a sharp median cone of compact bone ex- 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 553 tending forward from the most anterior part of the symphysis, and though this spine does occasionally occur in znunguzs, and possibly in senegalensis, it is almost a constant feature of the mandible of the postnatal manatus. While not constant either for a species or, probably, even during the life of an individual, the mental foramina of the manatees follow different tendencies in inunguis than they do in manatus and possibly show a slightly different average in senegalensis than in manatus. In wnunguis these foramina range in number from 11 to 15 (average 15—). The range in manatus is from 4 to 7 (average 6). In the Congo specimen there are 4 mental foramina, and in Blainville’s figure 3 are shown on one side. As Hartlaub noted, the ventral border of the mandibular ramus, presents a greater curve to the horizontal plane in manatus than it does in the other species; in the others there is no great difference. This curve results from the deepening of the mandibular symphysis and is so excessive in manatus that it is one of the most pronounced features of the species. The coronoid process of the manatees presents the usual high varia- tion in shape and cannot be relied upon in diagnosis. Hartlaub concludes that the posterior superior angle in znwnguis is constantly hooked and that these hooks are only occasional in manatus. In my series I find that even in old animals the hooks are not always developed in inunguwis, though they are usual in the Caribbean manatees. The extent of broad- ening of the coronoid, which Hartlaub regards as a distinguishing charac- ter of the species, appears to me to be very weak and unreliable for separa- tion of senegalensis and manatus material, since in this feature Florida specimens are indistinguishable from the Congo animal. The transverse breadth of the condyle of senegalensis is slight com- pared with that of manatus and inunguis, but the character is so relative that, lacking a large series of specimens, the difference is not discernible. The mandibular foramen is subject to certain specific modifications. Thus, in the Congo specimen it is separated from the bony sheath by a septum of bone, whereas in znwnguis and manatus no such septa occur, with the exception that there are, rarely, converging processes that may nearly touch to form a partial septum. This bony ridge is well developed in the Congo specimen, and is shown in a figure (Plate 11, figure 27) accompanying Hartlaub’s paper. However, it does not appear in the figure reproduced in Flower’s ‘Osteology’ (1870, Fig. 64, p. 197) and may not be very constant. A single specimen supposed to have come from Texas is different from other manatees examined in that the lamina lying medial to the 554 Bulletin American Museum of Naturel History [Vol. XVI dental trough has expanded so as to mask completely the germinal wrapper from behind. Whether this is a geographical or an individual variation cannot be determined without additional material from the region. The tooth rows reach farther forward in old age than in youth, but those of znunguis, unlike the other species, never closely approach the mandibular symphysis. THe Hyor ArcH The hyoid bones of the Congo specimen closely resemble those of similar aged material from Florida, and it is believed that no characters for diagnosing the species are to be found in this structure. THE DISTRIBUTION OF TRICHECHUS IN THE AFRICAN REGION As far as I have been able to ascertain, all specimens of African manatees in museums are from the rivers or coastal lagoons of the West Coast between Senegal and the Quanza, and all of these specimens are from regions below the first rapids. However, it is certain that such specimens as are on record do not completely represent the distribution of the manatees in Africa, just as it is certain that all published records of their supposed distribution are unreliable. The waters from which the manatees have been reported with certainty or probability of correctness are the following: SENEGAL The African manatee does not seem to occur north of the Senegal coast. Its presence there is established by the following records: 1757.—Adanson (p. 143) mentions the capture of manateesin the marigot (lagoon) de Kantai in December and January. 1765.—Buffon (p. 390) notes the skull of a young specimen given by Adanson. 1793.—Pennant (II, p. 296) records the presence of a specimen in the Leverian Museum.! 1836.—A specimen was collected by Robert (p. 363) for the Paris Museum. 1883.—Rochebrune (p. 190) states that the manatee was found in the marigots of Lampsar, Leybar, and Bafing, and that Adanson mentioned their occurrence in the marigot of Sorres, from which they have since disappeared. Rochebrune further states that the manatee of the Senegal coast is not found in the rivers but in the marigots. 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 15) records the presence of a manatee from Senegal in the Vienna Museum. 1The contents of the Leverian Museum were disposed of by ‘auction : in 1806. A copy of the sale catalogue with the buyers’ names added to some of the 7878 items is in the British Museum (Natural History). An examination of this catalogue might reveal the present whereabouts of the specimen named. 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 200 GAMBIA Listed by Trouessart. Mr. Robert Rockwell informs me that while a member of the Blossom Expedition he heard definite reports of the occur- rence of manatees in the Gambia River. SIERRA LEONE 1737.—Atkins (p. 42) notes the manatee in the Sierra Leone River. 1846?— Clarke (p. 128) lists “fishes”? commonly taken in Sierra Leone and among ‘them mentions the manatee. 1881.—Flower (p. 454) quotes the journal of one R. B. Dobree who was shown places in which the manatees CAME ASHORE between Kikonkeh and the sea. Though such a statement cannot be construed as good evidence for the occurrence of manatees in the rivers of Sierra Leone, it seems to be probable that these animals do occur there. LIBERIA 1885.—Biittikofer (pp. 144-147) recounts the capture of a manatee in Fisher- man’s Lake behind Cape Mount, and states that this animal is found in Liberian rivers up to the rapids. 1890.—Bittikofer (II, pp. 392-393) further records the occurrence of the manatee in the vicinity of Millsburg, below the last cataract of the Saint Paul River, and adds that in 1887 two were shot in the Missunado River. 1892.—Jentink (p. 199) records the presence in the Museum des Pays-Bas of Biittikofer’s Cape Mount specimen. Ivory Coast CaRACALLA River: 1848.—Perkins (pp. 198-199) records a manatee from the Caracalla River, 20 miles east of Cape Palmas. This specimen, the type of M. nasutus Wyman, is now in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. SLAVE COAST 1893.—The manatee is listed by Matschie (p. 180) in his ‘Mammals of Togoland.’ 1897.—Thomas and Lydekker (p. 596) record specimens in the British Museum from Lagos and Benin. Nicer River SYSTEM Manatees are known from three parts of the Niger system: the lower reaches near the coast, the upper section above Timbuctu, and from the river Benue. Lower River: 1728.—Labat (p. 337) records that the ‘“‘manaty” was often taken in the Niger. His is perhaps the first picture of an African manatee. 1857.—Baikie (p. 68) collected a specimen from the mouth of the Niger, and Maclaud (1908, p. 289) writes that there is a Niger River specimen in the Paris Mu- seum, though the section of the river is not stated. Upper Nicer River: Though there appears to be no record of a manatee ever brought out from the upper Niger River where it is bordered by great, marshy lagoons, several reports make it seem almost certain that the animal is found in that region. 506 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI 1858.—Barth (II, p. 605), who traveled along the upper Niger River, states that the manatee occurs in the Isa near Timbuctu and (V, p. 103), in reference to the decorations of some natives of the Niger above Timbuctu, he writes: ‘‘They wore also a rich profusion of white rings which are made of the bones of that very remarkable animal the ‘ayu’ (Manatus), which seems to be not less frequent in the western than in the eastern branch of the Niger,” and (p. 472) ‘The lake [Débu, upper river, above Timbuctu] besides fish, contains numbers of that curious animal called ‘ayu’ (Manatus).”’ 1901.—Gratiolet (p. 248), on the report of M. Carpeaux of the Colonial Troops, states that the manatee occurs at Zinder and at Segou, above Timbuctu. 1908.—Maclaud (pp. 289-290) reproduces a photograph of a manatee in the Niger which he credits to the Mission Desplagnes, an archaeological expedition which studied the Timbuctu region. Of course, it is only an assumption that this photo- graph was taken in the upper river. Maclaud writes that the manatee is not uncom- mon in the LAKES along the Niger near Timbuctu, but that this animal has almost disappeared in the large coastal rivers. 1906.—Johnston’s (p. 246) observation that it would be remarkable if the manatee could pass the Niger rapids from Busa to Say, seems to be answered by these several reports. 1925.—I am informed by M. Lucien Blancou that in a book by Captain Pivert titled, ‘Mes Chasses en Afrique et en Extreme Orient,’ published at Paris in 1925, there is a photograph of a manatee taken in the Niger at Gao or Ansongo. BENUE River: 1856.—Vogel (Owen, 1856, pp. 345-346) has described, and Owen has named a manatee, the type of which is now in the British USE, and which Vogel took in the Benue. 1857.—Barth (II, p. 605) records that he heard stories of this animal along the Benue but did not see the animal. 1924.—Migeod (p. 167) found manatees common in this river especially at Numan, below Yola. 1931.—M. Lucien Blancou, of the French Colonial administration, informs me in correspondence that at Léré he saw articles made of manatee skin and that he has seen a photograph of a manatee taken in Lake Léré. : GuLF OF GUINEA Outp CauaBarR River: 1860.—McBain (p 150) described a skull from Old Calabar which is now (Turner, 1912, p. 156) in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh. BrETIcKA-BA-MALLALE: 1897.—Sj6stedt (p .45) records the presence of manatees at this point on the coast near Cameroon Mountain. CAMEROONS: 1877.—Peters (p. 485) writes of a specimen taken by the Buchholz Expedition near Wuri on the Cameroon River, and states that the manatee is also found near the mouth of the river at Doctor’s Cape, as well as in a larger stream near Mungo. 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 15, et seq.) records a specimen in the Berlin Museum and one in the Liibeck Museum from the Cameroons. In a letter quoted by Hartlaub, Pechuél-Loesche states that the manatee is found in the Camercons. 1897.—Three embryos from the Cameroons are described by Kiikenthal (1897a). 1934] Hatt, African Manatees Oot 1909.—Passarge (p. 446) states that the manatee occurs in the mangrove regions of the Cameroons. 1917.—In his book on the Cameroons, Calvert publishes (Pl. cuxxvi1) a good photograph of a manatee (labeled “walrus’’) surrounded by a group of natives, one of whom holds a harpoon. Rio Muni: 1886.—Hartlaub quotes a statement of Pechuél-Loesche that the manatee occurs in the Rio Muni. GABUN River: 1861.—Du Chaillu (p. 367). M. oweni here described is probably from the Gabun River. 1865.—Gray (p. 1383) notes the presence in the British Museum of four skeletons purchased from Du Chaillu and presumably from the mouth of the Gabun. 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 15 et seq.) lists three skulls from the Gabun River, one each in Stuttgart, Hamburg, and Bremen museums. OaGowE River: 1861.—Du Chaillu (p. 367) lists this as one of the rivers in which manatees occur, and some of his specimens may be from here. 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 15 et seq.) notes four skulls from this river, now in the Berlin Museum (Nos. 26333, 26335, 26337, 26338) and further states that Pechuél- Loesche writes of their occurrence in the same stream. Kouiuvu River: 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 99) quotes a communication from Pechuél- Loesche to the effect that the manatee occurs in this river. However, in Pechuél- Loesche’s account of the Loango Expedition (1882, p. 222), he states that no specimen was taken in the region, though one was distinctly seen. Whether or not Pechuél- Loesche received other records between the years 1882 and 1886, I cannot ascertain. LuEmME River: 1889.—Noack (p. 105) quotes a Mr. Hesse to the effect that he had a manatee-hide whip made from a specimen taken in the Luemme near Massabi. CHILOANGA (TSCHILOANGA OR LOANGA) RivER: 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 99) quotes Pechéul-Loesche as writing that manatees are found in the Chiloanga. BELGIAN CoNnGco Coneo River: 1746.—According to Barbot (p. 518) Merolla says that the Zair (Congo) has plenty of these ‘‘monstrous fishes or mermaids, resembling a woman upwards.” 1884.—Johnson (p. 379) writes that so far as is known the manatee never passes the cataracts ot the Congo. 1886.—Hartlaub (p. 99) quotes Pechuél-Loesche to the effect that manatees occur in the Congo. 1889.—Noack (p. 105) writes of the statement of a Mr. Hesse that the manatee lives in the lower Congo, and quotes a seventeenth century account of manatees being frequently taken in the Congo. 1890.—Bocage (pp. 29-30) writes of the manatee’s occurrence in the Zaire (Congo) and states that the Lisbon Museum has a specimen from Angola, which may, or may not, refer to the south bank of the mouth of the Congo. 1926.—Derscheid has given a valuable account of living specimens of manatees from the Congo and has accompanied his notes with a good photograph showing one of these out of the water resting on a platform in its aquarium. Dr. Rodhain is quoted to the effect that the manatees are found in the Congo from Binda to the “‘Chaudron d’Enfer.”’ It is also stated that the Musée du Congo Belge possesses a series of skins 008 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI and skeletons from this region. Scme observations on the natives’ hunting and use of the species are given. 1930.—Schouteden (p. 370) states that the manatee is found in the lower Congo only and that it seems to be particularly localized in the region about Boma. The single specimen of a manatee collected by the Congo Expedition was taken by Mr. Lang at Banana, in August, 1915. Photographs of this animal are reproduced here as plate X XVII. ANGOLA 1746.—Barbot (pp. 517-518) describes the manatee from the lakes of “ Angola, Quihite, and Angolm in the province of Massingam,”’ localities not appearing on any maps that I have consulted. 1920.— Possibly on information obtained from sources here quoted, Marquardsen (p. 69) writes of the occurrence of manatees in Angola rivers. Lose River: 1875.—Monteiro (p. 17) had part of a specimen from near Ambriz at the mouth of the Loje. Danve River: 1875.—Monteiro (p. 17) described the native method of trapping the manatee near the mouth of the Dande. BENGo River: 1897.—Greévé (p. 56) states that the manatee occurs in the Bengo, but on whose authority this records rests, I do not know. QuaNzZA RivER: 1875.—In this river, Monteiro (p. 17) saw a cance with much of the flesh of a manateeinit. As faras I have been able to ascertain, this is the southern- most coastal record of the manatee’s occurrence and is probably correctly founded. UNCERTAIN OR ERRONEOUS REPORTS OF YT. senegalensis Tue Lake CHapD BASIN 1858.—Barth (III, p. 289) wrote that ‘‘there is also in the river Shari a very large animal apparently identical with the ayt of the Benue and Niger—Manatus Vogelit.”’ 1881.—Nachtigal (p. 670), however, saw nothing of the manatee in the Shari region, though he is said to have looked for it. 1924.—Migeod (pp. 147-167) was unable to confirm the existence of manatees in Lake Chad, even though he made inquiry at several different places. The published records of the Boyd Alexander Expedition, the Mission Tilho, Foureau’s Mission Saharienne, and Chevalier’s Mission Chari-Tchad do not mention the animal. 1925, 1928.—The best evidence that the manatee does actually occur in Lake Chad and the Shari appears to be found in certain references which I have not seen personally, but which have been generously transmitted to me by letter from M. Jacques Pellegrin of the Museum National d’ Histoire Naturelle. In substance these references (Monod, 1928 and Pécaud, 1925) state that in the Chad basin the manatee is now rare, but as elsewhere, was formerly abundant, that Major General Pécaud has himself seen the skin of a manatee in the region and that he was assured by his aides that previously, perhaps about 1905, the animals were captured near Fort Lamy. 1866.—In discussing the reputed occurrence of the manatees in the Chad district, Murray (p. 420) states that in his opinion this distribution is quite possible because ‘“‘the watershed between the Lake and the Sea is not a lofty range of mountains from one side of which the rivers run into Lake Tschad, and from the other into the Niger, 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 509 but a flat, marshy tract of land, so nearly level, that it is almost an equal chance by which way the waters willrunfromit. It is lhkea large peat-bog, or a gigantic sponge, out of one side of which creeps the Arre and Shari, and out of the other the Benue. The Hippopotamus goes easily from one to the other, and in the rains, when the country becomes flooded, the natives go about in boats. It is hke an inundation, so that the manatee could with ease come up from the Atlantic and find its way into Lake Tschad.” THr Upper ConGgo SYSTEM 1874.—Schweinturth (II, pp. 159-160) heard from the natives of the Kibali, a branch of the Uele, stories concerning a “‘river sheep”’ which he believed could be nothing but a manatee. However, Schweinfurth believed that the Uele flowed into Lake Chad and may have been influenced in his conclusion by Barth’s report. 1912.—From the Ubangi River tribes, von Wiese, Hauptmann, and Kaiserwal- dau (I, p. 274) heard stories of a river animal which they assigned to the manatee. 1920.—Schwarz (p. 857) states that Schweinfurth, Schubotz, and von Wiese heard of the manatee in the Mbomu and Uele. The reference to Schubotz, however, is obscure, for I have found no mention of the manatee in his writings. 1887.—In his map of the distribution of the Sirenia (map 53f), Marshall accepted the account of Schweinfurth and drew the conclusion that manatees occupied the whole of the Uele and Congo. 1932.—M. Lucien Blancou states that the natives affirm the existence of the manatee in the lagoons along the Likouala aux Herbes and in the Sangha, right bank tributaries to the Congo in the region of Lukolela. Resting as this does on native accounts their presence in these streams must remain, for the present, problematical. Lakes Victoria, ALBERT, AND TANGANYIKA 1887.—Marshall (map 53f) indicates that Sirenia occur in the above-named lakes, but on whose authority he indicated this fabulous distribution I do not know. THe East Coast or AFRICA Some authors of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries have stated that manatees occur on the east coast from the Cape of Good Hope to the Mozambique Channel. This must be due to credence given to reports of early navigators who saw the dugong on the Madagascar coast or else- where. There is on the Cape of Good Hope, between Cape Town and Port Elizabeth, a Zeekoe River, this name, however, appears to refer to the hippopotamus and not to the manatee or the dugong, for Sparrman (1785, I, p. 346) speaks of this river harboring ‘‘sea cows (hippopotamus amphibius, Plate 1v).” The animal figured is clearly a hippopotamus, and Sparrman’s account of hunting ‘‘sea cows”’ further shows that this animal was no sirenian. It is, however, stated in a letter which Sparrman wrote to a friend, and which was subsequently published (Sparrman, 1777, p. 40) that the author captured a ‘“‘manatee”’ alive, and to judge by the route of this traveler, the capture must have been made in Cape 560 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI Province. The possibility that the word ‘‘manatee”’ is an error in trans- lation before publication must not, however, be overlooked. ABYSSINIA Lake Tana: 1868.—Heuglin (pp. 247 and 289) states that in Lake Tana there lived a manatee-like animal called by a name which means “‘sea calf.’”’ That the author did not confuse the alleged mammal with the hippopotamus is clear from his statement that the hippopotamus also lived in the lake. Very large catfishes are said to inhabit this lake, and it may be that these are creatures that gave rise to Heuglin’s report. MareEB River: 1877.—Heuglin (loc. cit.) heard reports of an animal similar to, or identical with the supposed manatee of Lake Tana, living under a different native name in the Mareb and its tributaries, a part of the Nile drainage system. For this animal he suggested (1877, II, p. 187) identity with Manatus Vogelii of the Benue River. It is perhaps superfluous to observe that these purported Abyssinian manatees can only be considered mythical. OcEANIC ISLANDS St. HELENA: A marine mammal called a “‘manati”’ was formerly not uncommon at St. Helena up to the nineteenth century, the last specimen having been killed in 1810. Lydekker (1899, pp. 796-798) concluded that this was in all probability a sirenian, but not identical with the African manatees. Unfortunately, since no speci- men of this creature is known, nothing is to be gained by speculation as to its probable relationships, but it seems most likely that the conclusion reached by Dampier, during his visit to the island in 1691, is the correct one. Concerning this he wrote (1906, I, p. 526), “‘I was also informed that they get manatee or sea cows here, which seemed very strange to me. Therefore enquiring more strictly into the matter, I found the Santa Hellena Manatee to be by their shapes and manner of lying ashore on the Rocks, those Creatures called Sea-lyons.”’ SUMMARY There are three known living species of manatees: one African (Trichechus senegalensis Link); one chiefly inhabiting the coastal waters of the West Indies and the eastern American coast from North Carolina to Brazil (Trichechus manatus Linnaeus); and a third occurring chiefly in the rivers of northeastern South America [Trichechus inunguis (Nat- terer)|. It is probable that geographic extremes of these species are racially distinct, and one such, 7. manatus latirostris (Harlan), of Florida is here recognized, but the manatee of the mouth of the Congo cannot, on the basis of present knowledge, be distinguished from speci- mens of senegalensis taken in Senegal, as figured and described in the literature. 7. senegalensis resembles T. manatus more than it does inunguis, and it is supposed that these two species are more closely related than the two New World species. 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 061 A study of the skeletons of the species of manatees shows that the principal postcranial differences lie in the proportion of the elements of the pectoral girdle. 7. senegalensis has lightly built bones and hands proportionately about as long as those of manatus. ‘The pectoral limb bones of manatus are about double the diameter of those of the African manatees, though their proportionate length is similar. The limb bones of inunguis are lightly built like those of senegalensis, but the distal elements, particularly the metacarpals and first phalanges, are consider- ably more elongate than those of the other two species. The sterna of the three species are of distinctive types. ‘These are shown in figure 1. The differences in the skulls, for knowledge of which we are mainly indebted to Hartlaub, are centered principally about the nasal basin. Individual variation, which is so extensive in the genus, hinders the formulation of invariable criteria for the distinction of the species, but this variation is most pronounced in such vestigial parts as the lacrimal and nasal bones. Perhaps the most constant specific character of the skull is the length of the vomer. In senegalensis this usually extends only to the level of the middle of the orbits, in inunguzs to the anterior edge of the orbits, and in manatus to the posterior edge of the incisive foramen or beyond. Mandibular characters are well marked, though, in the main, subject to considerable age variation. The species znungwis is easy to recognize, among other features, by the large number of mental foramina (ten or more), manatus by its deep symphysial groove, and senegalensis by its lack of such a groove. The range of the African manatees extends along the West African coast from Senegal to the Quanza River in Angola, and this full coastal range is represented by scattered specimens in the museums of Europe. The manatees are not known from far up any of the rivers flowing into this coast, if we except the Niger and its tributaries. A specimen in the British Museum was found along the Benue, and published reports make it seem certain that manatees occur in the upper Niger River above Timbuctu. It is also probable that manatees have occasionally been taken in the Lake Chad drainage, into which they are supposed to have gained access by crossing the seasonally flooded area lying between the Benue and the Shari. Reports of manatees in the Uele, Lake Tana, east of the Cape of Good Hope, and St. Helena are discredited. 5962 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI BIBLIOGRAPHY Apanson, M. 1757. ‘Histoire Naturelle du Sénégal.’ 190 pages. Paris. ATKINS, JOHN. 1737. ‘A voyage to Guinea, Brasil, and the West Indies.’ 2d Ed., xxv +265 pages. London. BalkIE, BaLtFour. 1857. ‘On the skull of a Manatus from western Africa.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 29-33. Barsot, J. 1746. ‘A description of the coasts of north and south Guinea and of Ethiopia Inferior . . .,’ in Churchill and Churchill’s ‘ A collection of voyages and travels.’ V, 708 pages. London. BartH, Hernricw. 1857-1858. ‘Reisen und Entdeckungen in Nord-und Central- Afrika.’ II, xii+762 pages; III, xi+612 pages; V, xiu+804 pages. Gotha. Bartu, Henry. 1858. ‘Travels and discoveries in north and central Africa.’ II, 676 pages; III, 635 pages; V, 694 pages. London. BepparpD, FRANK E. 1897. ‘Notes upon the anatomy of a manatee (Manatus inunguts) lately living in the Society’s gardens.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 47-53. BLAINVILLE, H. M. Ducrotay DE. 1839-1864. ‘Ostéographie des Mammiféres’. III, Section T, 140 pages. ‘Atlas’ (separate), III, 11 plates. Paris Burron, G. L. L. De. 1765. ‘Histoire Naturelle.’ XIII, 441 pages. Paris. BUrrrKoFerR, J. 1885. ‘Zoological researches in Liberia.’ Notes Leyden Mus., VII, pp. 129-255, Pl. v1 a (Map). 1890. ‘Reisebilder aus Liberia.’ 2 Vols., 440 and 510 pages. Leiden. CaLVERT, ALBERTF. 1917. ‘The Cameroons.’ xxxi+82 pages, 200 plates and maps. London. CLARKE, RoBerT. 1846? ‘Sierra Leone.’ vi+178 pages. London. CuvigER, F. 1836. ‘De 1’Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés.’ 1li1+413 pages, 22 plates. Paris. Cuvier, G. 1809. ‘Sur l’Osteologie du Lamantin.’ Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., XIII, pp. 273-312. DampiIER, Caprain Wm. 1906. ‘Dampier’s voyages.’ I, 612 pages. London. DauvsentTon, [L. J. M.|. 1765. ‘Description d’une Téte de Lamantin du Senegal,’ in Buffon’s ‘Hist. Nat.’ XIII, pp. 431-482. DerscHEID, J. M. 1926. ‘Les Lamantins du Congo.’ Bull. Cercle Zool. Congolais, IN, pp. [23-31]. Doran, A. H.G. 1879. ‘Morphology of the mammalian ossicula auditus.’ Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2) I, pp. 371-497, Pls. Lv111I—-Lx1v. Du Bocaeg, J. V. Barsoza. 1890. ‘Mammiféres d’Angola et du Congo.’ Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat., Lisboa, (2) II, No. 5, pp. 1-82. Du Cuaiiu, P. B. 1861. [Descriptions of new species of mammals discovered in western equatorial Africa.| Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII, pp. 358-367. FLoweR, Wintuiam Henry. 1870. ‘Osteology of the Mammalia.’ vii+337 pages. London. 1881. ‘Notes on the habits of the manatee.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 453-456. 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 563 FLOWER, WILLIAM HENRY (Assisted by J. G. Garson). 1884. ‘Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the osteology and dentition of vertebrated animals, recent and extinct, contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England.’ Part ITI, ‘Class Mammalia, other than Man.’ xlii+779 pages. London. 8vo. Gervais, [F. L. P.]. 1836. ‘Lamantin.’ In Guérin’s ‘ Dict. Pittoresque d’ Hist. Nat.,’ IV, pp. 331-333. Paris. Gray, J. E. 1857. ‘Observations on the species of the genus Manatus.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 59-61. 1861. ‘Observations on Mr. Du Chaillu’s papers on “The new species of mammals”’ discovered by him in western Equatorial Africa.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 273-278. 1861. ‘Zoological notes on perusing M. Du Chaillu’s “‘ Adventures in Equa- torial Africa.”’’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) VIII, pp. 60-65. 1865. ‘On the species of manatees (Manatus) and on the difficulty of distin- guishing such species by osteological characters.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XV, pp. 130-139. GrREvE, C. 1897. ‘Die geographische Verbreitung der jetzt lebenden Sirenia, nebst einer Ubersicht der ausgestorbenen Arten.’ Zool. Gart., XX XVIII, pp. 51-60. GupERNATSCH, J. F. 1909. ‘Zur Anatomie und Histologie des Verdauungstraktes der Sirenia. IJ. Die Zunge von Manatus latirostris Harlan.’ Morph. Jahrb., XL, pp. 184-194. 1909. ‘Manatus latirostris Harl.’ Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst. Geo. Biol., XXVII, pp. 225-236. HartTuaus, C. 1886. ‘Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arten.’ Zool. Jahrb., I, pp. 1-112. Heveuin, Martin THEODOR Von. 1868. ‘Reise nach Abessinien.’ xii+459 pages. Jena. 1877. ‘Reise in Nordest-Afrika.’ 2 Vols., xii+285 and vi+304 pages. Braunschweig. Humpoipt, A. V. 1838. ‘Uber den Manati des Orinoko.’ Archiv fir Naturgesch., Jahrgang 4, I, pp. 1-10. JENTINK, F. A. 1888. ‘Zoological researches in Liberia.’ Notes Leyden Mus., X, pp. 1-58. 1892. ‘Catalogue systématique des mammiféres.’ Mus. d’Hist. Nat. des Pays-Bas. Leiden, XI, pp. 1-219. Jounston, H.H. 1884. ‘The river Congo, from its mouth to Bélé6bé6.’ 3d Ed., 470 pages. London. 8vo. 1906. ‘Liberia.’ 2 Vols., 1183 pages. London. Krauss, F. 1858. ‘Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Manatus.’ Miiller’s Arch. fiir Anat., pp. 390-425. 1862. ‘Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Manatus.’ Reichert u. du Bois-Reymond’s Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiol., u. Wissens. Med., pp. 415-427. 1872. ‘Die Beckenknochen des surinamischen Manatus.’ Reichert u. du Bois-Reymond’s Archiv fiir Anat., pp. 257-292. 564 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI KUKENTHAL, W. 1897. ‘Die Arten der Gattung Manatus.’ Zool. Anz., XX, pp. 38-40. 1897a. ‘Vergleichend-anatomische und entwicklungs-geschichtliche Unter- suchungen an Sirenien.’ Jenaische Denkschriften, VII, Semon’s Zool. Forschungsreisen, IV, pp. 1-75. LaBaT, JEAN-BapTisTE. 1728. ‘Nouvelle Relation de 1|’Afrique occidentale.’ Tome II, 375 pages. Paris. LYDEKKER, R. 1899. ‘On the supposed former existence of a sirenian in St. Helena.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 796-798. Maciaup,——. 1908. ‘La chasse du Lamantin en Afrique occidentale.’ La Nature, Ser. II, (2) XX, pp. 289-290. MaARrQuARDSEN, Huco. 1920. ‘Angola.’ vilit134 pages. Berlin. MarsHatt, W. 1887. ‘Atlas der Tierverbreitung.’ (Berghaus “Physikalischer Atlas,’ Abt. VI.) 10 pages, 9 colored maps (52-60), 45 figures. Gotha. Matscuig£, Pauut. 1898. ‘Die Saugethiere des Togogebietes.’ Mitt. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Berlin, VI, pp. 162-180. McBarn, JAMES. 1860. ‘Notice of a skull of a manatee from Old Calabar.’ Report 29th Meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (1859), Notices, pp. 150-152. 1863. ‘Remarks on some comparative anatomical distinctions between the skull of the Manatus senegalensis and that of a manatee from the Bay of Honduras.’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh. 1859-1862, II, pp. 261-267. Micron, FrepERIcK WitLtiAM HucH. 1924. ‘Through Nigeria to Lake Chad.’ 330 pages. London. Monop, THEODORE. 1928. ‘L’industrie des péches au Cameroon.’ Société d’éditions géographiques, maritimes et coloniale. Paris. (Original not seen. Title from Dr. J. Pelegrin.) MonTEIRO, JOACHIM JOHN. 1875. ‘Angola and theriver Congo.’ II, iv-+340 pages. London. Moritz, JaAmMEs. 1874. ‘On the form and structure of the manatee (Manatus amert- canus).’ Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VIII, pp. 127-202. 1880. ‘Further observations on the manatee (Manatus).’ Trans. Zool. Soe. London, XI, part 2, pp. 19-48. Murray, ANDREW. 1866. ‘The geographical distribution of mammals.’ 420 pages. London. NacuTIGAL, GusTay. 1881. ‘Sahara und Sudan.’ II, xxiv-+790 pages. Berlin. Noack, Tu. 1887. ‘Lebende Manati.’ Zool. Gart., Frankfurt, XXVIII, pp. 293- 302. 1889. ‘Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Saugethierfauna von Siid- und Siid- westafrika.’ Zool. Jahrb., Abt. IV, Heft 1, pp. 94-261. Owen, [Ricuarp]. 1856. “Doctor Vogel on the Ajuh of Central Africa.’ Edin. New Phil. Journ., N.S., IV, pp. 345-346. PASSARGE, SIEGFRIED. 1909. In Hans Meyer’s ‘Das Deutsche Kolonialreich.’ I, 650 pages. Leipzig. Pé&caup, ——. 1925. ‘Contribution 4 l'étude de la faune sauvage de la colonie du Tchad (Mammiféres et Oiseaux).’ Bull. Soc. Rech. Congolaise, No. 6, pp. 46-108. (Not seen. Title from Dr. J. Pelegrin.) 1934] Hatt, African Manatees 565 PrecuuiEL-LorscuHeE, HE. 1882. ‘Die Loango-Expedition.’ Abt. III, Erste Hilfte, 503 pages. Leipzig. [PENNANT, THomas]. 1793. ‘History of quadrupeds.’ 3d Hd., II, 324 pages. London. Perkins, G. A. 1848. ‘Account of a manatus from west Africa.’ Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., II, pp. 198-199. Peters, W. 1877. ‘Uber die von dem verstorbenen Professor Dr. Reinhold Buch- holz in Westafrika gesammelton Saugethiere.’ Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, pp. 469-485. 1836. ‘Sur les spirules, sur le lamantin du Sénégal et sur l’existence, dans cette méme région de |’ Afrique, de l’hyene tachetée.’ Compt. Rend. Hebdo. de Séan. de |’ Acad. Sci., II, pp. 362-364. RocHEBRUNE, A. T. DE. 1883. ‘Faune de la Sénégambie: Mammiféres.’ Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, XX XVII, (4) VII, pp. 49-203. ScHoUTEDEN, H. 1930. ‘La Faune du Congo.’ In Louis Frank’s ‘Le Congo Belge.’ II, pp. 365-378. Brussels. Scuwarz, Ernst. 1920. ‘Huftiere aus West- und Zentralafrika.’ Ergebn. Zweit. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exp. 1910-1911. I, ‘Zool.,?> XV, pp. 831-1044. ScHWEINFURTH, GEorG. 1874. ‘The heart of Africa.’ I and II, 559 and 521 pages. New York. SsOstept, Y. 1897. ‘Die Sadugethiere des Nordwestlichen Kamerungebietes.’ Mitth. Forsch. Gel. Deutsch. Schutzgebieten, X, pp. 25-45. SPARRMAN, ANDREAS. 1777. ‘An account of a Journey into Africa from the Cape of Good Hope.’ Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, LXVII, pp. 38-47. 1785. ‘A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope.’ First English Ed. 2 Vols., 368 and 350 pages. London. THOMAS, OLDFIELD, AND LYDEKKER, R. 1897. ‘On the number of grinding teeth possessed by the manatee.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 595-600, and p. 814. Turner, Wm. 1894. ‘The foetus of Halicore dugong and Manaius senegalensis.’ Journ. Anat. Physiol., XXVIII, pp. 315-332. 1912. ‘The marine mammals of the Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh.’ viii+207 pages. London. Wieemann, A. F. A. 1838. ‘Remarks on Humboldt’s “Uber den Manati des Orinoko.”’ Archiv fir Naturges., I, pp. 10-18. Von WIESE, HAUPTMANN, AND KAISERWALDAU. 1912. ‘Zum Nil Hinaus,’ in the Duke of Mecklenburg’s ‘Vom Kongo zum Niger und Nile.’ I, pp. 237-324. Leipzig. VOSSELER, J. 1924-1925. ‘Pflege und Haltung der Seekiihe (Trichechus) nebst Beitragen zu ihrer Biologie.’ II, 2, pp. 113-133; and 3, pp. 167-180. Pallasia. Wyman, [J.J]. 1851. [On the cranium of Manatus nasutus.| Proc. Boston. Soe. Nat. Hist., III, p. 192. ROBERT, 066 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LXVI ADDENDA REGARDING LAKE CHAD MANATEES Since the date of completion of the manuscript (March, 1932) of this bulletin there has been published a photograph of a manatee (1933, Bulletin Economique de |’Afrique Equatoriale Frangaise, 9° Année, No. 30, p. 35) with the caption ‘“‘Un lamentin péché dans le Tchad.” Inquiry has elicited the information that this photograph was taken in the Chad district, but not in the Chad drainage. It was in fact secured in the lake at Léré, in the vicinity of Moyo—Kebbi, from which records have already been quoted. Puate XXVIII Figs. 1 to 3. Manatee at Banana, Belgian Congo, A.M.N.H. No. 53989. Buttetin A. M. N. H. Vou. LXVI, Prats XXVII ee — Tun PANGOLINS aND AARD-VARKS — COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN _ Museum Congo EAESOTTION Co? Co ua el 2 Be ae tT -HATT =~ BULLETIN : _OF “THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY - VOLUME LXVL. 1934 _ ARTICLE VII : NEW YORK “September 14, 1934 59.9,31 M (67.5) Article VII—THE PANGOLINS AND AARD-VARKS COLLECTED BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM CONGO EXPEDITION! By Rospert T. Harr Puates XXXII to XXXIX; TEext Figures 1 anp 2 CONTENTS PAGE “OPTED TOG TEIO INS 5 Hd iltbace: ees a Seat RN Se ISLET cet re en a a 643 Species with Their Localities and Number of Specimens from Each OG AI Teen ce) ee eine ai due arate a Sh OS Aa rye 645 List of Localities, with Names of the Species and Subspecies and Number Smspeemmensmlaken atiwMach Locality... 23. 3. 2029522352450 ee 645 Newssubspecies and Its Type Locality... . 02... 2... ese ce ee eee 646 HON SEETTEUST. oo oc oe tS CRIS ee OO eters a SS oe 646 ASICEDES CHARCOAL So's boc, 3 ce Se acta ae DEA aa ee EE re i ier nee 646 PDH TSMLONOUCHUGAUUSRO er acti tra, onus aARee tt: aah * oS Leia Wisc mnt “OO Manis tricuspis. . eee ee ED Distinctions between ihe Skulls of M. Ueelepis and M. Luaicaudatis. 659 ORYCTEROPODIDAE. . oa: SN Ss Copan Ned ee cen ha eT PRIN 6 | Or icrpus SPRSaOt Peon. eT RTE Le ONO RL Fra rat ad Anh S On 662 OHAGLERO DUS: CLUKSSONM/ONADIUUSS nse veo yo cee no SONS ee een ee 663 ECVE LT OGTR UNDISR Toe 5 5 alle cee py dhe ORE OL Bet ou cn I ea Re a ea a a 671 INTRODUCTION The collections of pangolins and aard-varks made by Messrs. Herbert Lang and James P. Chapin, while functioning as the American Museum Congo Expedition, are of exceptional value in that the spe- cies represented were secured in sufficient numbers to enable one, apparently for the first time, to gauge the range of variation occurring within geographically limited populations of these species. There have been many revisions of the Manidae between that of Sundevall in 1843 and that of Frechkop in 1931, and current nomencla- ture synthesizes their conclusions. Thus, the two African arboreal species and the giant pangolin are now commonly recognized as generical- ly differentiated and without subspecies, though exhibiting great indi- vidual variation in some characters, a status which the ninety-five scaly anteaters of the collection does not affect. The Orycteropodidae, to the contrary, appear to present noteworthy localization of character combinations within areas not far separated. iScientific Results of the Congo Expedition. Mammalogy, No. 15. 643 644 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History [Vol. LX VI To the long list of names for this latter animal already carried in the literature, it was deemed advisable to add another, though it is realized that our knowledge of the speciation of Orycteropus is totally inadequate. Unfortunately the meager material in the museums of this country does not place me in a position to judge as to the validity of the many forms described, often insufficiently or on the basis of a single specimen. All of the “species” and “‘genera”’ of African pangolins named by the early workers, which are, in my present opinion, without foundation, have been placed in synonymy by reviewers of the Order, and for this reason I have not burdened this paper with a detailed synonymy. My one departure from currently accepted ranking of names of the scaly anteaters is the relegation of the names Phataginus, Smutsia, and Uro- manis, recognized by Pocock and others as full genera, into subgeneric position. I do this with no depreciation of the established fact that the groups in question are very distinct, nor without appreciation of the importance of the characters upon which the distinction is based. It does seem, however, that nomenclature gains nothing and loses much by